10-K

United States

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 Commission File Number 1-13145

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland	36-4150422
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL	60601
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 312/782-5800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock ($.01 par value)	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [ X ] No [   ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes [   ] No [ X ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [   ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Large accelerated filer [ X ] Accelerated filer [   ] Non-accelerated filer [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [   ] No [ X ]

The aggregate market value of the voting stock (common stock) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2007 was $3,583,722,208.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (par value $0.01) as of the close of business on February 22, 2008 was 31,777,650.

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2008 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	10
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	20
Item 2.	Properties	21
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	21
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	21
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	21
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	24
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	26
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	43
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	43
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	75
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	75
Item 9B.	Other Information	75
PART III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	76
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	76
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters	76
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	76
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	76
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	77
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		77
Power of Attorney		77
Signatures		78
Exhibit Index		79

2

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Company Overview

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (“Jones Lang LaSalle,” which may be referred to as we, us, our, the Company or the Firm) was incorporated in 1997. We now have approximately 170 corporate offices worldwide and operations in more than 700 cities in approximately 60 countries on five continents. We have approximately 32,700 employees, including approximately 13,700 property maintenance employees whose costs are directly reimbursed by our clients. We provide comprehensive integrated real estate and investment management expertise on a local, regional and global level to owner, occupier and investor clients. We are an industry leader in property and corporate facility management services, with a portfolio of approximately 1.2 billion square feet worldwide. In 2007, the Firm had revenues of $2.7 billion and assisted in the completion of capital markets sales and acquisitions, debt financings, and equity placements on assets and portfolios valued at over $82 billion. LaSalle Investment Management is one of the world’s largest and most diversified real estate money management firms, with nearly $50 billion of assets under management.

We are the only real estate services and money management firm to have been named:

• To Forbes magazine’s Platinum 400 list in 2006, 2007 and 2008;

• To Fortune magazine’s 100 Best Companies To Work For list in 2007;

• To CRO (Corporate Responsibility Officer) magazine’s 100 Best Corporate Citizens list in 2007; and

• By the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as a 2007 Energy Star Partner of the Year.

In addition, in 2008 our ethics program received Ethics Inside™ certification from the Ethisphere Institute, a leading think-tank dedicated to the research, creation and promotion of best practices in ethics, compliance, corporate governance and citizenship.

Our full range of real estate services includes:

• Agency leasing;

• Property management;

• Project and development;

• Construction management;

• Valuations;

• Capital markets;

• Real estate investment banking and merchant banking;

• Brokerage of properties;

• Corporate finance;

• Hotel advisory;

• Space acquisition and disposition (tenant representation);

• Facilities management;

• Strategic consulting;

• Energy management and sustainability;

• Outsourcing; and

• Money management

We offer these services on a global basis to real estate investors and occupiers for a variety of property types, including offices, hotels, industrial, retail, residential, hospitals, critical environments and data centers, sports facilities, cultural institutions and transportation centers. Individual regions and markets focus on different property types, depending upon local requirements and market conditions.

We act for a broad range of clients that represent a wide variety of industries and are based in markets throughout the world. Our clients vary greatly in size and include for-profit and not-for-profit entities of all kinds, public-private partnerships and governmental (public sector) entities.

We provide real estate money management services on a global basis for both public and private assets through LaSalle Investment Management. We enhance our services by our integrated global business model, industry-leading research capabilities, client relationship management focus, consistent worldwide service delivery and strong brand.

We have grown by expanding both our client base and the range of our services and products, as well as through a series of strategic acquisitions and mergers. Our extensive global platform and in-depth knowledge of local real estate markets enable us to serve as a single-source provider of solutions for our clients’ full range of real estate needs. We solidified this network of services around the globe through the 1999 merger of the Jones Lang Wootton companies (“JLW”) (founded in 1783) with those of LaSalle Partners Incorporated (“LaSalle Partners”) (founded in 1968).

Jones Lang LaSalle History

Prior to our incorporation in Maryland in April 1997 and our initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in July 1997, Jones Lang LaSalle conducted business as LaSalle Partners Limited Partnership and LaSalle Partners Management Limited Partnership (collectively, the “Predecessor Partnerships”). Immediately prior to the Offering, the general and limited partners of the Predecessor Partnerships contributed all of their partnership interests in the Predecessor Partnerships in exchange for an aggregate of 12,200,000 shares of common stock.

In October 1998, we acquired all of the common stock of the COMPASS group of real estate service companies (collectively referred to as “COMPASS”) from Lend Lease Corporation Limited. The acquisition of COMPASS made us the largest property management services company in the United States and expanded our international presence into Australia and South America.

In March 1999, LaSalle Partners merged its business with that of JLW and changed its name to Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated. In connection with the merger, we issued 14,300,000 shares of common stock and paid cash consideration of $6.2 million.

3

PART I

In January 2006, we merged operations with Spaulding & Slye, a privately held real estate services and investment company with offices in Boston and Washington, D.C. Substantially all of Spaulding & Slye’s 500 employees were integrated into the Jones Lang LaSalle organization, significantly increasing the Firm’s market presence in New England and Washington D.C. In September 2006, we opened an office in Dubai, UAE, and acquired RSP Group, a privately held real estate investment services business with a local market-leading position and assignments across more than 20 Middle Eastern and North African countries.

In April 2007, we acquired Troostwijk Makelaars, a significant property advisor in the Netherlands that specializes in leasing, capital markets, and advisory and research services. In July 2007, we acquired a 44.8% interest in the former Trammell Crow Meghraj (“TCM”), one of the largest privately held real estate services companies in India, and agreed to acquire the remaining shareholder interests in 2010 and 2012. We now operate as Jones Lang LaSalle Meghraj in a number of cities throughout India, where we have more than 3,300 employees. Each of these acquisitions provides us with market leadership positions in their respective countries.

In addition to the 2006 and 2007 acquisitions noted above in the United States, UAE, Netherlands and India, we have completed 19 other strategic acquisitions from January 2006 through February 2008 in order to gain further share in key markets, expand our capabilities in certain service areas and further broaden the global platform we make available to our clients. These acquisitions of businesses, providing an array of real estate and money management services, have been completed in Australia, England, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Scotland, Spain, Sweden and the United States. These acquisitions indicate our strategy of being a consolidator within a consolidating industry, which we expect will continue consolidating in 2008.

Performing Consistently and Maximizing Growth

Our stated mission is to deliver exceptional strategic, fully integrated services and solutions for real estate owners, occupiers and investors worldwide. We deliver a combination of services, skills and expertise on an integrated global platform that we own (and do not franchise), which we believe sets us apart from our competitors. Consultancy practices typically do not share our implementation expertise, local market awareness or merchant banking capabilities. Investment banking and investment management competitors generally possess neither our local market knowledge nor our real estate service capabilities. Traditional real estate firms lack our financial expertise and operating consistency. Other global competitors, which we believe often franchise their offices through separate owners, do not have the same level of business coordination or consistency of delivery that we can provide through our network of wholly owned offices and directly employed personnel. That network also permits us to promote a high level of integrity through the organization and to use our diverse and welcoming culture as a competitive advantage in developing clients, recruiting employees and acquiring businesses.

Six key value drivers distinguish our business activities (see “Competitive Advantages” below):

• Our integrated global services platform;

• The quality and worldwide reach of our research function;

• Our focus on client relationship management as a means to provide superior client service;

• Our reputation for consistent worldwide service delivery, as measured by our creation of best practices and the skills and experience of our people;

• Our ability to deliver innovative solutions to assist our clients in maximizing the value of their real estate portfolios; and

• The strength of our brand.

We have designed our business model to create value for our clients, our shareholders and our employees. Based on our established presence in, and intimate knowledge of, real estate and capital markets worldwide, and supported by our investments in thought leadership and technology, we believe that we create value for clients by addressing not only their local, regional and global real estate needs, but also their broader business, strategic, operating and financial goals. We believe that the ability to create and deliver value drives our own ability to grow our business and improve profitability and shareholder value. In doing so, we enable our people to demonstrate their technical competence and advance their careers by taking on new and increased responsibilities within a dynamic environment as our business expands geographically and develops in sophistication.

Growth Strategy

To continue to create new value for our clients, shareholders and employees, in early 2005 we identified five strategic priorities for continued growth. We refer to them as the Global Five Priorities, or the “G5.” At that time, we initiated a five-year program designed to invest capital and resources that will maintain and extend our global leadership positions in the G5, which we have defined as follows:

G1: LOCAL AND REGIONAL SERVICE OPERATIONS. Our strength in local and regional markets determines the strength of our global service capabilities. Our financial performance also depends, in great part, on the business we source and execute locally from approximately 170 wholly owned offices around the world. We believe that we can leverage our established business presence in the world’s principal real estate markets to provide expanded local and regional services without a proportionate increase in infrastructure costs.

G2: GLOBAL CORPORATE SOLUTIONS. The accelerating trends of globalization and the outsourcing of real estate services by corporate occupiers support our decision to emphasize a truly global Corporate Solutions business to serve their needs comprehensively. This service delivery capability helps us create new client relationships. In addition, current corporate clients are demanding multi-regional capabilities.

4

PART I

G3: GLOBAL CAPITAL MARKETS AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT BANKING. Our focus on the further development of our global Capital Markets service delivery capability reflects increasing international cross-border money flows to real estate and the accelerated global marketing of assets that has resulted. Our real estate investment banking capability helps provide capital and other financial solutions by which our clients can maximize the value of their real estate.

G4: LASALLE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT. With a truly integrated global platform, our LaSalle Investment Management business is already well positioned to serve institutional real estate investors looking for attractive opportunities around the world. We intend to continue investment in LaSalle Investment Management’s ability to develop and offer new products quickly, and to extend its portfolio capabilities into promising new markets, to enhance that position.

G5: WORLD-STANDARD BUSINESS OPERATIONS. To gain maximum benefit from our other priorities, we must have superior operating procedures and processes to serve our clients and support our people. Our goal is to equip our people with the knowledge and risk management tools and other globally integrated infrastructure resources they need to create sustainable value for our clients. As we fully leverage the investments we have made in our infrastructure, we will continue to develop a global platform that will allow us to perform our services in an increasingly efficient, integrated and consistent manner.

We committed resources to each of the G5 priorities during the past three years. By continuing to invest in the future based on our view of how our strengths can support the needs of our clients, we intend to further grow our business and to maintain and expand our position as an industry leader in the process. We expect our growth to come from a combination of organic growth and additional strategic acquisitions.

Business Segments

We report our operations as four business segments. We manage our Investor and Occupier Services (“IOS”) product offerings geographically as (i) the Americas, (ii) Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and (iii) Asia Pacific, and our money management business globally as (iv) LaSalle Investment Management. See “Results of Operations” within Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for financial information discussed by segment.

VALUE DELIVERY: IOS AMERICAS, EMEA AND ASIA PACIFIC

To address the needs of real estate owners and occupiers, we provide a full range of integrated property, project management and transaction services locally, regionally and globally through our Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific operating segments. We deliver those services through the following teams:

AGENCY LEASING SERVICES executes marketing and leasing programs on behalf of investors, developers, property companies and public entities to secure tenants and negotiate leases with terms that reflect our clients’ best interests. In 2007, we completed approximately 11,400 agency leasing transactions representing approximately 138 million square feet of space.

We typically base our agency leasing fees on a percentage of the value of the lease revenue commitment for consummated leases.

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SERVICES provides on-site management services to real estate owners for office, industrial, retail and specialty properties. We seek to leverage our market share and buying power to deliver superior service to clients. Our goal is to enhance our clients’ property values through aggressive day-to-day management. We may provide services through our own employees or through contracts with third-party providers (for which we may act in a principal capacity or which we may hire as an agent for our clients). We focus on maintaining high levels of occupancy and tenant satisfaction while lowering property operating costs. During 2007, we provided on-site property management services for office, retail, mixed-use and industrial properties totaling approximately 803 million square feet.

Property Management Services typically are provided by an on-site general manager and staff whom we support with regional supervisory teams and central resources in such areas as training, technical and environmental services, accounting, marketing and human resources. Our general managers are responsible for property management activities, client satisfaction and financial results. We do not compensate them with commissions, but rather with a combination of base salary and a performance bonus that is directly linked to results they produce for their clients. Increasingly, management agreements provide for incentive compensation relating to operating expense reductions, gross revenue or occupancy objectives or tenant satisfaction levels. Consistent with industry custom, management contract terms typically range from one to three years, but may be canceled at any time following a short notice period, usually 30 to 60 days.

PROJECT AND DEVELOPMENT SERVICES provides a variety of services—including conversion management, move management and strategic occupancy planning services—to tenants of leased space, owners in self-occupied buildings and owners of real estate investments. Project and Development Services frequently manages relocation and build-out initiatives for clients of our Property Management Services, Integrated Facilities Management and Tenant Representation Services units. Project and Development Services also manages all aspects of development and renovation of commercial projects for our clients. We have expanded this service to the public sector, particularly to military and government entities in the United States and to educational institutions.

Our Project and Development Services business is typically compensated on the basis of negotiated fees. Client contracts are typically multi-year in duration and may govern a number of discrete projects, with individual projects being completed in less than one year.

Construction Services is the Firm’s full-service construction business in the United States that provides general contracting, “at risk” construction management and construction-related consulting services. Projects

5

PART I

consist primarily of commercial-related construction, including interior build-outs, new ground-up construction and renovation of existing buildings. Construction Services is fully integrated into the Company’s platform and operates out of Boston, Washington, D.C. and Chicago to cover the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions.

We generate our construction work through properties that Jones Lang LaSalle manages or leases, tenants that we represent and other clients. We complete the majority of our Construction Services business on a negotiated fee basis.

VALUATION SERVICES provides clients with professional valuation services, helping them determine market values for office, retail, industrial and mixed-use properties. Such services may involve valuing a single property or a global portfolio of multiple property types. Valuations, which typically involve commercial property, are completed for a variety of purposes, including acquisitions, dispositions, debt and equity financings, mergers and acquisitions, securities offerings (including initial public offerings) and privatization initiatives. Clients include occupiers, investors and financing sources from the public and private sectors. Our valuation specialists provide services to clients in nearly every developed country outside the Americas, where we do not currently provide such services. During 2007, we performed nearly 32,500 valuations of commercial properties with an aggregate value of approximately $759 billion.

We generally negotiate compensation for valuation services for each assignment based on its scale and complexity, and our fees typically relate in part to the value of the underlying assets.

CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES includes institutional property sales and acquisitions, real estate financings, private equity placements, portfolio advisory activities, and corporate finance advice and execution. Real Estate Investment Banking Services includes sourcing capital, both in the form of equity and debt, derivatives structuring and other traditional investment banking services designed to assist corporate clients in maximizing the value of their real estate. As more and more real estate assets are marketed internationally, and as a growing number of clients are investing outside their home markets, our Capital Markets Services teams combine local market knowledge with our access to global capital sources to provide clients with superior execution in raising capital for their real estate assets. By researching, developing and introducing innovative new financial products and strategies, Capital Markets Services is integral to the business development efforts of our other businesses. In 2007, we advised clients on institutional property sales and acquisitions, debt financings and equity placements on assets and portfolios valued at approximately $81.8 billion.

Clients typically compensate Capital Markets Services units on the basis of the value of transactions completed or securities placed. In certain circumstances, we receive retainer fees for portfolio advisory services. Real Estate Investment Banking fees are generally transaction-specific and conditioned upon the successful completion of the transaction.

TENANT REPRESENTATION SERVICES establishes strategic alliances with clients to deliver ongoing assistance to meet their real estate needs, and to help them evaluate and execute transactions to meet their occupancy requirements. Tenant Representation Services also are an important component of our local market services. We assist clients by defining space requirements, identifying suitable alternatives, recommending appropriate occupancy solutions and negotiating lease and ownership terms with third parties. We help our clients lower real estate costs, minimize real estate occupancy risks, improve occupancy control and flexibility, and create more productive office environments. We employ a multidisciplinary approach to develop occupancy strategies linked to our clients’ core business objectives.

We generally determine compensation for Tenant Representation Services on a negotiated fee basis. Fees often reflect performance measures related to targets that we and our clients establish prior to engagement or, in the case of strategic alliances, at annual intervals thereafter. We use quantitative and qualitative measurements to assess performance relative to these goals, and we are compensated accordingly, with incentive fees awarded for superior performance.

INTEGRATED FACILITIES MANAGEMENT SERVICES provides comprehensive portfolio and property management services to corporations and institutions that outsource the management of their occupied real estate. Properties under management range from corporate headquarters to industrial complexes. During 2007, Integrated Facilities Management Services managed approximately 432 million square feet of real estate for its clients. Our target clients typically have large portfolios (usually over 1 million square feet) that offer significant opportunities to reduce costs and improve service delivery. The competitive trends of globalization, outsourcing and offshoring are prompting many of these clients to demand consistent service delivery worldwide and a single point of contact from their real estate service providers. We generally develop performance measures to quantify the progress we make toward mutually determined goals and objectives. Depending on client needs, Integrated Facilities Management Services units, either alone or partnering with other business units, provide services that include portfolio planning, property management, agency leasing, tenant representation, acquisition, finance, disposition, project management, development management and land advisory services. We may provide services through our own employees or through contracts with third-party providers (with which we may act in a principal capacity or which we may hire as an agent for our clients).

Integrated Facilities Management Services units are compensated on the basis of negotiated fees that we typically structure to include a base fee and performance bonus. We base performance bonus compensation on a quantitative evaluation of progress toward performance measures and regularly scheduled client satisfaction surveys. Integrated Facilities Management Services agreements are typically three to five years in duration, but also are cancelable at any time upon a short notice period, usually 30 to 60 days, as is typical in the industry.

STRATEGIC CONSULTING SERVICES delivers innovative, results-driven real estate solutions that both strategically and tactically align with clients’ business objectives. We provide clients with specialized, value-added

6

PART I

real estate consulting services in such areas as mergers and acquisitions, development and asset strategy, occupier portfolio strategy, workplace solutions, location advisory, financial optimization strategies, organizational strategy and Six Sigma real estate solutions. Our professionals focus on translating global best practices into local real estate solutions, creating optimal financial results for our clients.

We typically negotiate compensation for Strategic Consulting Services based on work plans developed for advisory services that vary based on scope and complexity of projects. For transaction services, we base compensation on the value of transactions completed.

ENERGY AND SUSTAINABILITY SERVICES provides occupiers and investors assistance in developing their corporate sustainability strategies, greening their portfolios by managing Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) construction or retrofits and providing sustainable building operations management. With 75 LEED accredited professionals, our experience includes 40 LEED projects representing nearly 25 million square feet. In 2007, we oversaw $573 million in client energy expense representing a portfolio of 11,177 facilities with specialized energy services. We documented $38 million in energy savings and reduced greenhouse gas emissions by 132,848 tons.

We generally negotiate compensation for our energy and sustainability services for each assignment based on the scale and complexity of the project or shared savings.

VALUE DELIVERY: MONEY MANAGEMENT

Our global real estate money management business, a member of the Jones Lang LaSalle group that we operate under the name of LaSalle Investment Management, has three priorities:

• Develop and execute customized investment strategies that meet the specific investment objectives of each of our clients;

• Provide superior investment performance; and

• Deliver uniformly high levels of services on a global basis.

We provide money management services to institutional investors and high-net-worth individuals. We seek to establish and maintain relationships with sophisticated investors who value our global platform and extensive local market knowledge. As of December 31, 2007, LaSalle Investment Management managed approximately $49.7 billion of public and private real estate assets, making us one of the world’s largest managers of institutional capital invested in real estate assets and securities.

LaSalle Investment Management provides clients with a broad range of real estate investment products and services in the public and private capital markets. We design these products and services to meet the differing strategic, risk/return and liquidity requirements of individual clients. The range of investment alternatives includes private investments in multiple real estate property types (including office, retail, industrial, health care and residential) either through investment funds that LaSalle Investment Management manages or through single client account relationships (“separate accounts”). We also offer indirect public investments, primarily in publicly traded real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and other real estate equities.

We believe the success of our money management business comes from our industry-leading research capabilities, innovative investment strategies, global presence, local market knowledge, and strong client focus. We maintain an extensive real estate research department whose dedicated professionals monitor real estate and capital market conditions around the world to enhance current investment decisions and identify future opportunities. In addition to drawing on public sources for information, our research department utilizes the extensive local presence of Jones Lang LaSalle professionals throughout the world to gather and share proprietary insight into local market conditions.

The investment and capital origination activities of our money management business have grown increasingly global. We have invested in direct real estate in 20 countries across the globe, as well as in public real estate companies traded on all major stock exchanges. We expect money management activities, both fund raising and investing, to continue this trend as cross-border capital flows increase.

PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE PROPERTIES. In serving our money management clients, LaSalle Investment Management is responsible for the acquisition, management, leasing, financing and divestiture of real estate investments across a broad range of real estate property types. LaSalle Investment Management launched its first institutional investment fund in 1979 and currently has a series of commingled investment funds, including nine funds that invest in assets in the Americas, ten funds that invest in assets located in Europe and six funds that invest in assets in Asia Pacific. LaSalle Investment Management also maintains separate account relationships with investors for whom LaSalle Investment Management manages private real estate investments. As of December 31, 2007, LaSalle Investment Management had approximately $39.1 billion in assets under management in these funds and separate accounts.

Some investors prefer to partner with money managers willing to co-invest their own funds to more closely align the interests of the investor and the investment manager. We believe that our ability to co-invest funds alongside the investments of clients’ funds will continue to be an important factor in maintaining and continually improving our competitive position. Our co-investment strategy will strengthen our ability to continue to raise capital for new investment funds. At December 31, 2007, we had a total of $151.8 million of investments in, and loans to, co-investments.

We are expanding our “merchant banking” activities in appropriate circumstances. This involves making investments of Firm capital to acquire properties in order to seed investment management funds (typically within the LaSalle Investment Company structures described in Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) before they have been offered to clients.

LaSalle Investment Management conducts its operations with teams of professionals dedicated to achieving specific client objectives. We

7

PART I

establish investment committees within each region whose members have specialized knowledge applicable to underlying investment strategies. These committees must approve all investment decisions for private market investments. We utilize the investment committee approval process for LaSalle Investment Management’s investment funds and for all separate account relationships.

LaSalle Investment Management is generally compensated for money management services for private equity investments based on initial capital invested and managed, with additional fees tied to investment performance above benchmark levels. The terms of contracts vary by the form of investment vehicle involved and the type of service we provide. Our investment funds have various life spans, typically ranging between five and 10 years. Separate account advisory agreements generally have three-year terms with “at will” termination provisions, and they may include compensation arrangements that are linked to the market value of the assets under management.

INVESTMENTS IN PUBLIC EQUITY. LaSalle Investment Management also offers clients the ability to invest in separate accounts focused on public real estate equity. We invest the capital of these clients principally in publicly traded securities of REITs and property company equities. As of December 31, 2007, LaSalle Investment Management had approximately $10.6 billion of assets under management in these types of investments. LaSalle Investment Management is typically compensated by securities investment clients on the basis of the market value of assets under management.

Competition

We provide a broad range of commercial real estate and investment management services, and there is significant competition on an international, regional and local level with respect to many of these services and in commercial real estate services generally. Depending on the service, we face competition from other real estate service providers, institutional lenders, insurance companies, investment banking firms, investment managers, accounting firms, technology firms, firms providing outsourcing services of various types (including technology or building products) and companies bringing their real estate services in-house (any of which may be a global, regional or local firms). Many of our competitors are local or regional firms, which, although substantially smaller in overall size, may be larger in a specific local or regional market. We are also subject to competition from large national and multi-national firms that have similar service competencies to ours.

Competitive Advantages

We believe that the six key value drivers we list above and more specially describe below create several competitive advantages that have made us the leading integrated global real estate services and money management firm.

INTEGRATED GLOBAL SERVICES. By combining a wide range of high-quality, complementary services—and delivering them at consistently high service levels globally through wholly owned Company offices with directly employed personnel—we can develop and implement real estate strategies that meet the increasingly complex and far-reaching needs of our clients. We also believe that we have secured an established business presence in the world’s principal real estate markets, with the result that we can grow revenues without a proportionate increase in infrastructure costs. With operations in more than 700 cities in 60 countries on five continents, we have in-depth knowledge of local and regional markets and can provide a full range of real estate services around the globe. This geographic coverage positions us to serve our multinational clients and manage investment capital on a global basis. In addition, we anticipate that our additional cross-selling potential across geographies and product lines will continue to develop new revenue sources for multiple business units within Jones Lang LaSalle.

INDUSTRY-LEADING RESEARCH AND KNOWLEDGE BUILDING. We invest in and rely on comprehensive top-down and bottom-up research to support and guide the development of real estate and investment strategy for our clients. Our Global Research Executive Board oversees and coordinates the activities of approximately 300 research professionals, who cover market and economic conditions around the world. Research also plays a key role in keeping colleagues throughout the organization attuned to important events and changing conditions in world markets. We facilitate the dissemination of this information to colleagues through our company-wide intranet.

CLIENT RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT. We support our ability to deliver superior service to our clients through our ongoing investments in client relationship management and account management. Our goal is to provide each client with a single point of contact at our firm, an individual who is answerable to, and accountable for, all the activities we undertake for the client. We believe that we enhance superior client service through best practices in client relationship management, the practice of seeking and acting on regular client feedback, and recognizing each client’s definition of excellence.

Our client-driven focus enables us to develop long-term relationships with real estate investors and occupiers. By developing these relationships, we are able to generate repeat business and create recurring revenue sources. In many cases, we establish strategic alliances with clients whose ongoing service needs mesh with our ability to deliver fully integrated real estate services across multiple business units and office locations. We support our relationship focus with an employee compensation system designed to reward client relationship building, teamwork and quality performance, in addition to revenue development.

CONSISTENT SERVICE DELIVERY. We believe that our globally coordinated investments in research, technology, people and innovation, combined with the fact that our offices are wholly owned (rather than franchised) and our people are directly employed, enable us to develop, share and continually evaluate best practices across our global organization. As a result, we are able to deliver the same consistently high levels of client service and operational excellence substantially wherever our clients’ real estate investment and services needs exist.

8

PART I

Based on our general industry knowledge and specific client feedback, we believe we are recognized as an industry leader in technology. We possess the capability to provide sophisticated information technology systems on a global basis to serve our clients and support our employees. For example, the purpose of OneView by Jones Lang LaSalle^SM , our client extranet technology, is to provide clients with detailed and comprehensive insight into their portfolios, the markets in which they operate and the services we provide to them. Delphi^SM, our intranet technology, offers our employees easy access to the Firm’s policies and its collective thinking regarding our experience, skills and best practices.

We believe that our investments in research, technology, people and thought leadership position our firm as a leading innovator in our industry. Major research initiatives, such as our “World Winning Cities” program, our offshoring index and our “Global Real Estate Transparency Index,” investigate emerging trends and therefore help us anticipate future conditions and shape new services to benefit our clients. Professionals in our Strategic Consulting practice identify and respond to shifting market and business trends to address changing client needs and opportunities. LaSalle Investment Management relies on our comprehensive investigation of global real estate and capital markets to develop new investment products and services tailored to the specific investment goals and risk/return objectives of our clients. We believe that our commitment to innovation helps us secure and maintain profitable long-term relationships with the clients we target: the world’s leading real estate owners, occupiers and investors.

We anticipate that we will soon receive notice that our patent for a “System and Method for Evaluating Real Estate Financing Structures” has been issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The technology behind the patent is designed to assist clients with determining the optimal financing structure for controlling its real estate assets, including, for example, whether the client should own the asset, lease the asset, or control the asset by means of some other financing structure.

MAXIMIZING VALUES OF REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIOS. To maximize the values of our real estate investments, LaSalle Investment Management capitalizes on its strategic research insights and local market knowledge to develop an integrated approach that leads to innovative solutions and value enhancement. Our global strategic perspective allows us to assess pricing trends for real estate, and know which investors worldwide are actively investing. This enables us to have an advantageous perspective about when buying and selling strategies should be implemented. During hold periods, our local market research allows us to assess the potential for cash flow enhancement in our assets based on an informed opinion of rental rate trends. When combined, these two perspectives provide us with an optimal view that leads to timely execution and translates into superior investment performance.

POWERFUL BRAND. Based on the evidence provided by commissioned marketing surveys, the extensive coverage we receive in top-tier business publications, the major awards and accolades we receive in many categories of real estate, together with our significant, long- standing client relationships, we believe that large corporations and institutional investors and occupiers of real estate recognize Jones Lang LaSalle’s ability to create value in changing market conditions. Our reputation is based on our deep industry knowledge, excellence in service delivery, integrity and our global provision of high-quality, professional real estate and money management services. We believe that the combined strength of the Jones Lang LaSalle and LaSalle Investment Management brands represents a significant advantage when we pursue new business opportunities and is also a major motivation for talented people to join us around the world.

We believe we hold the necessary trademarks worldwide with respect to the “Jones Lang LaSalle” and “LaSalle Investment Management” names and the related logo, which we would expect to continue to renew as necessary.

Industry Trends

INCREASING DEMAND FOR GLOBAL SERVICES AND GLOBALIZATION OF CAPITAL FLOWS. Many corporations based in countries around the world have pursued growth opportunities in international markets. Many are striving to control costs by outsourcing or offshoring non-core business activities. Both trends have increased the demand for global real estate services, including facilities management, tenant representation and leasing, and property management services. We believe that this trend will favor real estate service providers with the capability to provide services—and consistently high service levels—in multiple markets around the world. Additionally, real estate capital flows have become increasingly global, as more assets are marketed internationally and as more investors seek real estate investment opportunities beyond their own borders. This trend has created new markets for investment managers equipped to facilitate international real estate capital flows and execute cross-border real estate transactions.

CONSOLIDATION. The real estate services industry has experienced significant consolidation in recent years. We believe that as a result of substantial existing infrastructure investments and the ability to spread fixed costs over a broader base of business, it is possible to recognize incrementally higher margins on property management and facilities management assignments as the amount of square footage under management increases.

Large users of commercial real estate services continue to demonstrate a preference for working with single-source service providers able to operate across local, regional and global markets. The ability to offer a full range of services on this scale requires significant corporate infrastructure investment, including information technology and personnel training. Smaller regional and local real estate service firms, with limited resources, are less able to make such investments.

GROWTH OF OUTSOURCING. In recent years, on a global level, outsourcing of professional real estate services has increased substantially, as corporations have focused corporate resources, including capital, on core competencies. In addition, public and other non-corporate users of real estate, including government agencies and health and educational

9

PART I

institutions, have begun to outsource real estate activities as a means of reducing costs. As a result, we believe there are significant growth opportunities for firms like ours that can provide integrated real estate services across many geographic markets.

ALIGNMENT OF INTERESTS OF INVESTORS AND INVESTMENT MANAGERS. Institutional investors continue to allocate significant portions of their investment capital to real estate, and many investors have shown a desire to commit their capital to investment managers willing to co-invest their own funds in specific real estate investments or real estate funds. In addition, investors are increasingly requiring that fees paid to investment managers be more closely aligned with investment performance. As a result, we believe that investment managers with co-investment capital, such as LaSalle Investment Management, will have an advantage in attracting real estate investment capital. In addition, co-investment may bring the opportunity to provide additional services related to the acquisition, financing, property management, leasing and disposition of such investments.

Employees

With the help of aggressive goal and performance measurements, we attempt to instill in all of our people the commitment to be the best. Our goal is to be the real estate advisor of choice for clients and the employer of choice in our industry. To achieve that, we intend to continue to promote those human resources techniques that will attract, motivate and retain high quality employees. The following table details our respective headcounts at December 31, 2007 and 2006:

	2007	2006
Professional	16,500	11,800
Support	2,500	1,800
	19,000	13,600
Directly reimbursable property maintenance	13,700	11,900
Total employees	32,700	25,500
Directly reimbursable project management employees included as professionals above	7,100	4,200

Directly reimbursable project management employees work with clients that have a contracted fee structure comprised of a fixed management fee and a separate component that allows for scheduled reimbursable personnel and other expenses to be billed directly to the client.

Approximately 13,600 and 9,300 of our professional and support staff in 2007 and 2006, respectively, were based in countries other than the United States. Additionally, approximately 9,300 and 8,100 of our directly reimbursable property maintenance workers in 2007 and 2006, respectively, were based in countries other than the United States. Our employees are not members of any labor unions with the exception of approximately 800 of our directly reimbursable property maintenance employees in the United States. We have generally had satisfactory relations with our employees.

Company Web Site, Corporate Governance and Other Available Information

Jones Lang LaSalle’s Web site address is www.joneslanglasalle.com. We make available, free of charge, our Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports, and our proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we file them electronically with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You also may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1.800.SEC.0330 for information about its public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Web site address is www.sec.gov.

The Company’s Code of Business Ethics, which applies to all employees of the Company, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating and Financial Officer, Global Controller and the members of our Board of Directors, can also be found on our Web site under Investor Relations/Board of Directors and Corporate Governance. In addition, the Company intends to post any amendment or waiver of the Code of Business Ethics with respect to a member of our Board of Directors or any of the executive officers named in our proxy statement.

Our Web site also includes information about our corporate governance. You may access, in addition to other information, the following materials, which we will make available in print to any shareholder who requests them:

• Bylaws

• Corporate Governance Guidelines

• Charters for our Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Governance Committees

• Statement of Qualifications for Members of the Board of Directors

• Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters

• Statements of Beneficial Ownership of our Equity Securities by our Directors and Officers

I TEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The complex, dynamic and international scope of our operations overall, and of our operations in particular regions and countries, involve a number of significant risks for our business. The fact that we operate in numerous countries likely magnifies those risks relative to other companies whose operations are not as geographically dispersed. If the risks associated with the services we provide, our operations in particular regions and countries or the international scope of our operations cannot be or are not successfully managed, our business, operating results and/or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

One of the challenges of a global business such as ours is to be able to determine in a sophisticated manner the enterprise risks that in fact exist and to monitor continuously those that develop over time as a result of

10

PART I

changes in the business, laws to which we are subject and the other factors we discuss below. We must then determine how best to employ available resources to prevent, mitigate and/or minimize those risks that have the greatest potential (1) to occur and (2) to cause significant damage from an operational, financial or reputational standpoint. An important dynamic that we must also consider and appropriately manage is how much and what types of commercial insurance to obtain and how much potential liability may remain uninsured consistent with the infrastructure that is in place within the organization to identify and properly manage it. While we attempt to approach these issues in an increasingly sophisticated and coordinated manner across the globe, our failure to identify or effectively manage the enterprise risks inherent within our business could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

We govern our enterprise risk program primarily through our Global Operating Committee, which is chaired by our Global Chief Operating Officer and includes the Chief Operating Officers of our four reported business segments and the leaders from certain corporate staff groups such as Finance, Legal and Insurance. The Global Operating Committee coordinates its enterprise risk activities with our Internal Audit function, which performs an annual risk assessment of our business in order to determine where to focus its auditing efforts.

This section reflects our views concerning the most significant risks we believe our business faces, although they do not purport to include every possible risk from which we might sustain a loss. For purposes of the following analysis and discussion, we generally group the risks we face according to four principal categories:

• External Market Risk Factors;

• Internal Operational Risk Factors;

• Financial Risk Factors; and

• Human Resources Risk Factors.

Some of the risks we identify could appropriately be discussed in more than one category, but we have chosen the one we view as primary.

External Market Risk Factors

GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND REAL ESTATE MARKET CONDITIONS CAN HAVE A NEGATIVE IMPACT ON OUR BUSINESS. We have experienced in past years, and expect in the future to be negatively impacted by, periods of economic slowdown or recession, and corresponding declines in the demand for real estate and related services, within one or more of the markets in which we operate. Each real estate market tends to be cyclical and related to the condition of its corresponding economy as a whole or, at least, to the perceptions of investors and users as to the relevant economic outlook. For example, corporations may be hesitant to expand space or enter into long-term commitments if they are concerned with the economic environment. Corporations that are under financial pressure for any reason, or are attempting to more aggressively manage their expenses, may reduce the size of their workforces and/or seek corresponding reductions in office space and related management services. Negative economic conditions and declines in the demand for real estate and related services in several markets or in significant markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition, including as a result of the following factors:

• Decline in Acquisition and Disposition Activity

A general decline in acquisition and disposition activity can lead to a reduction in fees and commissions for arranging such transactions, as well as in fees and commissions for arranging financing for acquirers.

During the second half of 2007, the well-publicized and severe restriction in the availability of credit in the United States and certain European countries significantly reduced the volume and pace of commercial real estate transactions compared with 2006, and also negatively impacted real estate pricing as a general matter within those countries. This in turn decreased the performance of our Capital Markets businesses, particularly in the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany as compared with the prior year when markets were much more robust. While we believe we have continued to gain market share in those markets, the additional transaction volumes from an increase in market share did not fully offset the overall declines in these markets in 2007. We expect this situation to continue for some time into 2008 before it begins to improve, although it is inherently difficult to make accurate predictions in this regard particularly because macro movements of the real estate markets are beyond our control.

• Decline in Leasing Activity

A general decline in leasing activity can lead to a reduction in fees and commissions for arranging leases, on behalf of both owners and tenants. Additionally, a decline in leasing activity can lead to a reduction in the demand for, and fees earned from, other real estate services, such as Project and Development Services (managing the build-out of space).

• Decline in the Value and Performance of Real Estate and Rental Rates

A general decline in the value and performance of real estate and in rental rates can lead to a reduction in investment management fees (a significant portion of which is generally based upon the performance of investments) and the value of the co-investments we make with our investment management clients or merchant banking investments we have made for our own account. Additionally, such declines can lead to a reduction in fees and commissions that are based upon the value of, or revenues produced by, the properties with respect to which services are provided, including fees and commissions for property management and valuations, and for arranging acquisitions, dispositions, leasing and financings. Historically, a significant decline in real estate values in a given market has also tended to result in increases in litigation regarding advisory and valuation work done prior to the decline.

• Decline in Real Estate Investment Activity

A general decline in real estate investment activity can lead to a reduction in the fees generated from the acquisition of property for

11

PART I

clients, as well as in the fees and commissions generated by our Capital Markets, Hotels and other businesses for arranging acquisitions, dispositions and financings, and in our investment management fees.

• Decline in Value of Real Estate Securities

A general decline in the value of real estate securities (for example, real estate investment trusts, or “REITS”), will have a negative effect on the value of the portfolios that our LaSalle Investment Management Securities business manages, and any securities held in accounts that LaSalle Investment Management manages, and therefore the fees we earn on assets under management. In addition, a general decline in the value of real estate securities could negatively impact the amount of money that investors are willing to allocate to real estate securities and the pace of engaging new investor clients.

Changes in non-real estate markets can also affect our business. For example, strength in the equity markets can mean that there are generally lower levels of capital allocated to real estate, which in turn can mean that our ability to generate fees from the operation of our investment management business will be negatively impacted. Strength in the equity markets can also negatively impact the performance of real estate as an asset class, which in turn means that the incentive fees relating to the performance of our investment funds will be negatively impacted.

Cyclicality in the real estate markets may lead to cyclicality in our earnings and significant volatility in our stock price, which in recent years has been highly sensitive to market perception of the global economy generally and our industry specifically.

REAL ESTATE SERVICES AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT MARKETS ARE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE. We provide a broad range of commercial real estate and investment management services, and there is significant competition on an international, regional and local level with respect to many of these services and in commercial real estate services generally. Depending on the service, we face competition from other real estate service providers, institutional lenders, insurance companies, investment banking firms, investment managers, accounting firms, technology firms, firms providing outsourcing services of various types (including technology or building products) and companies bringing their real estate services in-house (any of which may be a global, regional or local firm). Many of our competitors are local or regional firms, which, although substantially smaller in overall size, may be larger in a specific local or regional market. Some of our competitors are expanding the services they offer in an attempt to gain additional business. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, and more established relationships with their customers and suppliers than we have. Larger or better-capitalized competitors may be able to respond faster to the need for technological changes, price their services more aggressively, compete more effectively for skilled professionals, finance acquisitions more easily and generally compete more aggressively for market share.

New competitors or alliances among competitors that increase their ability to service clients could emerge and gain market share, develop a lower cost structure, adopt more aggressive pricing policies or provide services that gain greater market acceptance than the services we offer. In order to respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower our prices, which would have an adverse effect on our revenues and profit margins. As we are in a consolidating industry, there exists the inherent risk that competitive firms may be more successful than we are at growing through merger and acquisition activity. While we were successful during 2007 in continuing to grow organically and through a series of acquisitions, sourcing and completing acquisitions are complex and sensitive activities and there is no assurance that we will be able to continue our acquisition activity in the future at the same pace as we have in the past.

We are substantially dependent on long-term client relationships and on revenue received for services under various service agreements. Many of these agreements may be canceled by the client for any reason with as little as 30 to 60 days’ notice, as is typical in the industry. In this competitive market, if we are unable to maintain these relationships or are otherwise unable to retain existing clients and develop new clients, our business, results of operations and/or financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

We also must continue to successfully differentiate the scope and quality of our service and product offerings from those of our competitors in order to maintain the value and premium status of our brand, which is one of our most important assets. Additionally, given the rigors of the competitive marketplace in which we operate, we must continue to find ways to operate more cost-effectively, including by realizing on economies of scale, so that we are optimizing the costs required to operate on a globally coordinated platform.

THE SEASONALITY OF OUR IOS BUSINESS EXPOSES US TO RISKS. Within our Investor and Occupier Services business, our revenues and profits tend to be significantly higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year than in the first two quarters. This is a result of a general focus in the real estate industry on completing or documenting transactions by calendar-year-end and the fact that certain expenses are constant through the year. Historically, we have reported an operating loss or a relatively small profit in the first quarter and then increasingly larger profits during each of the following three quarters, excluding the recognition of investment-generated performance fees and co-investment equity gains (both of which can be particularly unpredictable). The seasonality of our business makes it difficult to determine during the course of the year whether plan results will be achieved, and thus to adjust to changes in expectations. Additionally, negative economic or other conditions that arise at a time when they impact performance in the fourth quarter, such as the particular timing of when larger transactions close or changes in the value of the U.S. dollar against other currencies, may have a more significant impact than if they occurred earlier in the year. To the extent we are not able to identify and adjust for changes in expectations or we are confronted with negative conditions that impact inordinately on the fourth quarter of a year, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

12

PART I

We have taken various measures internally to more equally spread our IOS revenue throughout the year and have been successful to a degree. As a result, there has been somewhat less seasonality in our revenues and profits during the past few years than there was historically, but we believe that some level of seasonality will always be inherent in our industry and outside of our control.

POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC INSTABILITY AND TRANSPARENCY; TERRORIST ACTIVITIES; HEALTH EPIDEMICS. We operate in 60 countries with varying degrees of political and economic stability and transparency. For example, certain Asian, Eastern European and South American countries have experienced serious political and economic instability within the past few years, and such instability will likely continue to arise from time to time in countries in which we have operations. It is difficult for us to predict where or when a significant change in the political leadership or regime within a given country may occur, or what the implications of such a change will be on our operations given that legislative, tax and business environments can be altered quickly and dramatically. As a result, our ability to operate our business in the ordinary course may be disrupted in one way or another, with corresponding reductions in revenues, increases in expenses or other material adverse effects.

In addition, terrorist activities have escalated in recent years and at times have affected cities in which we operate. To the extent that similar terrorist activities continue to occur, they may adversely affect our business because they tend to target the same type of high-profile urban areas in which we do business.

Health epidemics that affect the general conduct of business in one or more urban areas (including as the result of travel restrictions and the inability to conduct face-to-face meetings), such as occurred in the past from SARS or may occur in the future from an avian flu or other type of outbreak, can also adversely affect the volume of business transactions, real estate markets and the cost of operating real estate or providing real estate services, and may therefore adversely affect our results.

INFRASTRUCTURE DISRUPTIONS. Our ability to conduct a global business may be adversely impacted by disruptions to the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities in which they are located. This may include disruptions involving electrical, communications, transportation or other services used by Jones Lang LaSalle or third parties with which we conduct business, or disruptions as the result of natural disasters (such as earthquakes and floods), political instability, general labor strikes or turmoil or terrorist attacks. These disruptions may occur, for example, as a result of events affecting only the buildings in which we operate (such as fires), or as a result of events with a broader impact on the cities where those buildings are located (including, potentially, the longer-term effects of global climate change). Nearly all of our employees in our primary locations, including Chicago, London, Singapore and Sydney, work in close proximity to each other in one or more buildings. If a disruption occurs in one location and our employees in that location are unable to communicate with or travel to other locations, our ability to service and interact with our clients may suffer, and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans that depend on communication or travel.

The infrastructure disruptions described above may also disrupt our ability to manage real estate for clients or may adversely affect the value of real estate investments we make on behalf of clients. The buildings we manage for clients, which include some of the world’s largest office properties and retail centers, are used by numerous people daily. As a result, fires, earthquakes, floods, other natural disasters, defects and terrorist attacks can result in significant loss of life, and, to the extent we are held to have been negligent in connection with our management of the affected properties, we could incur significant financial liabilities and reputational harm.

The occurrence of natural disasters and terrorist attacks can also significantly increase the availability and/or cost of commercial insurance policies covering real estate, both for our own business and for those clients whose properties we manage and who may purchase their insurance through the insurance buying programs we make available to them.

While we have disaster recovery and crisis management procedures in place, there can be no assurance that they will suffice in any particular situation to avoid a significant loss.

CIVIL AND REGULATORY CLAIMS; LITIGATING DISPUTES IN DIFFERENT JURISDICTIONS. Substantial civil legal liability or a significant regulatory action against the Firm could have a material adverse financial effect or cause us significant reputational harm, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects. While we do maintain commercial insurance in an amount we believe is appropriate, we also maintain a significant level of self-insurance for the liabilities we may incur. While we place our commercial insurance with only highly-rated companies, the value of otherwise valued claims we hold under insurance policies may become uncollectible due to the insolvency of the applicable insurance company. Additionally the claims we have can be complex and insurance companies can prove difficult or bureaucratic in resolving claims, which may result in payments to us being delayed or reduced or that we must litigate in order to enforce an insurance policy claim.

Because any disputes we have with third parties, or any government regulatory matters, must generally be adjudicated within the jurisdiction in which the dispute arose, our ability to resolve our disputes successfully depends on the local laws that apply and the operation of the local judicial system, the timeliness, quality, transparency, integrity and sophistication of which varies widely from one jurisdiction to the next. Our geographic diversity therefore may expose us to disputes in certain jurisdictions which could be challenging to resolve efficiently and/or effectively, particularly as there appears to be a tendency toward more litigation in emerging markets, where the rule of law is less reliable and legal systems are less mature and transparent. It may also be more difficult to collect receivables from clients who do not pay their bills in certain jurisdictions, since resorting to the judicial system in certain countries may not be an effective alternative given the delays and costs involved.

13

PART I

Internal Operational Risk Factors

CONCENTRATIONS OF BUSINESS WITH CORPORATE CLIENTS INCREASE CREDIT RISK AND THE IMPACT FROM THE LOSS OF CERTAIN CLIENTS. While our client base remains diversified across industries and geographies, we do value the expansion of business relationships with individual corporate clients and the increased efficiency and economics (both to our clients and our Firm) that can result from developing repeat business from the same client and from performing an increasingly broad range of services for the same client. At the same time, having increasingly large and concentrated clients also can lead to greater or more concentrated risks of loss if, among other possibilities, such a client (1) experiences its own financial problems, which can lead to larger individual credit risks, (2) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, which can lead to our failure to be paid for services we have previously provided or funds we have previously advanced, (3) decides to reduce its operations or its real estate facilities, (4) makes a change in its real estate strategy, such as no longer outsourcing its real estate operations, (5) decides to change its providers of real estate services or (6) merges with another corporation or otherwise undergoes a change of control, which may result in new management taking over with a different real estate philosophy or in different relationships with other real estate providers. Additionally, increasingly large clients may, and sometimes do, attempt to leverage the extent of their relationships with us during the course of contract negotiations or in connection with disputes or potential litigation.

CONTRACTUAL LIABILITIES AS PRINCIPAL AND FOR WARRANTED PRICING. We may, on behalf of our clients, hire and supervise third-party contractors to provide construction, engineering and various other services for our managed properties or the properties we are developing. Depending upon the terms of our contracts with clients (which, for example, may place us in the position of a principal rather than an agent) or responsibilities we assume or are legally deemed to have assumed in the course of a client engagement (whether or not memorialized in a contract), we may be subjected to, or become liable for, claims for construction defects, negligent performance of work or other similar actions by third parties whom we do not control. Adverse outcomes of property management disputes or litigation could negatively impact our business, operating results and/or financial condition, particularly if we have not limited in our contracts the extent of damages to which we may be liable for the consequences of our actions or if our liabilities exceed the amounts of the commercial third-party insurance that we carry. Moreover, our clients may seek to hold us accountable for the actions of contractors because of our role as property manager even if we have technically disclaimed liability as a legal matter, in which case we may be pressured to participate in a financial settlement for purposes of preserving the client relationship.

As part of our project management business, we may enter into agreements with clients that provide for a warranted or guaranteed cost for a project that we manage. In these situations, we are responsible for managing the various other contractors required for a project, including general contractors, in order to ensure that the cost of a project does not exceed the contract price and that the project is completed on time. In the event that one of the other contractors on the project does not or cannot perform as a result of bankruptcy or for some other reason, we may be responsible for any cost overruns as well as the consequences for late delivery.

PERFORMANCE UNDER CLIENT CONTRACTS; REVENUE RECOGNITION; SCOPE CREEP. We generally provide our services to our clients under contracts, and in certain cases we are subject to regulatory and/or fiduciary obligations (which may relate to, among other matters, the decisions we may make on behalf of a client with respect to managing assets on its behalf or purchasing products or services from third parties or other divisions within our Firm). Our services may involve handling substantial amounts of client funds in connection with managing their properties. We face legal and reputational risks in the event we do not perform, or are perceived to have not performed, under those contracts or in accordance with those regulations or obligations, or in the event we are negligent in the handling of client funds. The precautions we take to prevent these types of occurrences, which represent a significant commitment of corporate resources, may nevertheless not be effective in all cases. Unexpected costs or delays could make our client contracts or engagements less profitable than anticipated. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could have an adverse effect on profit margins.

In the event that we perform services for clients without executing appropriate contractual documentation, we may be unable to realize our full compensation potential or recognize revenue for accounting purposes, and we may not be able to effectively limit our liability in the event of client disputes. In the event we perform services for clients that are beyond, or different from, what were contemplated in contracts (known as “scope creep”), we may not be fully reimbursed for the services provided, or our potential liability in the case of a negligence claim may not have been as limited as it normally would have been or may be unclear.

CO-INVESTMENT, INVESTMENT, MERCHANT BANKING AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT BANKING ACTIVITIES SUBJECT US TO REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT RISKS AND POTENTIAL LIABILITIES. An important part of our investment strategy includes investing in real estate, both individually and along with our money management clients. In order to remain competitive with well-capitalized financial services firms, we also make merchant banking investments, as the result of which we may use Firm capital to acquire properties before the related investment management funds have been established or investment commitments received from third-party clients. An emerging but potentially significant strategy is to further engage in certain real estate investment banking activities in which we, either solely or with one or more joint venture partners, would employ capital to assist our clients in maximizing the value of their real estate (for example, we might acquire a property from a client that wishes to dispose of it within a certain time frame, after which we would market it for sale as the principal and therefore assume any related market risk). We also have business lines that have as part of their strategy the acquisition, development, management and sale of real estate. Investing

14

PART I

in any of these types of situations exposes us to a number of risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition, including as a result of the following risks:

• We may lose some or all of the capital that we invest if the investments perform poorly. Real estate investments can perform poorly as the result of many factors outside of our control, including the general reduction in asset values within a particular geography or asset class. In 2007, for example, real estate prices in certain markets within the United States and Europe declined generally as the result of the significant tightening of the credit markets.

• We will have fluctuations in earnings and cash flow as we recognize gains or losses, and receive cash, upon the disposition of investments, the timing of which is geared toward the benefit of our clients.

• We generally hold our investments in real estate through subsidiaries with limited liability; however, in certain circumstances, it is possible that this limited exposure may be expanded in the future based upon, among other things, changes in applicable laws or the application of existing or new laws. To the extent this occurs, our liability could exceed the amount we have invested.

• We make co-investments in real estate in many countries, and this presents risks as described above in “External Market Risk Factors.” Without limitation, this may include changes to tax treaties, tax policy, foreign investment policy or other local legislative changes that may adversely affect the performance of our co-investments.

• We generally make co-investments in the local currency of the country in which the investment asset exists and we will therefore be subject to the risks described below under “Currency Restrictions and Exchange Rate Fluctuations.”

CORPORATE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. All providers of professional services to clients, including our Firm, must manage potential conflicts of interest that may arise, principally where the primary duty of loyalty owed to one client is somehow potentially weakened or compromised by a relationship also maintained with another client or third party. While the Firm has policies and procedures in place to identify, disclose and resolve potential conflicts of interest, the failure or inability to do so in a significant situation could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and/or financial condition. Corporate conflicts of interest arise in the context of the services we provide as a firm to our different clients. Personal conflicts of interest on the part of our employees are separately considered as issues within the context of our Code of Business Ethics.

An example of a potential conflict of interest situation is that in the ordinary course of its business, LaSalle Investment Management hires property managers for its investment properties held on behalf of clients, in which case it may hire Jones Lang LaSalle to provide such services or it may hire a firm that is a competitor of Jones Lang LaSalle. In the event it retains Jones Lang LaSalle, it may appear to have a conflict of interest with respect to the selection. As a fiduciary with respect to its client funds, LaSalle Investment Management acts independently of Jones Lang LaSalle in these situations and follows certain internal procedures so that in each situation it selects the service provider that can best represent the interests of the investment management client or fund.

Another example is that in certain countries, based upon applicable regulations and local market dynamics, we have established joint ventures or other arrangements with insurance brokers through which insurance coverage is offered to clients, tenants in buildings we manage and vendors to those buildings. In any case, Jones Lang LaSalle has a financial interest in the placement of insurance with such third parties and therefore we may be deemed to have certain conflicts of interest in those situations. However, we fully disclose our arrangements and we never require any client, tenant or vendor to use the insurance services. We make it clear that they are free to compare the services with the separate insurance arrangements they may make on their own behalf, as we believe we often can use our industry expertise and high-volume insurance relationships to obtain better terms for such clients, tenants and vendors than they could receive on their own.

CLIENT DUE DILIGENCE. There are circumstances where the conduct or identity of our clients could cause us reputational damage or financial harm or could lead to our non-compliance with certain laws, as the result of which there could be a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and/or financial condition. An example would be the attempt by a client to “launder” funds through its relationship with us, namely to disguise the illegal source of funds that are put into otherwise legitimate real estate investments. Another example is doing business with a client that has been listed on one of the “prohibited persons” lists now published by many countries around the world. While we continue to attempt to enhance the procedures we use to evaluate our clients before doing business with them in order not to do business with a prohibited party and to avoid attempts to launder money or otherwise to exploit their relationship with us, our efforts may not be successful in all situations since compliance for a business such as ours is very complex and also since we take a risk-based approach to the procedures we have employed.

BURDEN OF COMPLYING WITH MULTIPLE AND POTENTIALLY CONFLICTING LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND DEALING WITH CHANGES IN LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. We face a broad range of legal and regulatory environments in the countries in which we do business. Coordinating our activities to deal with these requirements presents significant challenges. As an example, in the United Kingdom, the Financial Services Authority (FSA) regulates the conduct of investment businesses and the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) regulates the profession of Chartered Surveyors, which is the professional qualification required for certain of the services we provide in the United Kingdom, through upholding standards of competence and conduct. As another example, various activities of LaSalle Investment Management associated with raising capital and offering investment funds are regulated in the United States by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and in other countries by similar securities regulatory authorities. As a publicly traded company, we are subject to various corporate governance and

15

PART I

other requirements established by statute, pursuant to SEC regulations and under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Additionally, changes in legal and regulatory requirements can impact our ability to engage in business in certain jurisdictions or increase the cost of doing so. The legal requirements of U.S. statutes may also conflict with local legal requirements in a particular country, as, for example, when anonymous hotlines required under U.S. law were construed to conflict in part with French privacy laws.

We make concerted efforts to identify the regulations with which we must comply and then to continue to comply with them, but doing so is complicated in our circumstances and may not be successful in all situations, as the result of which we could be subject to regulatory actions and fines for non-compliance.

LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. The brokerage of real estate sales and leasing transactions, property management, conducting valuations and the operation of the investment advisory business, among other business lines, require us to maintain licenses in various jurisdictions in which we operate. If we fail to maintain our licenses or conduct brokerage, management, valuations, investment advisory or other regulated activities without a license, we may be required to pay fines or return commissions received or have licenses suspended. Licensing requirements may also preclude us from engaging in certain types of transactions or change the way in which we conduct business or the cost of doing so. In addition, because the size and scope of real estate sales transactions and the number of countries in which we operate or invest have increased significantly during the past several years, both the difficulty of ensuring compliance with the numerous licensing regimes and the possible loss resulting from noncompliance have increased. Furthermore, the laws and regulations applicable to our business, both in the United States and in foreign countries, also may change in ways that materially increase the costs of compliance. Particularly in emerging markets, there can be relatively less transparency around the standards and conditions under which licenses are granted, maintained or renewed, and it may be difficult to defend against the arbitrary revocation of a license in a jurisdiction where the rule of law is less well developed.

As a licensed real estate service provider and advisor in various jurisdictions, we and our licensed employees may be subject to various due diligence, disclosure, standard-of-care, anti-money laundering and other obligations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Failure to fulfill these obligations could subject us to litigation from parties who purchased, sold or leased properties we brokered or managed or who invested in our funds. We could become subject to claims by participants in real estate sales or other services claiming that we did not fulfill our obligations as a service provider or broker (including, for example, with respect to conflicts of interests where we are acting, or are perceived to be acting, for two or more clients with potentially contrary interests).

COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Our business is highly dependent on our ability to process transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. If any of our financial, accounting, human resources or other data processing, e-mail, client accounting, funds processing or electronic information management systems do not operate properly or are disabled (including as the result of computer viruses, problems with the internet or sabotage), we could suffer a disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, loss of client data, regulatory intervention or reputational damage. These systems may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, including disruptions of electrical or communications services, disruptions caused by natural disasters, political instability or terrorist attacks, or our inability to occupy one or more of our buildings.

The development of new software systems used to operate one or more aspects of our business, particularly on a customized basis or in order to coordinate or consolidate financial, human resources or other types of infrastructure data reporting, client accounting or funds processing is complicated and may result in costs that cannot be recouped in the event of the failure to complete a planned software development. A new software system that has defects may cause reputational issues and client or employee dissatisfaction, with business lost as a result. The acquisition or development of software systems is often dependent to one degree or another on the quality, ability and/or financial stability of one or more third-party vendors, over which we may not have control beyond the rights we negotiate in our contracts. Different privacy policies from one country to the next (or across a region such as the European Union) may restrict our ability to share or collect data on a global basis, and this may limit the utility of otherwise available technology.

The Firm has been implementing significant new financial, human resources and client relationship management software systems on a world-wide basis, and is in the process of transitioning various significant processes to these new systems. This implementation is complex and will continue throughout 2008 and into 2009. If the Firm does not effectively implement these new systems, or if any of the new systems do not operate as intended, the effectiveness of the Firm’s financial reporting or internal controls could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is also dependent, in part, on our ability to deliver to our clients the efficiencies and convenience afforded by technology. The effort to gain technological expertise and develop or acquire new technologies requires us to incur significant expenses. If we cannot offer new technologies as quickly as our competitors do, we could lose market share. We are increasingly dependent on the internet and intranet technology to disseminate critical business information publicly and also to our employees internally. In the event of technology failure, or our inability to maintain robust platforms, we risk competitive disadvantage.

RISKS INHERENT IN MAKING ACQUISITIONS. We have made in the past, and anticipate that we may make in the future, acquisitions of businesses or business lines. In 2006, for example, we closed the acquisition of Spaulding & Slye, a significant U.S. business with approximately 500 employees. In 2007, we announced the merger of our operations in India with those of a third party, as the result of which we are now operating in

16

PART I

India under the name Jones Lang LaSalle Meghraj, which is a market leader with over 3,300 employees. Also in 2006 and 2007, we completed a number of other smaller but still strategically important acquisitions in various countries, and we have announced additional acquisitions in 2008. Any such acquisitions may subject us to a number of significant risks, including, among others:

• Diversion of management attention;

• Inability to retain the management, key personnel and other employees of the acquired business;

• Inability to retain clients of the acquired business;

• Exposure to legal, environmental, employment and other types of claims for activities of the acquired business prior to acquisition, including those that may not have been adequately identified during the pre-acquisition due diligence investigation;

• Addition of business lines in which we have not previously engaged (for example, general contractor services for “ground up” construction development projects);

• Inability to effectively integrate the acquired business and its employees; and

• Potential impairment of intangible assets, which could adversely affect our reported results.

ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES AND REGULATIONS; CLIMATE CHANGE RISKS. The Firm’s operations are affected by federal, state and/or local environmental laws in the countries in which we maintain office space for our own operations and where we manage properties for clients. We may face liability with respect to environmental issues occurring at properties that we manage or occupy, or in which we invest. Various laws and regulations restrict the levels of certain substances that may be discharged into the environment by properties or they may impose liability on current or previous real estate owners or operators for the cost of investigating, cleaning up or removing contamination caused by hazardous or toxic substances at the property. We may face costs or liabilities under these laws as a result of our role as an on-site property manager or a manager of construction projects. Our risks for such liabilities may increase as we expand our services to include more industrial and/or manufacturing facilities than has been the case in the past. In addition, we may face liability if such laws are applied to expand our limited liability with respect to our co-investments in real estate as discussed above.

Given that the Firm’s own operations are generally conducted within leased office building space, we do not currently anticipate that regulations restricting the emissions of “greenhouse gases,” or taxes that may be imposed on their release, would result in material costs or capital expenditures, although we cannot be certain about the extent to which such regulations will develop as there are higher levels of understanding and commitments by different governments around the world regarding the risks of climate change and how they should be mitigated. We have accelerated our efforts to be a more sustainable business in terms of our own environmental impact as a firm, and we also provide sustainability services to clients, who are increasingly seeking to manage their properties in more environmentally sustainable ways.

ABILITY TO PROTECT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Our business depends, in part, on our ability to identify and protect proprietary information and other intellectual property (such as our service marks, client lists and information, and business methods). Existing laws of some countries in which we provide or intend to provide services (or the extent to which their laws are enforced) may offer only limited protections of our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements, and on patent, copyright and trademark laws to protect our intellectual property rights. Our inability to detect unauthorized use (for example, by former employees) or take appropriate or timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights may have an adverse effect on our business.

We cannot be sure that the services we offer to clients do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, and we may have infringement claims asserted against us or against our clients. These claims may harm our reputation, cost us money and prevent us from offering some services.

ABILITY TO CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN SATISFACTORY INTERNAL FINANCIAL REPORTING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. If we are not able to continue to successfully implement the requirements of Section 404 of the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our reputation, financial results and the market price of our stock could suffer. While we believe that we have adequate internal financial reporting control procedures in place, we may be exposed to potential risks from this legislation, which requires companies to evaluate their internal controls and have their controls attested to by their independent auditors on an annual basis. We have evaluated our internal control systems in order to allow our management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting as required for purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to receive a positive attestation in future years, particularly since standards continue to evolve and are not necessarily being applied consistently from one auditing firm to another. If we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future that we cannot remediate in a timely fashion, we may be unable to receive a positive attestation at some time in the future from our independent auditors with respect to our internal controls over financial reporting.

Financial Risk Factors

WE MAY HAVE INDEBTEDNESS WITH FIXED OR VARIABLE INTEREST RATES AND CERTAIN COVENANTS WITH WHICH WE MUST COMPLY. At December 31, 2007, we had $43.6 million of unsecured indebtedness on a consolidated basis, principally under a revolving credit facility from a syndicate of lenders. Our average outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility were $153.9 million during 2007, and the effective interest rate on that facility was 5.5%.

17

PART I

Our outstanding borrowings fluctuate during the year primarily due to varying working capital requirements. For example, payment of annual incentive compensation represents a significant working capital requirement commanding increased borrowings in the first half of the year, while the Firm’s seasonal earnings pattern provides more for working capital requirements in the second half of the year. To the extent we continue our acquisition activities in the future, the level of our indebtedness could increase materially if that is the source of cash we use.

The terms of our debt contain a number of covenants that could restrict our flexibility to finance future operations or capital needs, or to engage in other business activities that may be in our best interest. The debt covenants limit our ability, among other things, to:

• Encumber or dispose of assets;

• Incur indebtedness; and

• Engage in acquisitions.

In addition, with respect to the revolving credit facility, we must maintain a consolidated net worth of at least $729 million and a leverage ratio not exceeding 3.5 to 1. We must also maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.5 to 1.

If we are unable to make required payments under the revolving credit facility or if we breach any of the debt covenants, we will be in default under the terms of the revolving credit facility. A default under the facility could cause acceleration of repayment of outstanding amounts as well as defaults under other existing and future debt obligations.

VOLATILITY IN LASALLE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE FEE REVENUES. With the growth in assets under management at LaSalle Investment Management, our portfolio is of sufficient size to periodically generate large incentive fees and, in some cases, equity gains that significantly contribute to our earnings and to the changes in earnings from one year to the next. Volatility in this component of our earnings is inevitable due to the nature of this aspect of our business, and the amount of the fees or equity gains we may recognize in future quarters is inherently unpredictable and relates to market dynamics in effect at the time). In the case of our commingled funds, underlying market conditions, particular decisions regarding the acquisition and disposition of fund assets, and the specifics of the client mandate will determine the timing and size of incentive fees from one fund to another. For separate accounts, where asset management is ongoing, we also may earn incentive fees at periodic agreed-upon measurement dates, and that may be related to performance relative to specified real-estate indices (such as that published by the National Council of Real Estate Investment Fiduciaries (NCREIF)).

While LaSalle Investment Management has focused over the past several years on developing more predictable annuity-type revenues, incentive fees have been, and will continue to be, an important part of our revenues and earnings. As a result, the volatility described above should be expected to continue. For example, in 2006 we recognized one very significant incentive fee from the long-term performance of a separate account where we have ongoing portfolio management. This incentive fee was payable only once every four years and was calculated based on the account’s performance above a real rate of return so long as the account’s performance has exceeded a NCREIF-based index. The incentive fee will next be measured after a five-year performance period.

Where incentive fees on a given transaction are particularly large, certain clients in the past have attempted to take advantage of their relationship with us to renegotiate fees even though contractually obligated to pay them, and we expect this to occur from time to time in the future. Our efforts to collect our fees in these situations may lead to significant legal fees and/or significant delays in collection due to extended judicial proceedings or negotiations, or may result in negotiated reductions in fees that take into account the future value of the relationship.

VOLATILITY IN HOTELS AND CAPITAL MARKETS FEES. We have business lines other than LaSalle Investment Management that also generate fees based on the timing, size and pricing of closed transactions and these fees may significantly contribute to our earnings and to changes in earnings from one quarter or year to the next. For example, in 2007 our Hotels business generated one very substantial fee from the sale of a large portfolio of hotels on behalf of a particular client. Volatility in this component of our earnings is inevitable due to the nature of these businesses and the amount of the fees we will recognize in future quarters is inherently unpredictable.

CURRENCY RESTRICTIONS AND EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS. We produce positive flows of cash in various countries and currencies that can be most effectively used to fund operations in other countries or to repay our indebtedness, which is currently primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. We face restrictions in certain countries that limit or prevent the transfer of funds to other countries or the exchange of the local currency to other currencies. We also face risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates that may lead to a decline in the value of the funds produced in certain jurisdictions.

Additionally, although we operate globally, we report our results in U.S. dollars, and thus our reported results may be positively or negatively impacted by the strengthening or weakening of currencies against the U.S. dollar. As an example, the euro and the pound sterling, each a currency used in a significant portion of our operations, strengthened against the U.S. dollar over the course of 2006 and 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007, 36% of our revenue was attributable to operations with U.S. dollars as their functional currency, and 64% was attributable to operations having other functional currencies. In addition to the potential negative impact on reported earnings, fluctuations in currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of the reported results of operations.

We are authorized to use currency-hedging instruments, including foreign currency forward contracts, purchased currency options and borrowings in foreign currency. There can be no assurance that such hedging will be economically effective. We do not use hedging instruments for speculative purposes.

18

PART I

As currency forward and option contracts are generally conducted off-exchange or over-the-counter (“OTC”), many of the safeguards accorded to participants on organized exchanges, such as the performance guarantee of an exchange clearing house, are generally unavailable in connection with OTC transactions. In addition, there can be no guarantee that the counterparty will fulfill its obligations under the contractual agreement especially in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty, which would effectively leave us unhedged.

The following table sets forth the revenues derived from our most significant currencies (based upon 2007 revenues, $ in millions). The euro revenues include our businesses in France, Germany, Italy, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Holland, Belgium and Luxembourg.

Most Significant Currencies on a Revenue Basis

	2007		2006
United States Dollar	$	959.5	898.6
United Kingdom Pound		460.7	352.1
Euro		453.0	342.0
Australian Dollar		182.6	126.8
Other currencies		596.3	294.1
Total revenues	$	2,652.1	2,013.6

GREATER DIFFICULTY IN COLLECTING ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE IN CERTAIN COUNTRIES AND REGIONS. We face challenges to our ability to efficiently and/or effectively collect accounts receivable in certain countries and regions. For example, in Asia, many countries have underdeveloped insolvency laws, and clients often are slow to pay. In Europe, clients in some countries, particularly Spain, Italy and France, also tend to delay payments, reflecting a different business culture over which we do not necessarily have any control.

POTENTIALLY ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES; CHANGES IN TAX LEGISLATION AND TAX RATES. Moving funds between countries can produce adverse tax consequences in the countries from which and to which funds are transferred, as well as in other countries, such as the United States, in which we have operations. Additionally, as our operations are global, we face challenges in effectively gaining a tax benefit for costs incurred in one country that benefit our operations in other countries.

Changes in tax legislation or tax rates may occur in one or more jurisdictions in which we operate that may materially increase the cost of operating our business.

THE CHARTER AND THE BYLAWS OF JONES LANG LASALLE, OR THE MARYLAND GENERAL CORPORATION LAW, COULD DELAY, DEFER OR PREVENT A CHANGE OF CONTROL. The charter and bylaws of Jones Lang LaSalle include provisions that may discourage, delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt that may be in the best interest of Jones Lang LaSalle shareholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The charter and bylaws provide for:

• The ability of the board of directors to establish one or more classes and series of capital stock including the ability to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, and to determine the price, rights, preferences and privileges of such capital stock without any further shareholder approval;

• A requirement that any shareholder action taken without a meeting be pursuant to unanimous written consent; and

• Certain advance notice procedures for Jones Lang LaSalle shareholders nominating candidates for election to the Jones Lang LaSalle board of directors.

Under the Maryland General Corporate Law (the “MGCL”), certain “Business Combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares or an affiliate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation (an “Interested Shareholder”) or an affiliate of the Interested Shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder. Thereafter, any such Business Combination must be recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of the corporation and (2) 66 ²/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of the corporation other than shares held by the Interested Shareholder with whom the Business Combination is to be effected, unless, among other things, the corporation’s shareholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the Interested Shareholder for its shares. Pursuant to the MGCL, these provisions also do not apply to Business Combinations approved or exempted by the board of directors of the corporation prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder becomes an Interested Shareholder.

Human Resources Risk Factors

DIFFICULTIES AND COSTS OF STAFFING AND MANAGING INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS. The coordination and management of international operations pose additional costs and difficulties. We must manage operations in many time zones and that involve people with language and cultural differences. Our success depends on finding and retaining people capable of dealing with these challenges effectively and who will represent the Firm with the highest levels of integrity. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, or to successfully plan for succession of employees holding key management positions, our growth may be limited, and our business and operating results could suffer. Among the challenges we face in retaining our people is maintaining a compensation system that rewards them consistent with local markets

19

PART I

and with our profitability, which can be especially difficult where competitors may be attempting to gain market share by hiring our best people at rates of compensation that are well above the current market level.

We have committed resources to effectively coordinate our business activities around the world to meet our clients’ needs, whether they are local, regional or global. We also consistently attempt to enhance the establishment, organization and communication of corporate policies, particularly where we determine that the nature of our business poses the greatest risk of noncompliance. The failure of our people to carry out their responsibilities in accordance with our client contracts, our corporate and operating policies, or our standard operating procedures, or their negligence in doing so, could result in liability to clients or other third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and/or financial condition.

When addressing staffing in connection with a restructuring of our organization or a downturn in economic conditions or activity, we must take into account the employment laws of the countries in which actions are contemplated, which, in some cases, can result in significant costs and/or time delays in implementing headcount reductions.

NONCOMPLIANCE WITH POLICIES; COMMUNICATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT OF OUR POLICIES AND OUR CODE OF BUSINESS ETHICS. The geographic and cultural diversity in our organization makes it more challenging to communicate the importance of adherence to our Code of Business Ethics and our Vendor Code of Conduct, to monitor and enforce compliance with its provisions on a worldwide basis, and to ensure local compliance with U.S. laws that apply globally, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Patriot Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

We have introduced an Ethics Everywhere program to address these challenges and to attempt to maintain a high level of awareness about, and compliance with, our Code of Business Ethics. In 2008, we received Ethics Inside™ certification of our ethics program from the Ethisphere Institute, a leading think-tank dedicated to the research, creation and promotion of best practices in ethics, compliance, corporate governance and citizenship. The Ethics Inside™ certification is the only independent verification of a company’s ethics of which we are aware. The Ethisphere Institute uses over fifty separate criteria in order to conduct its evaluations, including organizational heath and culture, ethics and compliance programs and initiatives, corporate governance systems, corporate citizenship and social responsibility efforts, legal and regulatory track record, and third-party perception of a company’s ethics.

Breaches of our Code of Business Ethics, particularly by our executive management, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, operating results and/or financial condition. Breaches of our Vendor Code of Conduct by vendors whom we retain as a principal for client engagements can also lead to significant losses to clients from financial liabilities that might result.

EMPLOYEE AND VENDOR MISCONDUCT. Like any business, we run the risk that employee fraud or other misconduct could occur. In a company such as ours with more than 30,000 employees, it is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee misconduct, including fraud, can cause significant financial or reputational harm to any business, from which full recovery cannot be assured. We also may not have insurance that covers any losses in full or that covers losses from particular criminal acts. We do have a strong ethics policy, which is articulated in our Code of Business Ethics, and an overall Ethics Everywhere program that employs a number of different but complementary methods to reinforce the importance of integrity as our employees carry out their employment duties. In particular, we attempt to reinforce our commitment to sound ethics through regular employee communication, and we are continuously increasing our training efforts in this area, an example of which is a new interactive on-line ethics training program we instituted in the United States in 2007 and hope to expand internationally in the future.

Because we often hire third-party vendors to perform services for our own account or for clients, we are also subject to the consequences of fraud or misconduct by employees of our vendors, which also can result in significant financial or reputational harm (even if we have been adequately protected from a legal standpoint). We have instituted a Vendor Code of Conduct, which is published in multiple languages on our public Web site, and which is intended to communicate to our vendors the standards of conduct we expect them to uphold.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

20

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal corporate holding company headquarters are located at 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago, Illinois, where we currently occupy over 130,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that expires in February 2016. Our regional headquarters for our Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific businesses are located in Chicago, London and Singapore, respectively. We have 167 local offices worldwide located in most major cities and metropolitan areas as follows: 54 offices in 6 countries in the Americas (including 44 in the United States), 55 offices in 23 countries in EMEA and 58 offices in 13 countries in Asia Pacific. Our offices are each leased pursuant to agreements with terms ranging from month-to-month to 10 years. In addition, we have on-site property and other offices located throughout the world. On-site property management offices are generally located within properties that we manage and are provided to us without cost.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company has contingent liabilities from various pending claims and litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which involve claims for damages that are substantial in amount. Many of these matters are covered by insurance (including insurance provided through a captive insurance company), although they may nevertheless be subject to large deductibles or retentions, and the amounts being claimed may exceed the available insurance. Although the ultimate liability for these matters cannot be determined, based upon information currently available, we believe the ultimate resolution of such claims and litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of Jones Lang LaSalle’s shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2007.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our Common Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JLL.”

As of February 19, 2008, there were 18,771 beneficial holders of our Common Stock.

The following table sets forth the high and low daily closing prices of our Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

	HIGH		LOW
2007
Fourth Quarter	$	108.45	$	70.48
Third Quarter	$	123.17	$	95.92
Second Quarter	$	120.10	$	102.76
First Quarter	$	109.33	$	90.60
2006
Fourth Quarter	$	93.21	$	84.00
Third Quarter	$	88.54	$	75.92
Second Quarter	$	90.70	$	71.05
First Quarter	$	76.54	$	52.75

Dividends

In October 2007, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a semi-annual dividend of $0.50 per share of its common stock. The dividend payment was made on December 14, 2007 to holders of record at the close of business on November 15, 2007. This amount represents an increase of $0.15 per share over the amount of the semi-annual dividend that was paid in June 2007. The current dividend plan for 2008 approved by the Board anticipates a total annual dividend of $1.00 per common share; however there can be no assurance that future dividends will be declared since the actual declaration of future dividends, and the establishment of record and payment dates, remains subject to final determination by the Company’s Board of Directors. A dividend-equivalent in the same amount has also been paid simultaneously on outstanding but unvested restricted stock units granted under the Company’s Stock Award and Incentive Plan at the time of each previous semi-annual dividend paid on common stock.

Transfer Agent

Mellon Investor Services LLC

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Equity Compensation Plan Information

For information regarding our equity compensation plans, including both shareholder approved plans and plans not approved by shareholders, see Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

21

PART II

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED, THE S&P 500 INDEX AND A PEER GROUP

The following graph compares the cumulative shareholder return of the Common Stock of Jones Lang LaSalle to the cumulative return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and an industry peer group for the five-year period ending December 31, 2007. The peer group consists of Grubb & Ellis Company and, from the time it first issued public equity in 2004, CB Richard Ellis Group, Inc., both of which are publicly-traded real estate services companies. The graph assumes the investment on December 31, 2002 of $100 in Jones Lang LaSalle Common Stock and in each of the other indices shown, and assumes that all dividends were reinvested.

22

PART II

Share Repurchases

The following table provides information with respect to approved share repurchase programs for Jones Lang LaSalle in 2007:

	TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED	AVERAGE PRICE PAID PER SHARE (1)		CUMULATIVE NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED AS PART OF PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED PLAN	SHARES REMAINING TO BE PURCHASED UNDER PLAN (2)
January 1, 2007–January 31, 2007	—		—	1,421,100	578,900
February 1, 2007–February 28, 2007	—		—	1,421,100	578,900
March 1, 2007–March 31, 2007	220,581	$	98.90	1,641,681	358,319
April 1, 2007–April 30, 2007	—		—	1,641,681	358,319
May 1, 2007–May 31, 2007	—		—	1,641,681	358,319
June 1, 2007–June 30, 2007	—		—	1,641,681	358,319
July 1, 2007–July 31, 2007	20,000	$	114.32	1,661,681	338,319
August 1, 2007–August 31, 2007	258,200	$	104.20	1,919,881	80,119
September 1, 2007–September 12, 2007 (2)	80,119	$	100.83	2,000,000	—
September 13, 2007–September 30, 2007	70,000	$	101.20	70,000	1,930,000
October 1, 2007–October 31, 2007	—		—	70,000	1,930,000
November 1, 2007–November 30, 2007	246,900	$	81.55	316,900	1,683,100
December 1, 2007–December 1, 2007	120,000	$	79.16	436,900	1,563,100
Total	1,015,800	$	94.31

(1) The average price paid per share is a weighted monthly average and the total average price per share of $94.31 is the weighted average for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007.

(2) Since October 2002, our Board of Directors has approved five share repurchase programs. At December 31, 2007 the Company is authorized to purchase 1,563,100 shares under the repurchase program approved on August 15, 2007. Share repurchases through September 12, 2007 were made under the share repurchase program approved on September 15, 2005; the program approved September 15, 2005 was allowed to be fully utilized before the program approved August 15, 2007 came into use on September 13, 2007. These share repurchase programs allow the Company to purchase our common stock in the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The repurchase of shares is primarily intended to offset dilution resulting from both restricted stock and stock option grants made under our existing employee compensation plans. The following table details the activities for each of our approved share repurchase programs:

REPURCHASE PLAN APPROVAL DATE	SHARES APPROVED FOR REPURCHASE	SHARES REPURCHASED THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2007
October 30, 2002	1,000,000	700,000
February 27, 2004	1,500,000	1,500,000
November 29, 2004	1,500,000	1,128,551
September 15, 2005	2,000,000	2,000,000
August 15, 2007	2,000,000	436,900
		5,765,451

23

PART II

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data. The information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere herein.

	YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	2007			2006		2005		2004	2003
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue	$	2,652,075		2,013,578		1,390,610		1,166,958	941,894
Operating income		342,320		244,079		131,751		89,521	54,235
Interest expense, net of interest income		13,064		14,254		3,999		9,292	17,861
Loss on extinguishment of Senior Notes		—		—		—		11,561	—
Gain on sale of investments		6,129		—		—		—	—
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures		12,216		9,221		12,156		17,447	7,951
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest		347,601		239,046		139,908		86,115	44,325
Provision for income taxes		87,595		63,825		36,236		21,873	8,260
Minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries, net of taxes		2,174		—		—		—	—
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		257,832		175,221		103,672		64,242	36,065
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax (1)		—		1,180		—		—	—
Net income	$	257,832		176,401		103,672		64,242	36,065
Dividends on unvested common stock, net of tax		1,342		1,057		385		—	—
Net income available to common shareholders	$	256,490		175,344		103,287		64,242	36,065
Basic earnings per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and dividends on unvested common stock	$	8.05		5.50		3.30		2.08	1.17
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax (1)		—		0.03		—		—	—
Dividends on unvested common stock, net of tax		(0.04	)	(0.03	)	(0.01	)	—	—
Basic earnings per common share	$	8.01		5.50		3.29		2.08	1.17
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		32,021,380		31,872,112		31,383,828		30,887,868	30,951,563
Diluted earnings per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and dividends on unvested common stock	$	7.68		5.24		3.13		1.96	1.12
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax (1)		—		0.03		—		—	—
Dividends on unvested common stock, net of tax		(0.04	)	(0.03	)	(0.01	)	—	—
Diluted earnings per common share	$	7.64		5.24		3.12		1.96	1.12
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		33,577,927		33,447,939		33,109,261		32,845,281	32,226,306

24

PART II

	YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	2007			2006		2005		2004		2003
Other Data:
EBITDA (2)	$	412,729		302,387		177,358		128,788		99,130
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)		8.33X		6.99X		6.75X		3.90X		2.15X
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	409,418		377,703		120,636		161,478		110,045
Investing activities		(258,502	)	(306,360	)	(61,034	)	(27,565	)	(15,282	)
Financing activities		(122,948	)	(49,389	)	(61,087	)	(166,875	)	(45,312	)
Investments under management (4)	$	49,700,000		40,600,000		29,800,000		24,100,000		23,000,000
Total square feet under management		1,235,000		1,024,000		903,000		835,000		725,000
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	78,580		50,612		28,658		30,143		63,105
Total assets		2,291,874		1,729,948		1,144,769		1,012,377		942,940
Total debt		43,590		50,136		44,708		58,911		211,408
Total liabilities		1,273,069		979,568		608,766		504,397		511,949
Total shareholders’ equity		1,010,533		750,380		536,003		507,980		430,991

(1) The cumulative effect of change in accounting principle in 2006 is the result of our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123R”). As a result of adopting SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006, we credited $1.2 million to the income statement, as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, which represented the expense recognized in prior years on shares we expect to be forfeited prior to their vesting date.

(2) EBITDA represents earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Although EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, our management believes that EBITDA is a useful analytical tool, that it is useful to investors as one of the primary metrics for evaluating operating performance and liquidity, and that an increase in EBITDA is an indicator of improved ability to service existing debt, to sustain potential future increases in debt and to satisfy capital requirements. EBITDA also is used in the calculation of certain covenants related to our revolving credit facility. However, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative either to net income or net cash provided by operating activities, both of which are determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Because EBITDA is not calculated under U.S. GAAP, our EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Below is a reconciliation of our EBITDA to net income ($ in thousands):

	YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2007		2006	2005	2004	2003
Net income	$	256,490	175,344	103,287	64,242	36,065
Interest expense, net of interest income		13,064	14,254	3,999	9,292	17,861
Provision for income taxes		87,595	63,825	36,236	21,873	8,260
Depreciation and amortization		55,580	48,964	33,836	33,381	36,944
EBITDA	$	412,729	302,387	177,358	128,788	99,130

Below is a reconciliation of our EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities, the most comparable cash flow measure on the statements of cash flows ($ in thousands):

	YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2007			2006		2005	2004		2003
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	409,418		377,703		120,636	161,478		110,045
Interest expense, net of interest income		13,064		14,254		3,999	9,292		17,861
Provision for income taxes		87,595		63,825		36,236	21,873		8,260
Change in working capital and non-cash expenses		(97,348	)	(153,395	)	16,487	(63,855	)	(37,036	)
EBITDA	$	412,729		302,387		177,358	128,788		99,130

(3) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represents net earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges, less capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including amortization of debt discount and financing costs, capitalized interest and one-third of rental expense, which we believe is representative of the interest component of rental expense.

(4) Investments under management represent the aggregate fair market value or cost basis (where an appraisal is not available) of assets managed by our Investment Management segment as of the end of the periods reflected.

25

PART II

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Selected Financial Data and Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis contains certain forward-looking statements generally identified by the words anticipates, believes, estimates, expects, plans, intends and other similar expressions. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause Jones Lang LaSalle’s actual results, performance, achievements, plans and objectives to be materially different from any future results, performance, achievements, plans and objectives expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. See the Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements after Part IV, Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

We present our Management’s Discussion and Analysis in six sections, as follows:

(1) An executive summary, including how we create value for our stakeholders,

(2) A summary of our critical accounting policies and estimates,

(3) Certain items affecting the comparability of results and certain market and other risks that we face,

(4) The results of our operations, first on a consolidated basis and then for each of our business segments,

(5) Consolidated cash flows, and

(6) Liquidity and capital resources.

Executive Summary

BUSINESS OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES

We define our stakeholders as:

• The clients we serve,

• The people we employ, and

• The shareholders who invest in our Company.

We create value for these stakeholders by enabling and motivating our employees to apply their expertise to deliver services that our clients want in order to add value to their real estate and business operations. We believe that our ability to add value is demonstrated by our clients’ repeat or expanded service requests and by the strategic alliances we have formed with them.

The services we provide require “on the ground” expertise in local real estate markets. Such expertise is the product of research into market conditions and trends, expertise in buildings and locations, and expertise in competitive conditions. This real estate expertise is at the heart of the history and strength of the Jones Lang LaSalle brand. One of our key differentiating factors, as a result, is our global reach and service imprint in local markets around the world, all provided by offices we own (rather than franchise, as many of our competitors do) and personnel we employ directly.

We enhance our local market expertise with a global team of research professionals, with the best practice processes we have developed and delivered repeatedly for our clients, and with the technology investments that support these best practices.

Our principal asset is the talent and the expertise of our people. We seek to support our service-based culture through a compensation system that rewards superior client service performance, not just transaction activity, and that includes a meaningful long-term compensation component. We invest in training and believe in optimizing our talent base through internal advancement. We believe that our people deliver our services with the experience and expertise to maintain a balance of strong profit margins for the Firm and competitive value-added pricing for our clients, while achieving competitive compensation levels.

Because we are a services business, our profits produce strong cash returns. Over the past five years, we have used this cash strategically to:

• Invest for growth in important markets throughout the world;

• Make business acquisitions to strategically grow the Company;

• Co-invest in LaSalle Investment Management sponsored and managed funds;

• Purchase shares under our share repurchase programs and initiate a dividend program; and

• Pay down our debt and maintain our desired leverage ratio.

In 2007, our Board declared and paid a total annual dividend of $0.85 per common share, a 42% increase over the $0.60 annual dividend paid in 2006, and anticipates paying a total annual dividend in 2008 of $1.00 per share. We do not believe that the payment of dividends will preclude us from continuing the above other uses of cash.

We believe value is enhanced by investing appropriately in growth opportunities, growing our market position in developed markets and keeping our balance sheet strong.

The services we deliver are managed as business strategies to enhance the synergies and expertise of our people. The principal businesses in which we are involved are:

• Money Management;

• Local Market Services;

• Capital Markets and Real Estate Investment Banking; and

• Occupier Services.

The market knowledge we develop in our services and capital markets businesses helps us identify investment opportunities and capital sources for our money management clients. Consistent with our fiduciary responsibilities, the investments we make or structure on behalf of our money management clients help us identify new business opportunities for our services and capital markets businesses.

26

PART II

To continue to create new value for our clients, shareholders and employees, in early 2005 we identified five strategic priorities for continued growth. We refer to them as the Global Five Priorities, or the “G5.” We have initiated a five-year program designed to invest capital and resources that will maintain and extend our global leadership positions. We define the G5 as follows:

G1: LOCAL AND REGIONAL SERVICE OPERATIONS. Our strength in local and regional markets determines the strength of our global service capabilities. Our financial performance also depends, in great part, on the business we source and execute locally from approximately 170 offices around the world. We believe that we can leverage our established business presence in the world’s principal real estate markets to provide expanded local and regional services without a proportionate increase in infrastructure costs.

G2: GLOBAL CORPORATE SOLUTIONS. The accelerating trends of globalization and the outsourcing of real estate services by corporate occupiers support our decision to emphasize a truly global Corporate Solutions business to serve their needs comprehensively. This service delivery capability helps us create new client relationships. In addition, current corporate clients are demanding multi-regional capabilities.

G3: GLOBAL CAPITAL MARKETS AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT BANKING. Our focus on the further development of our global Capital Markets service delivery capability reflects increasing international cross-border money flows to real estate and the accelerated global marketing of assets that has resulted. Our real estate investment banking capability helps provide capital and other financial solutions by which our clients can maximize the value of their real estate.

G4: LASALLE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT. With a truly integrated global platform, our LaSalle Investment Management business is already well positioned to serve institutional real estate investors looking for attractive opportunities around the world. Our continued investment in LaSalle Investment Management’s ability to develop and offer new products quickly, and to extend its portfolio capabilities into promising new markets, is intended to enhance that position.

G5: WORLD-STANDARD BUSINESS OPERATIONS. To gain maximum benefit from our other priorities, we must have superior operating and support procedures and processes to serve our clients and support our people. Our goal is to equip our people with the knowledge and risk management tools and other globally integrated infrastructure resources they need to create sustainable value for our clients. As we fully leverage the investments we have made in our infrastructure, we will continue to develop a global platform that will allow us to perform our services in an increasingly efficient, integrated and consistent manner.

We committed resources to all G5 priorities during the last three years. By continuing to invest in the future based on our view of how our strengths can support the needs of our clients, we intend to further grow our business and to maintain and expand our position as an industry leader in the process.

We have demonstrated our commitment of resources to support these priorities and drive growth through a combination of organic growth, which includes hiring individuals and teams to expand service offerings, and the completion of strategic business acquisitions. Beginning with the acquisition of Spaulding & Slye in January 2006, we have completed 23 business acquisitions of varying sizes. Through both organic growth and strategic acquisitions, we have grown significantly over the past five years both in terms of expanding our core service offerings, such as the launch and expansion of energy and sustainability services, and moving into new but related areas, such as providing services for industrial, retail and healthcare properties.

Businesses

MONEY MANAGEMENT

LaSalle Investment Management provides money management services for large institutions, both in specialized funds and separate account vehicles, as well as for managers of institutional and, increasingly, retail real estate funds. Investing money on behalf of clients requires not just asset selection, but also asset value activities that enhance the asset’s performance. The skill set required to succeed in this environment includes knowledge of real estate values—opportunity identification (research), individual asset selection (acquisitions), asset value creation (portfolio management) and investor relations. Our competitors in this area tend to be investment banks, fund managers and other financial services firms. They commonly lack the “on-the-ground” real estate expertise that our global market presence provides.

We are compensated for our services through a combination of recurring advisory fees that are asset-based, together with incentive fees based on underlying investment return to our clients. We generally recognize incentive fees when agreed upon events or milestones are reached and equity earnings at the time of the exit of individual investments within funds. We have been successful in transitioning the mix of our fees for this business to the more annuity revenue category of advisory fees. We also have increasingly been seeking to form alliances with distributors of real estate investment funds to retail clients where we provide the real estate investment expertise. In 2007, these funds, which exist in all three global regions, attracted approximately $400 million in investments, bringing the total we have allocated to these funds to approximately $3.0 billion. Additionally, our strengthened balance sheet and continued cash generation position us for expansion in co-investment activity, which we believe will accelerate our growth in assets under management.

LOCAL MARKET SERVICES

The services we offer to real estate investors in local markets around the world range from client-critical best practice process services (such as property management) to sophisticated and complex transactional services (such as leasing) that maximize real estate values. The skill set required to succeed in this environment includes financial knowledge coupled with the delivery of market and property operating organizations, ongoing technology investment and strong cash controls as the business is a fiduciary for client funds. The revenue streams

27

PART II

associated with process services have annuity characteristics and tend to be less impacted by underlying economic conditions. The revenue stream associated with the sophisticated and complex transactional services is generally transaction-specific and conditioned upon the successful completion of the transaction. We compete in this area with traditional real estate and property firms. We differentiate ourselves on the basis of qualities such as our local presence aligned with our global platform, our research capability, our technology platform and our ability to innovate by way of new products and services.

CAPITAL MARKETS AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT BANKING

Our capital markets product offerings include institutional property sales and acquisitions, real estate financings, private equity placements, portfolio advisory activities, and corporate finance advice and execution. As more and more real estate assets are marketed internationally, and as a growing number of clients are investing outside their home markets, our Capital Markets Services teams combine local market knowledge with our access to global capital sources to provide clients with superior execution in raising capital for their real estate assets. Capital Markets Services units are typically compensated on the basis of the value of transactions completed or securities placed. In certain circumstances, we receive retainer fees for portfolio advisory services. By researching, developing and introducing innovative new financial products and strategies, Capital Markets Services is integral to the business development efforts of our other businesses.

Real Estate Investment Banking Services includes sourcing capital, both in the form of equity and debt, derivatives structuring and other traditional investment banking services designed to assist corporate clients in maximizing the value of their real estate. Our investment banking services require client relationship skills and consulting capabilities as we act as our client’s trusted advisor. The level of demand for these services is impacted by general economic conditions. Our fee structure is generally transaction-specific and conditioned upon the successful completion of the transaction. We compete with consulting and investment banking firms for corporate finance and capital markets transactions. We differentiate ourselves on the basis of qualities such as our global platform, our research capability, our technology platform and our ability to innovate as demonstrated through the creation of new products and services.

Because of the success we have had with our capital markets business, particularly in Europe and also with our global Hotels business, and because we expect the trans-border flow of real estate investments to remain strong, we are focused on enhancing our ability to provide capital markets services in an increasingly global fashion. This success leverages our regional market knowledge for clients who seek to benefit from a truly global capital markets platform.

OCCUPIER SERVICES

Our occupier services product offerings have leveraged our local market real estate services into best practice operations and process capabilities that we offer to corporate clients. The value added for these clients is the transformation of their real estate assets into an integral part of their core business strategies, delivered at more effective cost. The Firm’s client relationship focus drives our business success, as delivery of one product successfully sells the next and subsequent services. The skill set required to succeed in this environment includes financial and project management, and for some products, more technical skills such as engineering and energy management. We compete in this area with traditional real estate and property firms.

We differentiate ourselves on the basis of qualities that include our integrated global platform, our research capability, our technology platform and our ability to innovate through best practice products and services. Our strong strategic focus also provides a highly effective point of differentiation from our competitors. We have seen the demand for coordinated multi-national occupier services by global corporations increase, and we expect this trend to continue as these businesses refocus on core competencies. Consequently, we focus on continuing to enhance our ability to deliver our services across all geographies globally in a seamless and coordinated fashion that best leverages our expertise for our clients’ benefit.

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

An understanding of our accounting policies is necessary for a complete analysis of our results, financial position, liquidity and trends. The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make certain critical accounting estimates that impact the stated amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These accounting estimates are based on management’s judgment and we consider them to be critical because of their significance to the financial statements and the possibility that future events may differ from current judgments, or that the use of different assumptions could result in materially different estimates. We review these estimates on a periodic basis to ensure reasonableness. Although actual amounts likely differ from such estimated amounts, we believe such differences are not likely to be material.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 101”), as amended by SAB 104, provides guidance on the application of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) to selected revenue recognition issues. Additionally, EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”), provides guidance on the application of U.S. GAAP to revenue transactions with multiple deliverables.

We earn revenue from the following principal sources:

• Transaction commissions;

• Advisory and management fees;

• Incentive fees;

• Project and development management fees; and

• Construction management fees.

28

PART II

We recognize transaction commissions related to agency leasing services, capital markets services and tenant representation services as income when we provide the related service unless future contingencies exist. If future contingencies exist, we defer recognition of revenue until the respective contingencies have been satisfied.

We recognize advisory and management fees related to property management services, valuation services, corporate property services, strategic consulting and money management as income in the period in which we perform the related services.

We recognize incentive fees based on the performance of underlying funds’ investments and the contractual benchmarks, formulas and timing of the measurement period with clients.

We recognize project and development management fees and construction management fees by applying the “percentage of completion” method of accounting. We use the efforts expended method to determine the extent of progress toward completion for project and development management fees and costs incurred to total estimated costs for construction management fees.

Certain contractual arrangements for services provide for the delivery of multiple services. We evaluate revenue recognition for each service to be rendered under these arrangements using criteria set forth in EITF 00-21. For services that meet the separability criteria, revenue is recognized separately. For services that do not meet those criteria, revenue is recognized on a combined basis.

We follow the guidance of EITF Issue No. 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out-of-Pocket’ Expenses Incurred” (“EITF 01-14”). Accordingly, we have recorded these reimbursements as revenues in the income statement, as opposed to showing them as a reduction of expenses.

In certain of our businesses, primarily those involving management services, we are reimbursed by our clients for expenses incurred on their behalf. The treatment of reimbursable expenses for financial reporting purposes is based upon the fee structure of the underlying contracts. We follow the guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent” (“EITF 99-19”), when accounting for reimbursable personnel and other costs. A contract that provides a fixed fee billing, fully inclusive of all personnel or other recoverable expenses incurred but not separately scheduled, is reported on a gross basis. When accounting on a gross basis, our reported revenues include the full billing to our client and our reported expenses include all costs associated with the client.

We account for a contract on a net basis when the fee structure is comprised of at least two distinct elements, namely a fixed management fee and a separate component that allows for scheduled reimbursable personnel or other expenses to be billed directly to the client. When accounting on a net basis, we include the fixed management fee in reported revenues and net the reimbursement against expenses.

We base this characterization on the following factors, which define us as an agent rather than a principal:

• The property owner, with ultimate approval rights relating to the employment and compensation of on-site personnel, and bearing all of the economic costs of such personnel, is determined to be the primary obligor in the arrangement;

• Reimbursement to Jones Lang LaSalle is generally completed simultaneously with payment of payroll or soon thereafter;

• Because the property owner is contractually obligated to fund all operating costs of the property from existing cash flow or direct funding from its building operating account, Jones Lang LaSalle bears little or no credit risk; and

• Jones Lang LaSalle generally earns no margin in the reimbursement aspect of the arrangement, obtaining reimbursement only for actual costs incurred.

Most of our service contracts utilize the latter structure and are accounted for on a net basis. We have always presented the above reimbursable contract costs on a net basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Such costs aggregated approximately $931 million, $746 million and $549 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. This treatment has no impact on operating income, net income or cash flows.

ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

We estimate the allowance necessary to provide for uncollectible accounts receivable. This estimate includes specific accounts for which payment has become unlikely. We also base this estimate on historical experience, combined with a careful review of current developments and with a strong focus on credit quality. The process by which we calculate the allowance begins in the individual business units where specific problem accounts are identified and reserved as part of an overall reserve that is formulaic and driven by the age profile of the receivables. These allowances are then reviewed on a quarterly basis by regional and global management to ensure they are appropriate. As part of this review, we develop a range of potential allowances on a consistent formulaic basis. We would normally expect that the allowance would fall within this range. Our allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable as determined under this methodology was $13.3 million and $7.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Over the past several years we have placed considerable focus on working capital management and, in particular, collecting our receivables in a more timely manner. Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues has been reduced as we have been successful in working capital management and collecting receivables more timely. Bad debt expense was $4.2 million, $3.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Bad debt expense was less than two-tenths of one percent of total revenues in each of the last three years. Considering our growth in revenues and receivables over the last several years, we believe this level of bad debt expense reflects effective efforts in working capital management.

29

PART II

INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE VENTURES

We invest in certain real estate ventures that own and operate commercial real estate. Typically, these are co-investments in funds that our Investment Management business establishes in the ordinary course of business for its clients. These investments include non-controlling ownership interests generally ranging from less than 1% to 48.78% of the respective ventures. We apply the provisions of the following guidance when accounting for these interests:

• FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”)

• EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights” (“EITF 04-5”)

• AICPA Statement of Position 78-9, “Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures” as amended by FASB Staff Position No. SOP 78-9-a (“SOP 78-9-a”)

• Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock” (“APB 18”)

• EITF Topic No. D-46, “Accounting for Limited Partnership Investments” (“EITF D-46”)

The application of such guidance generally results in accounting for these interests under the equity method in the accompanying consolidated financial statements due to the nature of our non-controlling ownership in the ventures.

For real estate limited partnerships in which the Company is a general partner, we apply the guidance set forth in FIN 46R, EITF 04-5 and SOP 78-9-a in evaluating the control the Company has over the limited partnership. These entities are generally well-capitalized and grant the limited partners important rights, such as the right to replace the general partner without cause, to dissolve or liquidate the partnership, to approve the sale or refinancing of the principal partnership assets, or to approve the acquisition of principal partnership assets. We account for such general partner interests under the equity method.

For real estate limited partnerships in which the Company is a limited partner, the Company is a co-investment partner, and based on applying the guidance set forth in FIN 46R and SOP 78-9-a, has concluded that it does not have a controlling interest in the limited partnership. When we have an asset advisory contract with the real estate limited partnership, the combination of our limited partner interest and the advisory agreement provides us with significant influence over the real estate limited partnership venture. Accordingly, we account for such investments under the equity method. When the Company does not have an asset advisory contract with the limited partnership, but only has a limited partner interest without significant influence, and our interest in the partnership is considered “minor” under EITF D-46 (namely, not more than 3 to 5 percent), we account for such investments under the cost method.

For investments in real estate ventures accounted for under the equity method, we maintain an investment account, which is increased by contributions made and by our share of net income of the real estate ventures, and decreased by distributions received and by our share of net losses of the real estate ventures. Our share of each real estate venture’s net income or loss, including gains and losses from capital transactions, is reflected in our consolidated statement of earnings as “Equity in earnings (losses) from real estate ventures.” For investments in real estate ventures accounted for under the cost method, our investment account is increased by contributions made and decreased by distributions representing return of capital.

ASSET IMPAIRMENTS

Within the balances of property and equipment used in our business, we have computer equipment and software; leasehold improvements; furniture, fixtures and equipment; and automobiles. Goodwill and other identified intangibles have been recorded from a series of acquisitions and one substantial merger. We also invest in certain real estate ventures that own and operate commercial real estate. Typically, these are co-investments in funds that our Investment Management business establishes in the ordinary course of business for its clients. These investments include non-controlling ownership interests generally ranging from less than 1% to 48.78% of the respective ventures. We generally account for these interests under the equity method of accounting in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements due to the nature of our non-controlling ownership.

• Property and Equipment—We apply Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), to recognize and measure impairment of property and equipment owned or under capital lease. We review property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset group may not be recoverable. If impairment exists due to the inability to recover the carrying value of an asset group, we record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. We did not recognize an impairment loss related to property and equipment in 2007, 2006 or 2005.

• Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—We apply SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), when accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead evaluated for impairment at least annually. To accomplish this annual evaluation, we determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units as of the date of evaluation. Under SFAS 142, we define reporting units as Investment Management, Americas IOS, Australia IOS, Asia IOS, and by country groupings in Europe IOS. We then determine the fair value of each reporting unit on the basis of a discounted cash flow methodology and compare it to the reporting unit’s carrying value. The result of the 2007, 2006 and 2005 evaluations was that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, and therefore we did not recognize an impairment loss in any of those years.

30

PART II

• Investments in Real Estate Ventures—We apply the provisions of APB 18, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5-M, “Other Than Temporary Impairment Of Certain Investments In Debt And Equity Securities” (“SAB 59”), and SFAS 144 when evaluating investments in real estate ventures for impairment, including impairment evaluations of the individual assets underlying our investments. We review investments in real estate ventures on a quarterly basis for indications of whether the carrying value of the real estate assets underlying our investments in real estate ventures may not be recoverable. The review of recoverability is based on an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the underlying assets. When an “other than temporary” impairment has been identified related to a real estate asset underlying one of our investments in ventures, we use a discounted cash flow approach to determine the fair value of the asset in computing the amount of the impairment. We then record the portion of the impairment loss related to our investment in the reporting period.

There were no impairment charges in equity earnings in 2007 or 2006. There were $1.8 million of such impairment charges to equity earnings in 2005, representing our equity share of the impairment charges against individual assets held by these ventures.

Additionally, since the 2001 closing of our Land Investment Group and sale of our Development Group, we have recorded net impairment charges related to investments originated by these groups to restructuring expense. There were $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million of net credits to restructuring credits in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to cash received from sales of land previously written down to a net book value of $0 in the Land Investment Group.

INCOME TAXES

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Because of the global and cross border nature of our business, our corporate tax position is complex. We generally provide for taxes in each tax jurisdiction in which we operate based on local tax regulations and rules. Such taxes are provided on net earnings and include the provision of taxes on substantively all differences between financial statement amounts and amounts used in tax returns, excluding certain non-deductible items and permanent differences.

Our global effective tax rate is sensitive to the complexity of our operations as well as to changes in the mix of our geographic profitability. Local statutory tax rates range from 10% to 42% in the countries in which we have significant operations. We evaluate our estimated effective tax rate on a quarterly basis to reflect forecast changes in:

(i) Our geographic mix of income;

(ii) Legislative actions on statutory tax rates;

(iii) The impact of tax planning to reduce losses in jurisdictions where we cannot recognize the tax benefit of those losses; and

(iv) Tax planning for jurisdictions affected by double taxation.

We continuously seek to develop and implement potential strategies and/or actions that would reduce our overall effective tax rate. We reflect the benefit from tax planning actions when we believe it is probable that they will be successful, which usually requires that certain actions have been initiated. We provide for the effects of income taxes on interim financial statements based on our estimate of the effective tax rate for the full year.

We achieved an effective tax rate of 25.2%, 26.7% and 25.9% in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which reflected our continued disciplined management of our global tax position.

Based on our historical experience and future business plans, we do not expect to repatriate our foreign source earnings to the United States. As a result, we have not provided deferred taxes on such earnings or the difference between tax rates in the United States and the various international jurisdictions where such amounts were earned. Further, there are various limitations on our ability to utilize foreign tax credits on such earnings when repatriated. As such, we may incur taxes in the United States upon repatriation without credits for foreign taxes paid on such earnings.

We have established valuation allowances against deferred tax assets where expected future taxable income does not support their probable realization. We formally assess the likelihood of being able to utilize current tax losses in the future on a country-by-country basis, with the determination of each quarter’s income tax provision; and we establish or increase valuation allowances upon specific indications that the carrying value of a tax asset may not be recoverable, or alternatively we reduce valuation allowances upon specific indications that the carrying value of the tax asset is more likely than not recoverable or upon the implementation of tax planning strategies allowing an asset previously determined not realizable to be viewed as realizable. The table below summarizes certain information regarding the gross deferred tax assets and valuation allowance for the past three years ($ in millions):

	DECEMBER 31,
	2007		2006	2005
Gross deferred tax assets	$	147.6	108.9	115.1
Valuation allowance		2.5	2.4	5.3

The increase in gross deferred tax assets from 2006 to 2007 was the result of an increase in the amount of expense accruals not yet deductible. The decrease in gross deferred tax assets from 2005 to 2006

31

PART II

was the result of the usage of net operating loss carryforwards in 2006, with much of that decrease being offset by the growth in expense accruals not yet deductible.

We evaluate our segment operating performance before tax, and do not consider it meaningful to allocate tax by segment. Estimations and judgments relevant to the determination of tax expense, assets and liabilities require analysis of the tax environment and the future profitability, for tax purposes, of local statutory legal entities rather than business segments. Our statutory legal entity structure generally does not mirror the way that we organize, manage and report our business operations. For example, the same legal entity may include both Investment Management and IOS businesses in a particular country.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company did not recognize any adjustment to its retained earnings or any change to its liability for unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows ($ in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2007	$	19.9
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		2.4
Additions for tax positions of prior years		—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—
Reductions for lapse of the statute of limitations		(0.3	)
Settlements		—
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	22.0

All of the unrecognized benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The Company does not believe there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months after December 31, 2007. The Company does not believe that it has material tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

An important part of our overall compensation package is incentive compensation, which we typically pay to our employees in the first quarter of the year after it is earned. Certain employees receive a portion of their annual incentive compensation in the form of restricted stock units of our common stock under programs in which the restricted units vest over periods of up to 64 months from the date of grant. Under each program, we amortize related compensation cost to expense over the service period.

The most significant of these programs under which restricted stock units are granted is our stock ownership program. We increase incentive compensation deferred under the stock ownership program by 20% when determining the value of restricted stock units we grant. These restricted units vest in two parts: 50% at 18 months and 50% at 30 months, in each case from the date of grant (namely, vesting periods start in January of the year following that for which the bonus was earned). The service period over which the related compensation cost is amortized to expense consists of the 12 months of the year to which payment of the restricted stock relates, plus the periods over which the stock vests. Given that we do not finalize individual incentive compensation awards until after year-end, we must estimate the portions of the overall incentive compensation pools that will qualify for these programs. Estimations factor in the performance of the Company and individual business units, together with the target bonuses for qualified individuals.

We determine, announce and pay incentive compensation in the first quarter of the year following that to which the incentive compensation relates, at which point we true-up the estimated stock ownership program deferral and related amortization. The table below sets forth certain information regarding the stock ownership program ($ in millions, except employee data):

	YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2007			2006		2005
Number of employees qualified for the restricted stock programs		1,500		1,200		1,000
Deferral of compensation under the stock ownership program	$	(39.9	)	(28.8	)	(23.1	)
Enhancement of deferred compensation		(8.0	)	(7.2	)	(5.8	)
(Increase)/decrease to deferred compensation in the first quarter of the following year		N/A		(1.6	)	0.3
Total deferred compensation	$	(47.9	)	(37.6	)	(28.6	)
Compensation expense recognized with regard to the current year stock ownership program	$	15.4		11.3		10.1
Compensation expense recognized with regard to prior year stock ownership programs		25.0		15.8		9.6
Total stock ownership program compensation expense	$	40.4		27.1		19.7

SELF-INSURANCE PROGRAMS

In our Americas business, and in common with many other American companies, we have chosen to retain certain risks regarding health insurance and workers’ compensation rather than purchase third-party insurance. Estimating our exposure to such risks involves subjective judgments about future developments. We supplement our traditional global insurance program by the use of a captive insurance company to provide professional indemnity and employment practices insurance on a “claims made” basis. As professional indemnity claims can be complex and take a number of years to resolve, we are required to estimate the ultimate cost of claims.

• Health Insurance—We self-insure our health benefits for all U.S.-based employees, although we purchase stop loss coverage on an annual basis to limit our exposure. We self-insure because we believe that on

32

PART II

the basis of our historic claims experience, the demographics of our workforce and trends in the health insurance industry, we incur reduced expense by self-insuring our health benefits as opposed to purchasing health insurance through a third party. We estimate our likely full-year health costs at the beginning of the year and expense this cost on a straight-line basis throughout the year. In the fourth quarter, we estimate the required reserve for unpaid health costs required at year-end.

Given the nature of medical claims, it may take up to 24 months for claims to be processed and recorded. The reserve balance for the 2007 program is $5.8 million at December 31, 2007.

The table below sets out certain information related to the cost of the health insurance program for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 ($ in millions):

	2007			2006		2005
Expense to Company	$	14.8		11.6		7.9
Employee contributions		3.8		3.7		2.6
Adjustment to prior year reserve		(1.5	)	(0.3	)	(0.5	)
Total program cost	$	17.1		15.0		10.0

• Workers’ Compensation Insurance—Given our belief, based on historical experience, that our workforce has experienced lower costs than is normal for our industry, we have been self-insured for workers’ compensation insurance for a number of years. We purchase stop loss coverage to limit our exposure to large, individual claims. On a periodic basis we accrue using various state rates based on job classifications. On an annual basis in the third quarter, we engage in a comprehensive analysis to develop a range of potential exposure, and considering actual experience, we reserve within that range. We accrue the estimated adjustment to income for the differences between this estimate and our reserve. The credits taken to revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $5.2 million, $3.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

The table below sets out the range and our actual reserve for the past three years ($ in millions):

	MAXIMUM RESERVE		MINIMUM RESERVE	ACTUAL RESERVE
December 31, 2007	$	9.8	9.2	9.8
December 31, 2006		8.4	7.8	8.4
December 31, 2005		7.6	7.0	7.6

Given the uncertain nature of claim reporting and settlement patterns associated with workers’ compensation insurance, we have accrued at the higher end of the range.

• Captive Insurance Company—In order to better manage our global insurance program and support our risk management efforts, we supplement our traditional insurance program by the use of a wholly-owned captive insurance company to provide professional indemnity and employment practices liability insurance coverage on a “claims made” basis. The level of risk retained by our captive is up to $2.5 million per claim (dependent upon location) and up to $12.5 million in the aggregate. The reserves estimated and accrued in accordance with SFAS 5 for self-insurance facilitated through our captive insurance company, which relate to multiple years, were $7.1 million and $9.3 million, net of receivables from third party insurers, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Professional indemnity insurance claims can be complex and take a number of years to resolve. Within our captive insurance company, we estimate the ultimate cost of these claims by way of specific claim reserves developed through periodic reviews of the circumstances of individual claims, as well as reserves against current year exposures on the basis of our historic loss ratio. The increase in the level of risk retained by the captive means we would expect that the amount and the volatility of our estimate of reserves will be increased over time. With respect to the consolidated financial statements, when a potential loss event occurs, management estimates the ultimate cost of the claims and accrues the related cost in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS 5”).

The table below provides details of the year-end reserves, which can relate to multiple years, that we have established as of ($ in millions):

	RESERVE AT YEAR-END
December 31, 2007	$	7.1
December 31, 2006		7.9
December 31, 2005		10.9

New Accounting Standards

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies to accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, except for share-based payment transactions under SFAS 123R. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for financial assets beginning January 1, 2008. In November 2007, the FASB deferred the implementation of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities for one year. Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

FAIR VALUE OPTION

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The Company has the option of adopting fair value accounting for financial assets and liabilities in accordance with the guidance of SFAS 159 beginning January 1, 2008. Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 159 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

33

PART II

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141(revised), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) will change how identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in a business combination will be recorded in the financial statements. SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is after December 31, 2008. Management has not yet determined what impact the application of SFAS 141(R) will have on our consolidated financial statements.

NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. SFAS 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009. Management has not yet determined what impact the application of SFAS 160 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Items Affecting Comparability

LASALLE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT REVENUES

Our money management business is in part compensated through the receipt of incentive fees where performance of underlying funds’ investments exceeds agreed-to benchmark levels. Depending upon performance and the contractual timing of measurement periods with clients, these fees can be significant and vary substantially from period to period. In 2006, the Firm recognized a gross incentive fee of $112.5 million from a single client. The fee, determined from an independent third-party valuation of the related portfolio, was larger than usual due to the eight-year contractual measurement period, as well as outstanding performance execution by the Firm.

“Equity in earnings from real estate ventures” may also vary substantially from period to period for a variety of reasons, including as a result of: (i) impairment charges, (ii) realized gains on asset dispositions, or (iii) incentive fees recorded as equity earnings. The timing of recognition of these items may impact comparability between quarters, in any one year, or compared to a prior year.

The comparability of these items can be seen in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and is discussed further in Segment Operating Results included herein.

IOS REVENUES

Expansion of our real estate investment banking, capital markets activities and other transaction based services within our Investor and Occupier Services businesses will tend to increase the revenues we receive that relate to the size and timing of our clients’ transactions. As we attempt to continue to expand these services, we would also expect the timing of recognition of these items to increasingly impact comparability between quarters, in any one year, or compared to a prior year. Fees from these services can be significant and may vary substantially from period to period. For example, in the second quarter of 2007, we recognized a significant transaction fee in our Asia Pacific segment for the sale of a portfolio of 13 Japanese hotels.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

We conduct business using a variety of currencies, but report our results in U.S. dollars, as a result of which our reported results may be positively or negatively impacted by the volatility of currencies against the U.S. dollar. This volatility can make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of the reported U.S. dollar results of operations, as such results demonstrate a growth rate that might not have been consistent with the real underlying growth rate in the local operations. As a result, we provide information about the impact of foreign currencies in the period-to-period comparisons of the reported results of operations in our discussion and analysis of financial condition in the Results of Operations section below.

Market and Other Risk Factors

MARKET RISK

The principal market risks (namely, the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices) to which we are exposed are:

• Interest rates on our multi-currency credit facility; and

• Foreign exchange risks

In the normal course of business, we manage these risks through a variety of strategies, including the use of hedging transactions using various derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency forward contracts. We enter into derivative instruments with high credit quality counterparties and diversify our positions across such counterparties in order to reduce our exposure to credit losses. We do not enter into derivative transactions for trading or speculative purposes.

INTEREST RATES

We centrally manage our debt, considering investment opportunities and risks, tax consequences and overall financing strategies. We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk on our revolving multi-currency credit facility that is available for working capital, investments, capital expenditures and acquisitions. Our average outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility were $153.9 million during 2007, and the effective interest rate on that facility was 5.5%. As of December 31, 2007, we had $29.2 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility. This facility bears a variable rate of interest based on market

34

PART II

rates. The interest rate risk management objective is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower the overall borrowing costs. To achieve this objective, in the past we have entered into derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swap agreements when appropriate and may do so in the future. We entered into no such agreements in the last three years and we had no such agreements outstanding at December 31, 2007.

The effective interest rate on our debt was 5.5% in 2007, compared to 5.1% in 2006. A 50 basis point increase in the effective interest rate on the revolving credit facility would have increased our net interest expense by $0.8 million during 2007 and $1.0 million during 2006.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE

Foreign exchange risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Currently, our revenues outside of the United States totaled 64% of total revenues in 2007 and 55% of our total revenues in 2006. Operating in international markets means that we are exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates, primarily related to the British pound (17% of 2007 and 2006 revenues) and the euro (17% of 2007 and 2006 revenues).

We mitigate our foreign currency exchange rate risk principally by establishing local operations in the markets we serve and invoicing customers in the same currency as the source of the costs. The British pound expenses incurred as a result of our European region headquarters being located in London act as a partial operational hedge against our revenue exposure to British pounds.

We enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to manage currency risks associated with intercompany loan balances. At December 31, 2007, we had forward exchange contracts in effect with a gross notional value of $744.2 million ($718.4 million on a net basis) with a market and carrying loss of $5.5 million. This carrying loss is offset by a carrying gain in associated intercompany loans such that the net impact to earnings is not significant.

SEASONALITY

Our revenues and profits tend to be significantly higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year than in the first two quarters. This is a result of a general focus in the real estate industry on completing or documenting transactions by calendar-year-end and the fact that certain expenses are constant through the year. Historically, we have reported an operating loss or a relatively small profit in the first quarter and then increasingly larger profits during each of the following three quarters, excluding the recognition of investment-generated performance fees and co-investment equity gains (both of which can be particularly unpredictable). Such performance fees and co-investment equity gains are generally earned when assets are sold, the timing of which is geared toward the benefit of our clients. Non-variable operating expenses, which are treated as expenses when they are incurred during the year, are relatively constant on a quarterly basis.

Results of Operations

We operate in a variety of currencies, but report our results in U.S. dollars, which means that our reported results may be positively or negatively impacted by the volatility of those currencies against the U.S. dollar. This volatility means that the reported U.S. dollar revenues and expenses demonstrate apparent growth rates between years that may not be consistent with the real underlying growth rates in the local operations. In order to provide more meaningful year-to-year comparisons of the reported results, we have included detail of the movements in certain reported lines of the Consolidated Statement of Earnings ($ in millions) in both U.S. dollars and in local currencies in the tables throughout this section.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

During the third quarter of 2005, we reclassified certain charges (credits) presented within “restructuring charges (credits)” in prior quarters for inclusion within “compensation and benefits” or “operating, administrative and other” expenses. Such reclassifications had no impact on consolidated total operating expenses or operating income.

We report ‘equity in earnings from real estate ventures’ in the consolidated statement of earnings after ‘operating income.’ However, for segment reporting we reflect ‘equity in earnings from real estate ventures’ within ‘total revenue.’ See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for ‘equity earnings (losses)’ reflected within segment revenues, as well as discussion of how the chief operating decision maker (as defined in Note 3) measures segment results with ‘equity earnings (losses)’ included in segment revenues.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

	2007			2006			INCREASE		% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	2,652.1		$	2,013.6		$	638.5	32%	26%
Compensation & benefits		1,724.2			1,313.3			410.9	31%	26%
Operating, administrative & other		530.4			408.0			122.4	30%	24%
Depreciation & amortization		55.6			48.9			6.7	14%	9%
Restructuring		(0.4	)		(0.7	)		0.3	n.m.	n.m.
Operating expenses		2,309.8			1,769.5			540.3	31%	25%
Operating income	$	342.3		$	244.1		$	98.2	40%	38%

(n.m. not meaningful)

REVENUE

Revenues for the year ended 2007 were $2.65 billion, an increase of 32% from the prior year that resulted from strong performance in all operating segments. Revenue in 2007 includes a significant advisory transaction

35

PART II

fee earned by the Asia Pacific Hotels business. Included in the 2006 revenue was an incentive fee from a single client of $113 million, earned by LaSalle Investment Management.

See Segment Operating Results below for additional discussion of revenues.

OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating expenses were $2.31 billion in 2007 and $1.77 billion in 2006, an increase of approximately 31% in U.S. dollars and 25% in local currencies from the prior year. The increase in operating expenses in 2007 was largely driven by additions to revenue-generating and client-service staff, both through hiring and strategic acquisitions, and the expansion of offices to support the continued growth of the global business platform. Higher incentive compensation costs related to the strong revenue and profit performance also contributed to the increase in operating expenses.

OPERATING INCOME

Operating income for the year ended 2007 was $342.3 million, compared to $244.1 million in the prior year, an increase of 40%. From 2006 to 2007, revenue increased $638.5 million, or 32%, while operating expenses increased $540.3 million, or 31%.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense was $13.1 million in 2007 and $14.3 million in 2006, a decrease of 8%, primarily due to a decrease in average debt balances compared to 2006, which included the debt used to finance the Spaulding & Slye acquisition in January 2006.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes was $87.6 million in 2007 as compared to $63.8 million in 2006. The increase in the tax provision is primarily due to improved business performance. The effective tax rate was 25.2% in 2007 as compared to 26.7% in 2006. See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our effective tax rate.

NET INCOME

Net income was $257.8 million for 2007, an increase of 46% over the prior year’s net income of $176.4 million, driven by strong performance in all operating segments.

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS

We manage and report our operations as four business segments:

(i) Investment Management, which offers money management services on a global basis, and

The three geographic regions of Investor and Occupier Services (“IOS”):

(ii) Americas,

(iii) Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and

(iv) Asia Pacific.

The Investment Management segment provides money management services to institutional investors and high-net-worth individuals. Each geographic region offers our full range of Investor Services, Capital Markets and Occupier Services. The IOS business consists primarily of tenant representation and agency leasing, capital markets, and valuation services (collectively “transaction services”); and property management, facilities management, project and development management, energy management and sustainability, and construction management services (collectively “management services”).

For segment reporting we show equity in earnings from real estate ventures within our revenue line, especially since it is an integral part of our Investment Management segment. We have not allocated restructuring charges to the business segments for segment reporting purposes and therefore these costs are not included in the discussion below.

AMERICAS—INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES

	2007		2006		INCREASE		% CHANGE
Revenue	$	765.2	$	622.1	$	143.1	23%
Operating expense		684.8		556.6		128.2	23%
Operating income	$	80.4	$	65.5	$	14.9	23%

Revenue in the Americas region increased 23% over the prior year, and in the fourth quarter of 2007 revenue was $250 million, an increase of 11%. Compared with 2006, Management Services grew 23% for both 2007 and the fourth quarter, while Transaction Services revenue increased 20% for 2007 and was flat for the fourth quarter of 2007. New and expanded relationships with corporate clients produced strong full-year performance, increasing account management revenue by 32% over the prior year. Public Institutions and Project and Development Services grew 35% and 23%, respectively, for 2007. Due to lack of liquidity in the credit markets, transaction volumes for investment sales within the U.S. slowed during the fourth quarter of 2007. As a result, revenue from Capital Markets decreased 20% in the Americas in the fourth quarter of 2007, while remaining up 22% for the full year.

Total operating expenses increased 23% for 2007 and 18% for the fourth quarter of 2007. The increase in operating expenses resulted from the addition of revenue generators in key markets and higher incentive compensation expenses as a result of the growth in both revenue and profit performance. Operating income for the full year increased 23% to $80.4 million and decreased for the fourth quarter of 2007 to $34.7 million from $42.4 million in 2006.

EMEA—INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES

	2007		2006		INCREASE		% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	926.1	$	679.3	$	246.8	36%	26%
Operating expense		834.6		635.3		199.3	31%	22%
Operating income	$	91.5	$	44.0	$	47.5	108%	89%

EMEA’s revenue grew 36% due to a 35% increase in Transaction Services and a 39% increase in Management Services. Year-over-year

36

PART II

revenue growth in the region was driven by strong performance in all transaction service lines. Agency Leasing continued its momentum, growing approximately 40% for both the full year and fourth quarter of 2007. Advisory Services revenue, which increased 47% for the fourth quarter of 2007 and 65% percent for all of 2007, contributed to the growth in Management Services. Capital Markets was up 20% for 2007 driven by increased market share, despite a decrease of 12% in the fourth quarter of 2007. We completed seven strategic acquisitions in the region in 2007 and opened seven new offices. Both the euro and pound sterling were stronger than the previous year, which contributed to the U.S. dollar revenue growth.

Geographically, the region’s robust growth was led by England, Germany and Russia. Revenue in England, the firm’s largest European market, grew 21% in 2007. Germany had an increase of 53%, while Russia continued its strong growth in 2007 with revenue doubling compared with 2006.

For the fourth quarter of 2007, revenue growth in England and Germany was flat year-over-year, with both countries negatively impacted by lower volumes in Capital Markets transactions. However, the geographical diversity of the EMEA business provided continued growth in the fourth quarter of 2007 as Russia, the Netherlands and Central and Eastern Europe (“CEE”) reported healthy increases in revenue year-over-year. Revenue in Russia increased 78% in the fourth quarter of 2007, while the Netherlands and CEE grew 90% and 61%, respectively over the prior year. The firm has started to benefit from the significant strategic investments and acquisitions in these markets over the past several years.

Operating expenses increased by 31% on a full-year basis and by 17% for the fourth quarter. The increase was primarily due to acquisitions, staff additions to service clients and grow market share, and increased revenue and profit-driven incentive compensation. Operating income for the full year increased 108% to $91.5 million from $44.0 million in 2006, while increasing 58% percent to $47.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.

ASIA PACIFIC—INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES

	2007		2006		INCREASE		% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	602.1	$	336.9	$	265.2	79%	67%
Operating expense		531.9		318.3		213.6	67%	57%
Operating income	$	70.2	$	18.6	$	51.6	n.m.	n.m.
(n.m. – not meaningful; change greater than 100%)

Revenue for Asia Pacific increased 79% for the full-year of 2007 and 37% to $170 million for the fourth quarter of 2007. Transaction Services revenue nearly doubled for the year and increased 40% for the fourth quarter of 2007 and Management Services revenue increased 58% for the year and 34% for the fourth quarter of 2007. The region’s 2007 performance was driven by returns from investments made in growing markets, the third-quarter acquisition in India, and a significant Asia Pacific Hotels transaction that involved selling a portfolio of 13 Japanese hotels on behalf of a client in the second quarter. The weakening of the U.S. dollar against most major Asian currencies also contributed to the revenues growth in U.S. dollars in 2007.

Geographically, the strongest revenue contributions were from the region’s largest market, Australia, and from the growth markets of India and Japan, as well as the core market in Singapore. Revenue in Australia grew 43% in 2007 and 51% for the fourth quarter of 2007, compared to 2006. Japan and Singapore also made significant revenue growth contributions, with revenue nearly doubling in each market for 2007.

Results generated by the business we acquired in India, are included in the region’s revenue and operating expenses from the July acquisition date. However, because the acquisition was for an ownership share of less than 100 percent, the portion of operating results not belonging to the firm is classified as a minority interest, net of tax, constituting an offset to net income in the consolidated results.

Operating expenses on a full-year basis for the Asia Pacific region increased 67%, and for the fourth quarter of 2007 increased 40%, over the prior year. The increase was the result of further expansion of the geographic platform, service capabilities and infrastructure throughout the region, and higher incentive compensation associated with revenue-generating activities. Operating income for 2007 increased to $70.2 million from $18.6 million in 2006, and for the fourth quarter increased to $22.0 million from $18.3 million in 2006.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

	2007		2006		INCREASE (DECREASE)		% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	361.1	$	377.2	$	(16.1)	(4)%	(7)%
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures		9.7		7.1		2.6	37%	35%
Total revenue		370.8		384.3		(13.5)	(4)%	(6)%
Operating expense		258.8		260.0		(1.2)	0%	(3)%
Operating income	$	112.0	$	124.3	$	(12.3)	(10)%	(12)%

LaSalle Investment Management’s revenue decreased 4% in 2007 and increased 35% to $115 million for the fourth quarter of 2007. Excluding the $113 million incentive fee earned from a single client in 2006, 2007 revenue increased 36% over 2006. The increase in current-year revenue was driven primarily by the continued growth of the annuity-based business, as well as from incentive fees that were generated from strong performance of assets managed on behalf of clients.

The continued focus on the growth in annuity revenue led to a 38% increase in 2007 in Advisory fees and a 43% increase in the fourth quarter of 2007. The growth in the annuity business was due to the healthy increase in assets under management and advisory fees generated from newly committed capital. Supporting this growth, the firm’s co-investment capital totaled $151.8 million at the end of 2007, compared with $131.8 million at the end of 2006.

37

PART II

Incentive fees vary significantly from period to period due to both the performance of the underlying investments and the contractual timing of the measurement periods for different clients. In 2007, incentive fees were up 52%, excluding the $113 million fee earned in 2006.

LaSalle Investment Management raised over $10.1 billion of equity during 2007, as it launched five new private equity funds and secured 16 global securities mandates. Investments made on behalf of clients during 2007 were $8.4 billion worldwide. Assets under management grew to $49.7 billion from $40.6 billion, a 22% increase over the prior year.

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

	2006			2005		INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	2,013.6		$	1,390.6	$	623.0		45%	43%
Compensation & benefits		1,313.3			902.7		410.6		45%	44%
Operating, administrative & other		408.0			320.9		87.1		27%	26%
Depreciation & amortization		48.9			33.8		15.1		45%	44%
Restructuring		(0.7	)		1.4		(2.1	)	n.m.	n.m.
Total operating expenses		1,769.5			1,258.8		510.7		41%	39%
Operating income	$	244.1		$	131.8	$	112.3		85%	78%
(n.m. – not meaningful)

REVENUE

Revenues for the year ended 2006 were $2.01 billion, an increase of 45% from 2005 that resulted from growth in all operating segments. Included in the Firm’s 2006 full-year results was an incentive fee from a single client of $113 million at a 41% operating income margin.

See Segment Operating Results below for additional discussion of revenues.

OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating expenses were $1.77 billion in 2006 and $1.26 billion in 2005, an increase of approximately 41% in U.S. dollars and 39% in local currencies from the prior year. The increase in operating expenses was driven by significant additions in global Capital Markets and Leasing broker teams, additional client-service staff, and by the expansion of offices to support the global business platform. Also contributing to the increase were the operations added through five strategic acquisitions, including Spaulding & Slye in the Americas, which closed in January 2006. Higher incentive compensation costs related to the strong revenue and profit performance contributed to the increase, as well.

OPERATING INCOME

Operating income for the year ended 2006 was $244.1 million, compared to $131.8 million in the prior year, an increase of 85%. From 2005 to 2006, revenue increased $623.0 million while operating expenses increased $510.7 million. The increase in operating margin resulted from operating, administrative and other costs increasing at a lower rate than revenues when compared to the prior year (27% compared to 45%), a significant portion of which was achieved as a result of the $112.5 million incentive fee noted above.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense of $14.3 million for the 2006 full year was higher than the $4.0 million for 2005 due to higher debt balances throughout the year compared with 2005. The higher debt balances during the year resulted from acquisition spending totaling $191.7 million, share repurchases of $64.8 million, including $35.1 million in the fourth quarter, and net co-investment funding of $44.3 million in connection with growth in the Firm’s investment management business. Despite these significant cash uses, the Firm had no net debt (i.e., cash and cash equivalents exceeded short-term borrowings and borrowings under credit facilities) at year end.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes was $63.8 million in 2006 as compared to $36.2 million in 2005. The increase in the tax provision is primarily due to improved business performance. The effective tax rate was 26.7% in 2006 as compared to 25.9% in 2005.

NET INCOME

Net income of $176.4 million for 2006 represented an increase of 70% over the prior year’s net income of $103.7 million. The increase was driven by growth in all operating segments, part of which was due to the $112.5 million incentive fee at a 41% operating income margin described above.

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS

AMERICAS—INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES

	2006		2005		INCREASE		% CHANGE
Revenue	$	622.1	$	434.3	$	187.8	43%
Operating expense		556.6		384.0		172.6	45%
Operating income	$	65.5	$	50.3	$	15.2	30%

Americas revenue for the full year 2006 was $622.1 million, an increase of 43% over the prior year, and fourth-quarter revenue was $227 million, an increase of 38%. Compared with 2005, Transaction Services revenue increased 57% for the full year and 45% for the quarter while Management Services grew 31% for the year and 27% for the quarter.

The strong 2006 performance benefited from growth in both the Markets group, whose focus is to maximize the Firm’s competitive position in key local markets, and the Accounts organization, whose focus is on delivering services and strategic advice to corporate clients. Revenue in the Markets and Accounts groups increased by a combined 47% for the full year compared with the prior year. The Spaulding & Slye acquisition had a significant impact on year-over-year revenue growth in both Markets and Accounts. Strong performance in Capital Markets also

38

PART II

contributed to the annual year-over-year revenue growth with a 74% increase over the previous year. Revenue in the Firm’s Americas Hotels business was up 46% in 2006 compared with the prior year as a result of the business’ strong position in a healthy industry environment.

Total operating expenses increased 45% for the full year 2006 and 43% for the quarter compared with 2005. The increase in operating expenses resulted from significant additions to the local market teams and from operations added through the Spaulding & Slye acquisition. In addition, incentive compensation expenses increased as a result of the growth in both revenue-generating activities and profit performance.

EMEA—INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES

	2006		2005		INCREASE		% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	679.3	$	492.8	$	186.5	38%	34%
Operating expense		635.3		468.3		167.0	36%	32%
Operating income	$	44.0	$	24.5	$	19.5	80%	54%

EMEA’s full-year 2006 revenue grew 38% and 34% in U.S. dollars and local currencies, respectively, to $679.3 million, and fourth-quarter 2006 revenue increased 53% in U.S. dollars and 39% in local currencies to $270 million. Transaction Services revenue grew 44% for the full year to $557 million, and 54% for the quarter, while Management Services revenue grew 19% for the year to $114 million, and 67% for the quarter. Year-over-year annual revenue growth in the region was driven by strong performance in Capital Markets, which was up 70% for the year driven by increased market share and strong underlying market conditions, and by Agency Leasing, which grew 26%. We completed four strategic acquisitions in the region in 2006 (in the United Kingdom, Spain, and United Arab Emirates) and opened six new offices which, together with hiring, resulted in the addition of approximately 350 revenue-generators in the year.

Geographically, the region’s robust full-year 2006 growth was driven primarily by France and Germany. Revenue in France grew 83% in U.S. dollars for the full year and 60% for the fourth quarter compared with the prior year, while Germany had an increase of 58% for the full year and 45% for the quarter. Russia continued its strong growth with full year revenue doubling compared with the prior year, while very favorable trends continued in Central and Eastern Europe and Spain. The EMEA Hotels business also had solid growth with annual revenues up almost 30% compared with the prior year.

Operating expenses increased by 36% in U.S. dollars and 32% in local currencies on a full-year 2006 basis and by 56% in U.S. dollars and 43% in local currencies for the quarter. The increase was primarily due to acquisitions, staff additions to service clients and grow market share, and increased incentive compensation driven by improved revenue and profit performance.

ASIA PACIFIC—INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES

	2006		2005		INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	336.9	$	272.9	$	64.0		23%	23%
Operating expense		318.3		252.9		65.4		26%	27%
Operating income	$	18.6	$	20.0	$	(1.4	)	(7)%	(7)%

Revenue for the Asia Pacific region on a full-year 2006 basis was $336.9 million, an increase of 23% in both U.S. dollars and local currencies, and $124 million for the fourth quarter, an increase of 35% in U.S. dollars and 31% in local currencies from the prior year. Growth for the full year and fourth quarter in U.S. dollars resulted from both Transaction Services revenue, which increased 22% and 32%, respectively, and Management Services revenue, which increased 20% and 38%, respectively.

Geographically, the strongest profit contributions were from the region’s largest market, Australia, and from the growth markets of China and Korea. Revenue in Australia grew 22% for the year and 26% for the quarter, while revenue in China increased 60% for the year and 64% for the quarter, compared with the prior year. Korea’s revenue for the year was up 69%, and finished the year strongly with fourth-quarter 2006 revenue more than double compared with the prior year. India and Singapore also made significant revenue growth contributions. The leading Asian Hotels business recorded a very strong finish in 2006 with revenue almost tripling in the last quarter compared with the prior year and with revenue for the full year up 33% as a result of higher transaction volume and increased market share. Offsetting the region’s growth was a decline in Japan, where Capital Markets activity was lower in 2006 compared with 2005, which included several significant transactions.

Operating expenses on a full-year 2006 basis for the Asia Pacific region increased 26% in both U.S. dollars and local currencies, and for the fourth quarter increased 34% in U.S. dollars and 30% in local currencies, over the prior year. The increase was the result of expansion of the geographic platform, service capabilities and infrastructure throughout the region.

Operating income decreased from $20.0 million in 2005 to $18.6 million in 2006. Included in 2006’s full year results were expenses of approximately $1.7 million for net transition costs incurred to outsource the management of the region’s IT infrastructure, call centers and application development, positioning the region for future growth. The 2005 full-year results included a benefit of $2.4 million received from a litigation settlement. Excluding the impact of these items, operating income for the region would have increased from $17.6 million in 2005 to $20.3 million in 2006, with operating income margins flat at approximately 6%. The firm is now well-positioned with a leading market share in the region to capitalize on the anticipated growth.

39

PART II

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

	2006		2005		INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE IN U.S. DOLLARS	% CHANGE IN LOCAL CURRENCIES
Revenue	$	377.2	$	190.8	$	186.4		98%	94%
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures		7.1		11.9		(4.8	)	(40)%	(41)%
Total revenue		384.3		202.7		181.6		90%	86%
Operating expense		260.0		152.3		107.7		71%	69%
Operating income	$	124.3	$	50.4	$	73.9		n.m.	n.m.
(n.m. – not meaningful; change greater than 100%)

LaSalle Investment Management’s full-year 2006 revenue grew to $384.3 million, up 90% in U.S. dollars and 86% in local currencies over the prior year, and fourth-quarter 2006 revenue increased to $85 million, up 18% in U.S. dollars and 13% in local currencies. The increase in revenue was driven by the continued growth of the annuity-based business as well as from incentive fees that were generated from strong performance of clients’ investments managed by the Firm.

The continued focus on the growth in annuity-like revenue led to a full-year increase in Advisory fees of 39% and a fourth quarter increase of 48% over 2005. The growth in the annuity-based business was principally due to the healthy increase in assets under management. Supporting this growth, the Firm’s co-investment capital totaled $129.5 million at the end of 2006, compared with $88.7 million in the prior year.

Incentive fees vary significantly from period to period due to both the performance of the underlying investments and the contractual benchmarks, formulas and timing of the measurement periods for different clients. In 2006, incentive fees were up significantly for the full year due to the single incentive fee earned in the second quarter of the year, and were slightly down for the fourth quarter compared with last year. The amount of the specific incentive fee was originally disclosed as $109.5 million, but increased during the second half of the year to $112.5 million as a result of final third-party valuations and audit.

LaSalle Investment Management raised over $7.1 billion of equity during 2006, as it launched three new private equity funds and secured 16 global securities mandates. Investments made on behalf of clients in 2006 were $9.6 billion, including the CenterPoint acquisition, compared with approximately $5.4 billion in 2005. Assets under management grew to $40.6 billion from $30.0 billion, a 35% increase over the prior year.

Consolidated Cash Flows

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

During 2007, cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $409.4 million, an increase of $31.7 million, or 8%, over the $377.7 million of cash flows provided by operating activities in 2006. The most significant items driving the $31.7 million increase in cash flow from operations were an increase in net income of $81.4 million, or 46%, from 2006 to 2007, partially offset by net increases in working capital and deferred tax assets compared to 2006. Current assets less current liabilities increased by $30.0 million in 2007, and long-term deferred tax assets, net, increased by $15.2 million over the same period. Increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($303.0 million compared to $221.4 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively) and accrued compensation ($655.9 million compared to $514.6 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively), offset in part by increases in trade receivables ($834.9 million compared to $630.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively), were the most significant components of the net change in working capital, and also are reflective of continued growth.

During 2006, cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $377.7 million compared to $120.6 million in 2005, due to improved and expanded business performance in 2006. The 2006 increase in cash flow from operations was driven by a 70% increase in net income and a net decrease in working capital. Increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($221.4 million compared to $155.7 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively) and accrued compensation ($514.6 million compared to $300.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), offset in part by increases in trade receivables ($630.1 million compared to $415.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), were most responsible for the increase in cash flows from changes in working capital, and also are reflective of improved and expanded business performance.

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

We used $258.5 million in investing activities in 2007, which was a decrease of $47.9 million from the $306.4 million used for investing activities in 2006. The decrease was due to a $57.5 million decrease in cash used for acquisitions, as well as a $33.8 million decrease in net fundings of co-investment activity, primarily as a result of more significant distributions from and sales of investments in 2007 when compared with 2006, partially off-set by a $43.4 million increase in net property and equipment additions.

We used $306.4 million in investing activities in 2006, which was an increase in cash used of $245.4 million from the $61.0 million used in 2005. This increase was primarily due to $186.8 million more of business acquisitions activity in 2006 than in 2005, but also was due to increases of $30.5 million in net property and equipment additions and of $28.0 million in net fundings of co-investment activity over the prior year.

CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

We used $122.9 million in financing activities in 2007 compared with $49.4 million used in 2006. The $73.5 million increase in cash used for financing activities was the result of changes in levels of activity in several programs, including a $43.4 million increase in shares repurchased under our share repurchase program and for taxes on stock awards, a $14.1 million decrease in cash received from employee stock option and stock purchase programs, an $8.0 million decrease in net borrowings, and an $8.3 million increase in dividends paid.

40

PART II

We used $49.4 million in financing activities in 2006 compared with $61.1 million used in 2005. The moderate decrease in cash used in financing activities in 2006 as compared to 2005 was largely a result of effective management of the Firm’s debt structure and comparable levels of share repurchase activity between 2006 and 2005 in dollar terms.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, we have financed our operations, co-investment activity, share repurchases and dividend payments, capital expenditures and business acquisitions with internally generated funds, issuances of our common stock and borrowings under our credit facilities.

CREDIT FACILITY

On June 6, 2007, we amended our unsecured revolving credit facility to increase the facility to $575 million, improve the pricing, extend the term to June 2012 and modify other terms of the agreement. Pricing on the $575 million facility now ranges from LIBOR plus 47.5 basis points to LIBOR plus 80 basis points. As of December 31, 2007, our pricing on the revolving credit facility was LIBOR plus 47.5 basis points. This facility will continue to be utilized for working capital needs (including payment of accrued bonus compensation during the first quarter of each year), co-investment activity, share repurchases and dividend payments, capital expenditures and acquisitions. Interest and principal payments on outstanding borrowings against the facility will fluctuate based on our level of borrowing needs. We also have capacity to borrow up to an additional $46.8 million under local overdraft facilities.

As of December 31, 2007, we had $29.2 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The average borrowing rate on the revolving credit agreement was 5.5% as compared with an average borrowing rate of 5.1% in 2006. We also had short-term borrowings (including capital lease obligations) of $14.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2007, with $14.3 million of those borrowings attributable to local overdraft facilities.

With respect to the revolving credit facility, we must maintain a consolidated net worth of at least $729 million, a leverage ratio not exceeding 3.5 to 1, and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.5 to 1. Additionally, we are restricted from, among other things, incurring certain levels of indebtedness to lenders outside of the facility and disposing of a significant portion of our assets. Lender approval or waiver is required for certain levels of co-investment and acquisitions. We are in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2007.

The revolving credit facility bears variable rates of interest based on market rates. We are authorized to use interest rate swaps to convert a portion of the floating rate indebtedness to a fixed rate; however, none were used during the last three years, and none were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

We believe that the revolving credit facility, together with local borrowing facilities and cash flow generated from operations will provide adequate liquidity and financial flexibility to meet our needs to fund working capital, co-investment activity, share repurchases and dividend payments, capital expenditures and acquisitions.

CO-INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

As of December 31, 2007, we had total investments and loans of $151.8 million in approximately 40 separate property or fund co-investments. Within this $151.8 million are loans of $3.3 million to real estate ventures which bear an 8.0% interest rate and are to be repaid by 2008.

In the past, we have had repayment guarantees outstanding to third-party financial institutions in the event that underlying co-investment loans defaulted; however, we had no such guarantees at December 31, 2007.

We utilize two investment vehicles to facilitate the majority of our co-investment activity. LaSalle Investment Company I (“LIC I”) is a series of four parallel limited partnerships which serve as our investment vehicle for substantially all co-investment commitments made through December 31, 2005. LIC I is fully committed to underlying real estate ventures. At December 31, 2007, our maximum potential unfunded commitment to LIC I is euro 32.9 million ($48.0 million). LaSalle Investment Company II (“LIC II”), formed in January 2006, is comprised of two parallel limited partnerships which serve as our investment vehicle for most new co-investments. At December 31, 2007, LIC II has unfunded capital commitments for future fundings of co-investments of $323.9 million, of which our 48.78% share is $158.0 million. The $158.0 million commitment is part of our maximum potential unfunded commitment to LIC II at December 31, 2007 of $434.2 million.

LIC I and LIC II invest in certain real estate ventures that own and operate commercial real estate. We have an effective 47.85% ownership interest in LIC I, and an effective 48.78% ownership interest in LIC II; primarily institutional investors hold the remaining 52.15% and 51.22% interests in LIC I and LIC II, respectively. We account for our investments in LIC I and LIC II under the equity method of accounting in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Additionally, a non-executive Director of Jones Lang LaSalle is an investor in LIC I on equivalent terms to other investors.

LIC I’s and LIC II’s exposures to liabilities and losses of the ventures are limited to their existing capital contributions and remaining capital commitments. We expect that LIC I will draw down on our commitment over the next three to five years to satisfy its existing commitments to underlying funds, and we expect that LIC II will draw down on our commitment over the next four to eight years as it enters into new commitments. Our Board of Directors has endorsed the use of our co-investment capital in particular situations to control or bridge finance existing real estate assets or portfolios to seed future investments within LIC II. The purpose is to accelerate capital raising and growth in assets under management. Approvals for such activity are handled consistently with those of the Firm’s co-investment capital. At December 31, 2007 no bridge financing arrangements were outstanding.

As of December 31, 2007, LIC I maintains a euro 10.0 million ($14.6 million) revolving credit facility (the “LIC I Facility”), and LIC II maintains a $200.0 million revolving credit facility (the “LIC II Facility”), principally for their working capital needs. The capacity in the LIC II Facility contemplates potential bridge financing opportunities.

41

PART II

Each facility contains a credit rating trigger and a material adverse condition clause. If either of the credit rating trigger or the material adverse condition clauses becomes triggered, the facility to which that condition relates would be in default and outstanding borrowings would need to be repaid. Such a condition would require us to fund our pro-rata share of the then outstanding balance on the related facility, which is the limit of our liability. The maximum exposure to Jones Lang LaSalle, assuming that the LIC I Facility were fully drawn, would be euro 4.8 million ($7.0 million); assuming that the LIC II Facility were fully drawn, the maximum exposure to Jones Lang LaSalle would be $97.6 million. Each exposure is included within and cannot exceed our maximum potential unfunded commitments to LIC I of euro 32.9 million ($48.0 million) and to LIC II of $434.2 million. As of December 31, 2007, LIC I had euro 2.3 million ($3.4 million) of outstanding borrowings on the LIC I Facility, and LIC II had $26.2 million of outstanding borrowings on the LIC II Facility.

The following table summarizes the discussion above relative to LIC I and LIC II at December 31, 2007 ($ in millions):

	LIC I		LIC II
Our effective ownership interest in co-investment vehicle		47.85%		48.78%
Our maximum potential unfunded commitments	$	48.0	$	434.2
Our share of unfunded capital commitments to underlying funds		34.8		158.0
Our maximum exposure assuming facilities are fully drawn		7.0		97.6
Our share of exposure on outstanding borrowings		1.6		12.8

Exclusive of our LIC I and LIC II commitment structures, we have potential obligations related to unfunded commitments to other real estate ventures, the maximum of which is $10.7 million at December 31, 2007.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, funding of co-investments exceeded return of capital by $19.8 million. We expect to continue to pursue co-investment opportunities with our real estate money management clients in the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific. Co-investment remains very important to the continued growth of Investment Management. The net co-investment funding for 2008 is anticipated to be between $50 and $60 million (planned co-investment less return of capital from liquidated co-investments).

SHARE REPURCHASE AND DIVIDEND PROGRAMS

Since October 2002, our Board of Directors has approved five share repurchase programs. On August 15, 2007, our board of directors approved a new share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to 2,000,000 shares of its common stock; this was in addition to the 208,000 shares that remained authorized to be repurchased as of August 15, 2007 under a program that was established in September 2005. These share repurchase programs allow the Company to purchase our common stock in the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The repurchase of shares is primarily intended to offset dilution resulting from both restricted stock and stock option grants made under our existing employee compensation plans. Through December 31, 2007, we have repurchased a total of 5,765,451 shares since the first repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors on October 30, 2002. In 2007, we repurchased 1,015,800 shares and at December 31, 2007 we have 1,563,100 shares that we are authorized to repurchase under this program. See Item 5, “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities,” for additional details regarding our share repurchase activity throughout 2007.

In 2006, our Board declared and paid total annual dividends and dividend-equivalents of $0.60 per common share. In 2007, our Board declared and paid total annual dividends and dividend-equivalents of $0.85 per common share, and anticipated paying total annual dividends and dividend-equivalents of $1.00 per share in 2008. See Item 5 for additional discussion of our current dividend practice.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Capital expenditures for 2007 were $113.7 million, up from $70.3 million in 2006, primarily for ongoing improvements to computer hardware and information systems and improvements to leased space. Included in the $113.7 million of capital expenditures were $5.3 million of allowances from landlords for leasehold improvements. Capital expenditures, net of leasehold improvement allowances, are anticipated to be approximately $105 million for 2008, primarily for ongoing improvements to computer hardware and information systems and improvements to leased space.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We have obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts in the normal course of business, including future minimum lease payments, interest and principal payments on outstanding borrowings.

Following is a table summarizing our minimum contractual obligations as of December 31, 2007 ($ in millions):

	PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS	TOTAL		LESS THAN 1 YEAR	1-3 YEARS	3-5 YEARS	MORE THAN 5 YEARS
Long-term debt obligations	$	29.2	—	—	29.2	—
Business acquisition obligations		91.2	45.6	11.5	23.4	10.7
Operating lease obligations		421.0	87.3	125.1	88.9	119.7
Capital lease obligations		0.3	0.1	0.2	—	—
Defined benefit plan obligations		82.0	4.9	11.4	14.3	51.4
Vendor and other purchase obligations		57.8	19.6	21.5	14.0	2.7
Total	$	681.5	157.5	169.7	169.8	184.5

42

PART II

As of December 31, 2007, we had $29.2 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility. Interest and principal payments on outstanding borrowings against our $575 million revolving credit facility fluctuate based on our level of borrowing needs. There is no set repayment schedule with respect to the revolving credit facility; however, this facility expires in June 2012.

Our business acquisition obligations represent payments to sellers of businesses for which our acquisition has closed as of December 31, 2007, and the only condition on those payments is the passage of time. The $91.2 million total represents $82.0 million of current fair value as reported in Deferred business acquisition obligations in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, and $9.2 million of imputed interest reducing the obligations to their present value.

Our lease obligations include operating leases of office space in various buildings for our own use, as well as the use of equipment under both operating and capital lease arrangements. As of December 31, 2007, we have accrued liabilities related to excess lease space of $0.9 million, which were identified as part of our restructurings in 2001 and 2002. The total of minimum rentals to be received in the future under noncancelable operating subleases as of December 31, 2007 was $3.0 million.

Our defined benefit plan obligations represent estimates of what we expect to pay as retirement benefits for prior and expected future employee service in the countries where we have such plans in place.

Our other purchase obligations are related to various information technology servicing agreements, telephone communications and other administrative support functions.

The minimum contractual obligation table includes no provision for the $22.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 because the amount and timing of certain payment can not be reliably estimated at this time.

In the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, see Note 9 for additional information on long-term debt obligations, see Note 10 for additional information on lease obligations, see Note 7 for additional information on defined benefit plan obligations, and see Note 8 for additional information on unrecognized tax benefits.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Information regarding market risk is included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption “Market and Other Risk Factors” and is incorporated by reference herein.

Disclosure of Limitations

As the information presented above includes only those exposures that exist as of December 31, 2007, it does not consider those exposures or positions that could arise after that date. The information represented herein has limited predictive value. As a result, the ultimate realized gain or loss with respect to interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations will depend on the exposures that arise during the period, the hedging strategies at the time and interest and foreign currency rates.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	Page
JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG LLP, on Consolidated Financial Statements	44
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG LLP, on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	45
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006	46
Consolidated Statements of Earnings For the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005	47
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity For the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005	48
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005	49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	50
Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)	71

43

PART II

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” and changed its method of accounting for defined benefit pension plans pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.”

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 29, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG

Chicago, Illinois

February 29, 2008

44

PART II

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated:

We have audited Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company, as listed in the accompanying index, and our report dated February 29, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statement.

/s/ KPMG

Chicago, Illinois

February 29, 2008

45

PART II

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND 2006

($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	2007			2006
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	78,580		50,612
Trade receivables, net of allowances of $13,300 and $7,845		834,865		630,121
Notes and other receivables		52,695		30,079
Prepaid expenses		26,148		28,040
Deferred tax assets		64,872		49,230
Other		13,816		19,363
Total current assets		1,070,976		807,445
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $198,169 and $181,959		193,329		120,376
Goodwill, with indefinite useful lives		694,004		520,478
Identified intangibles, with finite useful lives, net of accumulated amortization of $68,537 and $58,594		41,670		37,583
Investments in real estate ventures		151,800		131,789
Long-term receivables, net		33,219		29,781
Deferred tax assets		58,584		37,465
Other, net		48,292		45,031
Total assets	$	2,291,874		1,729,948
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	302,976		221,356
Accrued compensation		655,895		514,586
Short-term borrowings		14,385		17,738
Deferred tax liabilities		727		1,426
Deferred income		29,756		31,896
Other		60,193		43,444
Total current liabilities		1,063,932		830,446
Noncurrent liabilities:
Credit facilities		29,205		32,398
Deferred tax liabilities		6,577		648
Deferred compensation		46,423		30,668
Pension liabilities		1,096		19,252
Deferred business acquisition obligations		82,042		34,178
Other		43,794		31,978
Total liabilities		1,273,069		979,568
Commitments and contingencies
Minority interest		8,272		—
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 31,722,587 and 36,592,864 shares issued and outstanding		317		366
Additional paid-in capital		441,951		676,270
Retained earnings		484,840		255,914
Shares held by subsidiary		—		(197,543	)
Shares held in trust		(1,930	)	(1,427	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		85,355		16,800
Total shareholders’ equity		1,010,533		750,380
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,291,874		1,729,948

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

46

PART II

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005

($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	2007			2006		2005
Revenue	$	2,652,075		2,013,578		1,390,610
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits		1,724,174		1,313,294		902,712
Operating, administrative and other		530,412		407,985		320,934
Depreciation and amortization		55,580		48,964		33,836
Restructuring charges (credits), net		(411	)	(744	)	1,377
Total operating expenses		2,309,755		1,769,499		1,258,859
Operating income		342,320		244,079		131,751
Interest expense, net of interest income		13,064		14,254		3,999
Gain on sale of investments		6,129		—		—
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures		12,216		9,221		12,156
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest		347,601		239,046		139,908
Provision for income taxes		87,595		63,825		36,236
Minority interest, net of tax		2,174		—		—
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		257,832		175,221		103,672
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		1,180		—
Net income	$	257,832		176,401		103,672
Net income available to common shareholders	$	256,490		175,344		103,287
Other comprehensive income:
Change in pension liabilities, net of tax		17,158		(1,345	)	(16,168	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		53,653		52,781		(41,106	)
Unrealized holding gain on investments		(2,256	)	2,256		—
Comprehensive income	$	326,387		230,093		46,398
Basic earnings per common share	$	8.01		5.50		3.29
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		32,021,380		31,872,112		31,383,828
Diluted earnings per common share	$	7.64		5.24		3.12
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		33,577,927		33,447,939		33,109,261

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

47

PART II

JO NES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005

($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	COMMON STOCK					ADDITIONAL PAID- IN CAPITAL		RETAINED EARNINGS		SHARES HELD BY SUBSIDIARY		SHARES HELD IN TRUST		ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)		TOTAL
	SHARES		AMOUNT
Balances at December 31, 2004	33,243,527		$	332		541,798		4,896		(58,898	)	(530	)	20,382		$	507,980
Net income	—			—		—		103,672		—		—		—			103,672
Shares issued under stock compensation programs	1,956,217			20		19,515		—		—		—		—			19,535
Tax benefits of vestings and exercises	—			—		16,493		—		—		—		—			16,493
Amortization of stock compensation	—			—		28,194		—		—		—		—			28,194
Shares repurchased	—			—		—		—		(73,893	)	—		—			(73,893	)
Shares held in trust	—			—		—		—		—		(278	)	—			(278	)
Dividends declared, $0.25 per share	—			—		—		(8,426	)	—		—		—			(8,426	)
Change in minimum pension liability	—			—		—		—		—		—		(16,168	)		(16,168	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—			—		—		—		—		—		(41,106	)		(41,106	)
Balances at December 31, 2005	35,199,744		$	352		606,000		100,142		(132,791	)	(808	)	(36,892	)	$	536,003
Net income	—			—		—		176,401		—		—		—			176,401
Shares issued under stock compensation programs	1,393,120			14		3,577		—		—		—		—			3,591
Tax benefits of vestings and exercises	—			—		29,104		—		—		—		—			29,104
Amortization of stock compensation	—			—		37,589		—		—		—		—			37,589
Shares repurchased	—			—		—		—		(64,752	)	—		—			(64,752	)
Shares held in trust	—			—		—		—		—		(619	)	—			(619	)
Dividends declared, $0.60 per share	—			—		—		(20,629	)	—		—		—			(20,629	)
Change in pension liabilities	—			—		—		—		—		—		(1,345	)		(1,345	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—			—		—		—		—		—		52,781			52,781
Unrealized holding gain on investments	—			—		—		—		—		—		2,256			2,256
Balances at December 31, 2006	36,592,864		$	366		676,270		255,914		(197,543	)	(1,427	)	16,800		$	750,380
Net income	—			—		—		257,832		—		—		—			257,832
Shares issued under stock compensation programs	895,174			9		(20,142	)	—		—		—		—			(20,133	)
Tax benefits of vestings and exercises	—			—		26,215		—		—		—		—			26,215
Amortization of stock compensation	—			—		52,895		—		—		—		—			52,895
Shares repurchased (1)	(5,765,451	)		(58	)	(293,287	)	—		197,543		—		—			(95,802	)
Shares held in trust	—			—		—		—		—		(503	)	—			(503	)
Dividends declared, $0.85 per share	—			—		—		(28,906	)	—		—		—			(28,906	)
Change in pension liabilities	—			—		—		—		—		—		17,158			17,158
Unrealized holding gain on investments	—			—		—		—		—		—		(2,256	)		(2,256	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—			—		—		—		—		—		53,653			53,653
Balances at December 31, 2007	31,722,587		$	317		441,951		484,840		—		(1,930	)	85,355		$	1,010,533

(1) Included in the 5,765,451 shares repurchased under our share repurchase programs through December 31, 2007 are 4,970,232 shares repurchased and held by one of our subsidiaries through June 30, 2007, 428,319 shares repurchased and canceled in the third quarter of 2007, and 366,900 shares repurchased in the fourth quarter of 2007 by Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated. Shares held by one of our subsidiaries in previous reporting periods were included in total shares outstanding, but were deducted from shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per share.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

48

PART II

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005

($ IN THOUSANDS)	2007			2006		2005
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	257,832		176,401		103,672
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by earnings:
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		(1,180	)	—
Depreciation and amortization		55,580		48,964		33,836
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures		(12,216	)	(9,221	)	(12,156	)
Gain on sale of investments		(6,129	)	—		—
Operating distributions from real estate ventures		11,560		17,501		10,427
Provision for loss on receivables and other assets		4,209		3,645		2,243
Minority interest, net of tax		2,174		—		—
Amortization of deferred compensation		57,932		44,556		31,593
Amortization of debt issuance costs		579		668		847
Change in:
Receivables		(224,083	)	(242,377	)	(94,094	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		3,662		(24,008	)	(5,464	)
Deferred tax assets, net		(32,279	)	6,978		(20,903	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		(26,215	)	(25,981	)	—
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation		316,812		381,757		70,635
Net cash provided by operating activities		409,418		377,703		120,636
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net capital additions—property and equipment		(113,743	)	(70,307	)	(39,785	)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(134,259	)	(191,706	)	(4,885	)
Investing activities—real estate ventures:
Capital contributions and advances to real estate ventures		(45,517	)	(62,122	)	(29,777	)
Distributions, repayments of advances and sale of investments		35,017		17,775		13,413
Net cash used in investing activities		(258,502	)	(306,360	)	(61,034	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings under credit facilities		1,448,413		891,231		569,649
Repayments of borrowings under credit facilities		(1,452,749	)	(887,528	)	(584,167	)
Shares repurchased for payment of taxes on stock awards		(29,665	)	(17,288	)	(11,057	)
Shares repurchased under share repurchase program		(95,778	)	(64,752	)	(74,171	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		26,215		25,981		—
Common stock issued under stock option plan and stock purchase programs		9,522		23,596		47,085
Payments of dividends		(28,906	)	(20,629	)	(8,426	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(122,948	)	(49,389	)	(61,087	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		27,968		21,954		(1,485	)
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1		50,612		28,658		30,143
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31	$	78,580		50,612		28,658
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	13,705		13,644		4,299
Income taxes, net of refunds		47,578		34,006		20,120
Non-cash financing activities:
Deferred business acquisition obligations		47,864		34,178		—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

PART II

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Organization

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (“Jones Lang LaSalle,” which may be referred to as we, us, our, the Company or the Firm), the leading integrated global real estate services and money management firm, was incorporated in 1997. We serve our clients’ real estate needs locally, regionally and globally from approximately 170 corporate offices in more than 700 cities in approximately 60 countries on five continents, with approximately 32,700 employees, including approximately 13,700 directly reimbursable property maintenance employees. We believe that our combination of local market presence and global reach differentiates our firm from other real estate service providers.

Our full range of services includes:

• Agency leasing;

• Property management;

• Construction management;

• Project and development;

• Valuations;

• Capital markets;

• Real estate investment banking and merchant banking;

• Brokerage of properties;

• Corporate finance;

• Hotel advisory;

• Space acquisition and disposition (tenant representation);

• Facilities management;

• Strategic consulting;

• Energy management and sustainability;

• Outsourcing; and

• Money management

We provide money management services on a global basis for both public and private assets through LaSalle Investment Management. Our services are enhanced by our integrated global business model, industry-leading research capabilities, client relationship management focus, consistent worldwide service delivery and strong brand.

We have grown by expanding both our client base and the range of our services and products, as well as through a series of strategic acquisitions and mergers. Our extensive global platform and in-depth knowledge of local real estate markets enable us to serve as a single source provider of solutions for our clients’ full range of real estate needs. We solidified this network of services around the globe through the 1999 merger of the Jones Lang Wootton companies (“JLW”) (founded in 1783) with those of LaSalle Partners Incorporated (“LaSalle Partners”) (founded in 1968).

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Our financial statements include the accounts of Jones Lang LaSalle and its majority-owned-and-controlled subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in real estate ventures over which we exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for under the equity method. Investments in real estate ventures over which we are not able to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of the revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Although actual amounts likely differ from such estimated amounts, we believe such differences are not likely to be material. For further discussion of accounting estimates, please refer to the Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 101”), as amended by SAB 104, provides guidance on the application of U.S. GAAP to selected revenue recognition issues. Additionally, EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”), provides guidance on the application of U.S. GAAP to revenue transactions with multiple deliverables.

We earn revenue from the following principal sources:

• Transaction commissions;

• Advisory and management fees;

• Incentive fees;

• Project and development management fees; and

• Construction management fees.

We recognize transaction commissions related to agency leasing services, capital markets services and tenant representation services as income when we provide the related service unless future contingencies exist. If future contingencies exist, we defer recognition of this revenue until the respective contingencies have been satisfied.

We recognize advisory and management fees related to property management services, valuation services, corporate property services,

50

PART II

strategic consulting and money management as income in the period in which we perform the related services.

We recognize incentive fees based on the performance of underlying funds’ investments and the contractual benchmarks, formulas and timing of the measurement period with clients.

We recognize project and development management and construction management fees by applying the “percentage of completion” method of accounting. We use the efforts expended method to determine the extent of progress towards completion for project and development management fees and costs incurred to total estimated costs for construction management fees.

Construction management fees, which are gross construction services revenues net of subcontract costs, were $12.9 million and $11.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Gross construction services revenues totaled $187.3 million and $147.6 million and subcontract costs totaled $174.4 million and $135.8 million for the years end December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We did not provide construction services in 2005.

We include costs in excess of billings on uncompleted construction contracts of $4.8 million and $3.2 million in “Trade receivables,” and billings in excess of costs on uncompleted construction contracts of $12.9 million and $6.6 million in “Deferred income,” respectively, in our December 31, 2007 and 2006 consolidated balance sheets.

Certain contractual arrangements for services provide for the delivery of multiple services. We evaluate revenue recognition for each service to be rendered under these arrangements using criteria set forth in EITF 00-21. For services that meet the separability criteria, revenue is recognized separately. For services that do not meet those criteria, revenue is recognized on a combined basis.

We follow the guidance of EITF 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out-of-Pocket’ Expenses Incurred,” when accounting for reimbursements received. Accordingly, we have recorded these reimbursements as revenues in the income statement, as opposed to being shown as a reduction of expenses.

In certain of our businesses, primarily those involving management services, we are reimbursed by our clients for expenses incurred on their behalf. The treatment of reimbursable expenses for financial reporting purposes is based upon the fee structure of the underlying contracts. We follow the guidance of EITF 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent,” when accounting for reimbursable personnel and other costs. A contract that provides a fixed fee billing, fully inclusive of all personnel or other recoverable expenses incurred but not separately scheduled, is reported on a gross basis. When accounting on a gross basis, our reported revenues include the full billing to our client and our reported expenses include all costs associated with the client.

We account for a contract on a net basis when the fee structure is comprised of at least two distinct elements, namely (i) a fixed management fee and (ii) a separate component that allows for scheduled reimbursable personnel costs or other expenses to be billed directly to the client. When accounting on a net basis, we include the fixed management fee in reported revenues and net the reimbursement against expenses. We base this accounting on the following factors, which define us as an agent rather than a principal:

• The property owner, with ultimate approval rights relating to the employment and compensation of on-site personnel, and bearing all of the economic costs of such personnel, is determined to be the primary obligor in the arrangement;

• Reimbursement to Jones Lang LaSalle is generally completed simultaneously with payment of payroll or soon thereafter;

• Because the property owner is contractually obligated to fund all operating costs of the property from existing cash flow or direct funding from its building operating account, Jones Lang LaSalle bears little or no credit risk; and

• Jones Lang LaSalle generally earns no margin in the reimbursement aspect of the arrangement, obtaining reimbursement only for actual costs incurred.

Most of our service contracts utilize the latter structure and are accounted for on a net basis. We have always presented the above reimbursable contract costs on a net basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Such costs aggregated approximately $931 million, $746 million and $549 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. This treatment has no impact on operating income, net income or cash flows.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

We consider all highly-liquid investments purchased with maturities of less then one year to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these investments.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Pursuant to contractual arrangements, accounts receivable includes unbilled amounts of $244.0 million and $172.3 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

We estimate the allowance necessary to provide for uncollectible accounts receivable. The estimate includes specific accounts for which payment has become unlikely. We also base this estimate on historical experience combined with a careful review of current developments and a strong focus on credit quality. The process by which we calculate the allowance begins in the individual business units where specific problem accounts are identified and reserved as part of an overall reserve that is formulaic and driven by the age profile of the receivables. These allowances are then reviewed on a quarterly basis by regional and global management to ensure they are appropriate. As part of this review, we develop a range of potential allowances on a consistent formulaic basis. We would normally expect that the allowance would fall within this range. See the Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

51

PART II

section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information on our Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

We apply Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), to recognize and measure impairment of property and equipment owned or under capital leases. We review property and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset group may not be recoverable. We record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. We did not recognize an impairment loss related to property and equipment in 2007, 2006 or 2005.

We calculate depreciation and amortization on property and equipment for financial reporting purposes primarily by using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of our assets. The following table shows the gross value of each asset category at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as well as the standard depreciable life for each asset category ($ in millions):

CATEGORY	2007		2006		DEPRECIABLE LIFE
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	72.7	$	54.2	5 to 10 years
Computer equipment and software		215.9		174.5	2 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements		89.6		62.3	1 to 10 years
Automobiles		10.6		8.7	4 to 5 years

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS, GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

We apply SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”), when accounting for business combinations. We have historically grown through a series of acquisitions and one substantial merger. As a result of this activity, and consistent with the services nature of the businesses we acquired, among the largest assets on our balance sheet are intangibles resulting from business acquisitions and the JLW merger. We amortize intangibles with finite useful lives, which primarily represent the value placed on management contracts that are acquired as part of our acquisition of another business.

SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead evaluated for impairment at least annually. To accomplish this annual evaluation, we determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units as of the date of evaluation. Under SFAS 142, we define reporting units as Investment Management, Americas IOS, Australia IOS, Asia IOS and by country groupings in Europe IOS. We then determine the fair value of each reporting unit on the basis of a discounted cash flow methodology and compare it to the reporting unit’s carrying value. The result of the 2007, 2006 and 2005 evaluations was that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, and therefore we did not recognize an impairment loss in any of those years.

See Note 4 for additional information on goodwill and other intangible assets.

INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE VENTURES

We invest in certain real estate ventures that own and operate commercial real estate. Typically, these are co-investments in funds that our Investment Management business establishes in the ordinary course of business for its clients. These investments include non-controlling ownership interests generally ranging from less than 1% to 48.78% of the respective ventures. We apply the provisions of the following guidance when accounting for these interests:

• FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”)

• EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights” (“EITF 04-5”)

• AICPA Statement of Position 78-9, “Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures” as amended by FASB Staff Position No. SOP 78-9-a (“SOP 78-9-a”)

• Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock” (“APB 18”)

• EITF Topic No. D-46, “Accounting for Limited Partnership Investments” (“EITF D-46”)

The application of such guidance generally results in accounting for these interests under the equity method in the accompanying consolidated financial statements due to the nature of our non-controlling ownership in the ventures.

For real estate limited partnerships in which the Company is a general partner, we apply the guidance set forth in FIN 46R, EITF 04-5 and SOP 78-9-a in evaluating the control the Company has over the limited partnership. These entities are generally well-capitalized and grant the limited partners important rights, such as the right to replace the general partner without cause, to dissolve or liquidate the partnership, to approve the sale or refinancing of the principal partnership assets, or to approve the acquisition of principal partnership assets. We account for such general partner interests under the equity method.

For real estate limited partnerships in which the Company is a limited partner, the Company is a co-investment partner, and based on applying the guidance set forth in FIN 46R and SOP 78-9-a, has concluded that it does not have a controlling interest in the limited partnership. When we have an asset advisory contract with the real estate limited partnership, the combination of our limited partner interest and the advisory agreement provides us with significant influence over the real estate limited partnership venture. Accordingly, we account for such investments under the equity method. When the Company does not have an asset advisory contract with the limited partnership, but only has a

52

PART II

limited partner interest without significant influence, and our interest in the partnership is considered “minor” under EITF D-46 (i.e., not more than 3 to 5 percent), we account for such investments under the cost method.

For investments in real estate ventures accounted for under the equity method, we maintain an investment account, which is increased by contributions made and by our share of net income of the real estate ventures, and decreased by distributions received and by our share of net losses of the real estate ventures. Our share of each real estate venture’s net income or loss, including gains and losses from capital transactions, is reflected in our consolidated statement of earnings as “Equity in earnings from real estate ventures.” For investments in real estate ventures accounted for under the cost method, our investment account is increased by contributions made and decreased by distributions representing return of capital.

We apply the provisions of APB 18, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5-M, “Other Than Temporary Impairment Of Certain Investments In Debt And Equity Securities” (“SAB 59”), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”) when evaluating investments in real estate ventures for impairment, including impairment evaluations of the individual assets underlying our investments. We review investments in real estate ventures on a quarterly basis for indications of whether the carrying value of the real estate assets underlying our investments in ventures may not be recoverable. The review of recoverability is based on an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the underlying assets. When an “other than temporary” impairment has been identified related to a real estate asset underlying one of our investments in real estate ventures, we use a discounted cash flow approach to determine the fair value of the asset in computing the amount of the impairment. We then record the portion of the impairment loss related to our investment in the reporting period.

We report “Equity in earnings from real estate ventures” in the consolidated statement of earnings after “Operating income.” However, for segment reporting we reflect “Equity earnings (losses)” within “Revenue.” See Note 3 for “Equity earnings (losses)” reflected within segment revenues, as well as discussion of how the Chief Operating Decision Maker (as defined in Note 3) measures segment results with “Equity earnings (losses)” included in segment revenues.

See Note 5 for additional information on investments in real estate ventures.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for our stock-based compensation plans under the provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” as amended by SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” These provisions allowed entities to continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method under the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and provide disclosure of pro forma net income and net income per share as if the fair value-based method, defined in SFAS 123 as amended by SFAS 148, had been applied. We elected to apply the provisions of APB 25 in accounting for stock options and other stock awards, and accordingly, recognized no compensation expense for stock options granted at the market value of our common stock on the date of grant, or for 15% discounts on stock purchases under our U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). We did recognize compensation expense over the vesting period of other stock awards (including various grants of restricted stock units and offerings of discounted stock purchases under our Jones Lang LaSalle Savings Related Share Option (UK) Plan) pursuant to APB 25.

Effective January 1, 2006, we account for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R eliminates the alternative to use APB 25’s intrinsic value method of accounting that was provided in SFAS 123 as originally issued. SFAS 123R requires us to recognize expense for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees over the employee’s requisite service period. Per the provisions of SFAS 123R we have elected to amortize the fair value of share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the associated vesting period for each separately vesting portion of an award. Effective January 1, 2006, we amended our ESPP to provide for a 5% discount on stock purchases and eliminate the “look-back” feature in the plan, which along with the other provisions of the plan allows the ESPP to remain “noncompensatory” under the standard. The adoption of SFAS 123R primarily impacts “Compensation and benefits” expense in our consolidated statement of earnings by changing prospectively our method of measuring and recognizing compensation expense on share-based awards from recognizing forfeitures as incurred to estimating forfeitures. The effect of this change as it relates to prior periods is reflected in “Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax” in the consolidated statement of earnings. In the year ended 2006, we recorded an increase in income of $1.2 million, net of tax, for the cumulative effect of this accounting change.

See Note 6 for additional information on stock-based compensation.

INCOME TAXES

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between (1) the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and (2) their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect those temporary differences to be recovered or settled. We recognize in income the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date.

See Note 8 for additional information on income taxes.

53

PART II

SELF-INSURANCE PROGRAMS

In our Americas business, and in common with many other American companies, we have chosen to retain certain risks regarding health insurance and workers’ compensation rather than purchase third-party insurance. Estimating our exposure to such risks involves subjective judgments about future developments. We supplement our traditional global insurance program by the use of a captive insurance company to provide professional indemnity and employment practices insurance on a “claims made” basis. As professional indemnity claims can be complex and take a number of years to resolve, we are required to estimate the ultimate cost of claims.

• Health Insurance—We self-insure our health benefits for all U.S.-based employees, although we purchase stop loss coverage on an annual basis to limit our exposure. We self-insure because we believe that on the basis of our historic claims experience, the demographics of our workforce and trends in the health insurance industry, we incur reduced expense by self-insuring our health benefits as opposed to purchasing health insurance through a third party. We estimate our likely full-year cost at the beginning of the year and expense this cost on a straight-line basis throughout the year. In the fourth quarter, we estimate the required reserve for unpaid health costs we would need at year-end.

• Workers’ Compensation Insurance—Given our belief, based on historical experience, that our workforce has experienced lower costs than is normal for our industry, we have been self-insured for worker’s compensation insurance for a number of years. We purchase stop loss coverage to limit our exposure to large, individual claims. On a periodic basis we accrue using various state rates based on job classifications. On an annual basis in the third quarter, we engage in a comprehensive analysis to develop a range of potential exposure, and considering actual experience, we reserve within that range. We accrue the estimated adjustment to income for the differences between this estimate and our reserve. The credits taken to revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $5.2 million, $3.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

• Captive Insurance Company—In order to better manage our global insurance program and support our risk management efforts, we supplement our traditional insurance program by the use of a wholly-owned captive insurance company to provide professional indemnity and employment practices liability insurance coverage on a “claims made” basis. The level of risk retained by our captive is up to $2.5 million per claim (dependent upon location) and up to $12.5 million in the aggregate. The reserves estimated and accrued in accordance with SFAS 5 for self-insurance facilitated through our captive insurance company, which relate to multiple years, were $7.1 million and $9.3 million, net of receivables from third party insurers, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Professional indemnity insurance claims can be complex and take a number of years to resolve. Within our captive insurance company, we estimate the ultimate cost of these claims by way of specific claim reserves developed through periodic reviews of the circumstances of individual claims, as well as reserves against current year exposures on the basis of our historic loss ratio. The increase in the level of risk retained by the captive means we would expect that the amount and the volatility of our estimate of reserves will be increased over time. With respect to the consolidated financial statements, when a potential loss event occurs, management estimates the ultimate cost of the claims and accrues the related cost in accordance with SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, notes payable and foreign currency exchange contracts. The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables approximates their carrying amounts due to the short maturity of these instruments. The estimated fair value of our revolving credit facility and short-term borrowings approximates their carrying value due to their variable interest rate terms. The fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts are estimated to be a loss of $5.5 million as of December 31, 2007, determined by valuing the net position of the contracts using the applicable spot rates and forward rates as of the reporting date; see further discussion in “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” immediately below.

DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

We apply SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS 138, “Accounting For Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities,” when accounting for derivatives and hedging activities.

As a firm, we do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. However, in the normal course of business we do use derivative financial instruments in the form of forward foreign currency exchange contracts to manage selected foreign currency risks. At December 31, 2007, we had forward exchange contracts in effect with a gross notional value of $744.2 million ($718.4 million on a net basis) with a market value and carrying loss of $5.5 million. This carrying loss is offset by a carrying gain in associated intercompany loans such that the net impact to earnings is not significant. These gains and losses are included in net earnings as a component of Operating, administrative and other expense.

We hedge any foreign currency exchange risk resulting from intercompany loans through the use of foreign currency forward contracts. SFAS 133 requires that unrealized gains and losses on these derivatives be recognized currently in earnings. The gain or loss on the re-measurement of the foreign currency loan accounts being hedged is also recognized in earnings. The net impact on our earnings of the unrealized gain on foreign currency contracts, offset by the loss resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions, for 2007, 2006 and 2005 was not significant.

54

PART II

In the past we have used interest rate swap agreements to limit the impact of changes in interest rates on earnings and cash flows. We have not used interest rate swap agreements in the last three years, and there were no such agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

We require that hedging derivative instruments be effective in reducing the exposure that they are designated to hedge. This effectiveness is essential to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Any derivative instrument used for risk management that does not meet the hedging criteria is marked-to-market each period with changes in unrealized gains or losses recognized currently in earnings.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The financial statements of our subsidiaries located outside the United States, except those subsidiaries located in highly inflationary economies, are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. The assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date with the resulting translation adjustments included in the balance sheet as a separate component of shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)) and in the statement of earnings (other comprehensive income—foreign currency translation adjustments). Income and expenses are translated at the average monthly rates of exchange. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in net earnings as a component of Operating, administrative and other expense and resulted in a net gain of $2.9 million in 2007 and net expense of $1.3 million and $0.7 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. For subsidiaries operating in highly inflationary economies, the associated gains and losses from balance sheet translation adjustments are included in net earnings.

The effects of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents are reflected in cash flows from operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

CASH HELD FOR OTHERS

We manage significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents in our role as agent for our investment and property management clients. We do not include such amounts in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

We are subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits, taxes and environmental matters as well as commitments under contractual obligations. Many of these claims are covered under our current insurance programs, subject to deductibles. We recognize the liability associated with a loss contingency when a loss is probable and estimable in accordance with SFAS 5. Our contractual obligations generally relate to the provision of services by us in the normal course of our business.

See Note 12 for additional information on commitments and contingencies.

EARNINGS PER SHARE; NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

The difference between basic weighted average shares outstanding and diluted weighted average shares outstanding represents the dilutive impact of common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents consist primarily of shares to be issued under employee stock compensation programs and outstanding stock options whose exercise price was less than the average market price of our stock during these periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, we did not include in the weighted average shares outstanding the shares that had been repurchased and which were held by one of our subsidiaries. We calculate net income available to common shareholders by subtracting dividend-equivalents paid on outstanding but unvested shares of restricted stock units, net of tax, from net income. See “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Item 5 for additional information regarding our share repurchase activity and current dividend practice.

55

PART II

The following table details the calculations of basic and diluted earnings per common share ($ in thousands, except share data) for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007.

	2007			2006		2005
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	257,832		175,221		103,672
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		1,180		—
Net income		257,832		176,401		103,672
Dividends on unvested common stock, net of tax		1,342		1,057		385
Net income available to common shareholders		256,490		175,344		103,287
Basic income per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	8.05		5.50		3.30
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		0.03		—
Dividends on unvested common stock, net of tax		(0.04	)	(0.03	)	(0.01	)
Basic earnings per common share	$	8.01		5.50		3.29
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		32,021,380		31,872,112		31,383,828
Dilutive impact of common stock equivalents:
Outstanding stock options		126,313		316,914		590,571
Unvested stock compensation programs		1,430,234		1,258,913		1,134,862
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		33,577,927		33,447,939		33,109,261
Diluted income per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	7.68		5.24		3.13
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax		—		0.03		—
Dividends on unvested common stock, net of tax		(0.04	)	(0.03	)	(0.01	)
Diluted earnings per common share	$	7.64		5.24		3.12

New Accounting Standards

ACCOUNTING FOR UNCERTAINTY IN INCOME TAXES

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 clarifies and sets forth consistent rules for accounting for uncertain income tax positions in accordance with SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The Company did not recognize any change to its liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the adoption. Therefore, we have not adjusted our retained earnings as of January 1, 2007. As of the adoption date, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $19.9 million, all of which would impact the effective tax rate of the Company if recognized. However, we do not believe that there will be significant changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. See Note 8, Income Taxes, for additional information on adoption of FIN 48.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies to accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, except for share-based payment transactions under SFAS 123R. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for financial assets beginning January 1, 2008. In November 2007, the FASB deferred the implementation of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities for one year. Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

FAIR VALUE OPTION

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The Company has the option of adopting fair value accounting for financial assets and liabilities in accordance with the guidance of SFAS 159 beginning January 1, 2008. Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 159 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACCOUNTING

In June 2007, the AICPA issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 07–1, “Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies.” In October 2007, the FASB delayed the effective date of SOP 07-1 indefinitely. Management has not yet determined the applicability of SOP 07-1 to the Company’s investments in real estate ventures and what impact, if any, the application of SOP 07-1 would have on our consolidated financial statements.

56

PART II

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141(revised), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) will change how identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in a business combination will be recorded in the financial statements. SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is after December 31, 2008. Management has not yet determined what impact the application of SFAS 141(R) will have on our consolidated financial statements.

NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. SFAS 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009. Management has not yet determined what impact the application of SFAS 160 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

(3) Business Segments

We manage and report our operations as four business segments:

(i) Investment Management, which offers money management services on a global basis, and

The three geographic regions of Investor and Occupier Services (“IOS”):

(ii) Americas,

(iii) Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and

(iv) Asia Pacific.

The Investment Management segment provides money management services to institutional investors and high-net-worth individuals. Each geographic region offers our full range of Investor Services, Capital Markets and Occupier Services. The IOS business consists primarily of tenant representation and agency leasing, capital markets and valuation services (collectively “transaction services”) and property management, facilities management, project and development management, energy management and sustainability and construction management services (collectively “management services”).

Total revenue by industry segment includes revenue derived from services provided to other segments. Operating income represents total revenue less direct and indirect allocable expenses. We allocate all expenses, other than interest and income taxes, as nearly all expenses incurred benefit one or more of the segments. Allocated expenses primarily consist of corporate global overhead. We allocate these corporate global overhead expenses to the business segments based on the relative operating income of each segment.

For segment reporting we show equity earnings from unconsolidated ventures within our revenue line, especially since it is a very integral part of our Investment Management segment. Our measure of segment operating results also excludes restructuring charges. The Chief Operating Decision Maker of Jones Lang LaSalle measures the segment results with equity in earnings from real estate ventures, and without restructuring charges. We define the Chief Operating Decision Maker collectively as our Global Executive Committee, which is comprised of our Global Chief Executive Officer, Global Chief Operating and Financial Officer and the Chief Executive Officers of each of our reporting segments.

As stated in Note 2, we have reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the current presentation.

57

PART II

Summarized financial information by business segment for 2007, 2006 and 2005 are as follows ($ in thousands):

INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES	2007		2006		2005
Americas
Revenue:
Transaction services	$	378,815	316,752		201,460
Management services		359,731	292,270		223,604
Equity earnings		1,626	700		565
Other services		25,057	12,420		8,657
		765,229	622,142		434,286
Operating expenses:
Compensation, operating and administrative expenses		659,392	534,549		369,158
Depreciation and amortization		25,387	22,040		14,788
Operating income	$	80,450	65,553		50,340
EMEA
Revenue:
Transaction services	$	754,428	556,792		385,869
Management services		157,783	113,515		95,179
Equity earnings (losses)		373	(362	)	(221	)
Other services		13,497	9,394		12,006
		926,081	679,339		492,833
Operating expenses:
Compensation, operating and administrative expenses		814,936	616,824		458,180
Depreciation and amortization		19,703	18,511		10,124
Operating income	$	91,442	44,004		24,529
Asia Pacific
Revenue:
Transaction services	$	388,129	199,037		162,574
Management services		206,329	130,514		108,689
Equity earnings (losses)		502	1,802		(66	)
Other services		7,181	5,624		1,716
		602,141	336,977		272,913
Operating expenses:
Compensation, operating and administrative expenses		523,179	311,290		245,356
Depreciation and amortization		8,774	7,042		7,545
Operating income	$	70,188	18,645		20,012

Investment Management
Revenue:
Transaction and other services	$	27,768		28,573		19,593
Advisory fees		245,138		178,087		127,880
Incentive fees		88,219		170,600		43,383
Equity earnings		9,715		7,081		11,878
		370,840		384,341		202,734
Operating expenses:
Compensation, operating and administrative expenses		257,079		258,616		150,953
Depreciation and amortization		1,716		1,371		1,378
Operating income	$	112,045		124,354		50,403
Segment Reconciling Items:
Total segment revenue	$	2,664,291		2,022,799		1,402,766
Reclassification of equity earnings		(12,216	)	(9,221	)	(12,156	)
Total revenue		2,652,075		2,013,578		1,390,610
Total operating expenses before restructuring charges (credits)		2,310,166		1,770,243		1,257,482
Restructuring charges (credits)		(411	)	(744	)	1,377
Operating income	$	342,320		244,079		131,751

Identifiable assets by segment are those assets that are used by or are a result of each segment’s business. Corporate assets are principally cash and cash equivalents, office furniture and computer hardware and software.

58

PART II

The following table reconciles segment identifiable assets to consolidated assets, investments in real estate ventures to consolidated investments in real estate ventures and property and equipment expenditures to consolidated property and equipment expenditures.

	2007				2006			2005
($ IN THOUSANDS)	IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS		INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE VENTURES	PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT EXPENDITURES	IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS	INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE VENTURES	PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT EXPENDITURES	PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT EXPENDITURES
Investor and Occupier Services:
Americas	$	873,652	2,293	35,729	697,128	7,436	34,310	7,354
EMEA		629,299	4,587	53,616	455,650	12,795	19,697	13,146
Asia Pacific		353,006	—	13,086	256,325	—	8,495	8,086
Investment Management		389,912	144,920	2,323	259,456	111,558	1,539	907
Corporate		46,005	—	11,622	61,389	—	9,936	12,004
Consolidated	$	2,291,874	151,800	116,376	1,729,948	131,789	73,977	41,497

The following table sets forth the 2007 revenues and assets from our most significant currencies ($ in thousands). The euro revenues and assets include our businesses in France, Germany, Italy, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Holland, Belgium and Luxembourg.

	TOTAL REVENUE		TOTAL ASSETS
United States Dollar	$	959,491	1,121,731
United Kingdom Pound		460,738	376,182
Euro		452,957	352,897
Australian Dollar		182,648	114,772
Other currencies		596,241	326,292
	$	2,652,075	2,291,874

We face restrictions in certain countries that limit or prevent the transfer of funds to other countries or the exchange of the local currency to other currencies.

(4) Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We completed 13 business combinations in 2007 and five in 2006.

2007 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In 2007, the Americas business segment made three acquisitions, acquiring: 1) Zietsman Realty Partners, a California-based real estate services firm, 2) Corporate Realty Advisors, one of North Carolina’s leading corporate advisory services and tenant representation firms, and 3) Lee & Klatskin Associates, the premier provider of integrated industrial real estate services in New Jersey. Terms for these three transactions included cash paid at closing totaling approximately $14.5 million, consideration subject only to the passage of time that was recorded in “Deferred business acquisition obligations” on our consolidated balance sheet at a current fair value of $4.5 million, and additional consideration subject to earn-out provisions that will be paid only if the related conditions are achieved. These acquisitions resulted in $17.6 million of goodwill and identifiable intangibles of $1.7 million that will be amortized over their lives ranging up to five years. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we amended the earn-out provision terms included in the 2006 Spaulding & Slye acquisition to make certain of the earn-out consideration subject only to the passage of time. We recorded the fair value of these future payments on our consolidated balance as a $28.1 million increase to “Deferred business acquisition obligations,” a $26.7 million increase in goodwill and a $1.4 million increase in identifiable intangibles.

In 2007, the EMEA business segment made seven acquisitions, acquiring: 1) Hargreaves Goswell, a London based agency business, 2) Troostwijk Makelaars, an independent property advisor firm based in the Netherlands that specializes in leasing, capital markets, and advisory and research services, 3) KHK Group, a United Kingdom based project and development services business, 4) Camilli & Veiel, a German based commercial investment and leasing firm, 5) a 49% interest in a Finnish real estate services firm which previously operated under the name GVA, 6) Upstream, the United Kingdom’s leading real estate sustainability services practice and 7) Group Tetris, a leading office design, site management and business relocation firm in France. Terms for these seven transactions included cash paid at closing totaling approximately $84.3 million, and consideration subject only to the passage of time that was recorded in “Deferred business acquisition obligations” on our consolidated balance sheet at a current fair value of $9.6 million. These acquisitions also included provisions for additional consideration subject to earn-out provisions that will be paid only if the related conditions are achieved. These acquisitions resulted in $78.5 million of goodwill and identifiable intangibles of $5.9 million

that will be amortized over their lives for up to three years. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company made an earn-out payment as part of the 2006 acquisition of the RSP Group which resulted in $7.4 million of goodwill.

In 2007, the Asia Pacific business segment made two acquisitions, acquiring: 1) NSC Corporate (“NSC”), a leading Western Australian agency business and 2) 44.8% of Trammell Crow Meghraj (“TCM”), one of the largest real estate services companies in India. We intend to legally merge TCM into our preexisting India business upon local regulatory approval, which is expected to occur in 2008. We have agreed to acquire the remaining shareholder interests in TCM in 2010 and 2012 based on the values of those shares at the end of 2009 and 2011, respectively. The acquisition of TCM significantly expands our presence

59

PART II

in the growing Indian market; the combined business operates under the

name Jones Lang LaSalle Meghraj, with approximately 3,300 employees in offices in ten cities in India. Based on the contractual terms of the transaction, the financial results of the former TCM were consolidated in our consolidated financial statements upon acquisition in the beginning of the third quarter of 2007. Terms for these two transactions included cash paid at closing totaling approximately $32.8 million and resulted in $29.2 million of goodwill and identifiable intangibles of $4.2 million that will be amortized over their lives of up to five years. The NSC acquisition includes provisions for earn-outs subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions that will be recorded as additional purchase consideration when paid.

In 2007, the Investment Management business segment acquired Asset Realty Managers, a Japanese real estate investment management firm. Cash paid at closing totaled approximately $3.9 million, and resulted in $0.8 million of goodwill and identifiable intangibles of $0.1 million.

The 2007 acquisitions resulted in $160.3 million of goodwill; we anticipate that we will be able to deduct the amortization of approximately $47.6 million of this goodwill for tax purposes.

2006 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In January 2006, the Americas business segment acquired Spaulding & Slye, a privately-held real estate services and investment company with offices in Boston and Washington, D.C. Spaulding & Slye delivers full-scale development, leasing, management, investment sales, construction and structured finance services to corporate, institutional and investor clients. Terms for the transaction, which was financed with Jones Lang LaSalle’s existing revolving credit facility, were $150 million cash paid at closing with provisions for additional consideration and an earn-out that was subject to certain contract provisions and performance of the acquired business. The fair value of the additional consideration was recorded as “Deferred business acquisition obligations” on our consolidated balance sheet, and consisted of $20 million and $15 million to be paid in January 2008 and December 2008, respectively. Intangible assets with finite useful lives, including the value of customer relationships acquired, certain restrictive agreements, and use of the Spaulding & Slye Investments name were attributed a total value of $41.6 million, and are being amortized over lives ranging from 3 to 10 years. The remaining direct costs of acquisition were attributed to goodwill.

In 2006, the EMEA business segment made four acquisitions, acquiring: 1) Rogers Chapman, a privately-held specialist commercial real estate advisor in the United Kingdom, 2) The Littman Partnership, a privately-held specialist-planning business in the United Kingdom, 3) RSP Group, a Dubai-based real estate investment and advisory firm, and 4) areAZero, a leading occupier fit-out business in Spain. Terms for these transactions included cash paid at closing totaling approximately $28.4 million, with provisions for additional consideration and earn-outs subject to certain contract provisions and performance. Aggregate consideration for the areAZero acquisition will be determined based on operational performance of the acquired business over a three year earn-out period. Costs paid at closing of euro 6.1 million ($7.7 million) represented an advance on projected operational performance over the three year earn-out period and were classified as other long-term assets; such amounts will be adjusted in future periods when additional advances are paid, or previously paid advances are recaptured, and the total of net advances will be reclassified to goodwill when the total purchase price becomes determinable at the end of the earn-out period. These four acquisitions resulted in $27.2 million of goodwill and identifiable intangibles of $3.7 million that will be amortized over their lives of up to three years.

EARN-OUT PAYMENTS

In 2006 and 2007 we completed the acquisitions of 18 businesses, 13 of which have provided for potential earn-out payments subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions. For eleven of those acquisitions, the maximum amount of the potential earn-out payments is $61.9 million at December 31, 2007. We expect those amounts will come due at various times over the next seven years. For the other two of these acquisitions, the amounts of the earn-out payments are based on formulas and are not quantifiable at this time.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

We have $735.7 million of unamortized intangibles and goodwill as of December 31, 2007 that are subject to the provisions of SFAS 142. A significant portion of these unamortized intangibles and goodwill are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, which means that a portion of the movements in the reported book value of these balances are attributable to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The tables below set forth further details on the foreign exchange impact on intangible and goodwill balances. Of the $735.7 million of unamortized intangibles and goodwill, $694.0 million represents goodwill with indefinite useful lives, which is not amortized. The remaining $41.7 million of identifiable intangibles will be amortized over their remaining finite useful lives.

60

PART II

The following table sets forth, by reporting segment, the movements in the net carrying amount of our goodwill with indefinite useful lives ($ in thousands):

	INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES
	AMERICAS		EMEA	ASIA PACIFIC	INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT	CONSOLIDATED
Balance as of January 1, 2006	$	169,882	61,536	85,727	18,586	$	335,731
Additions		143,289	27,159	—	—		170,448
Impact of exchange rate movements		—	9,370	2,798	2,131		14,299
Balance as of January 1, 2007		313,171	98,065	88,525	20,717		520,478
Additions		44,435	85,946	29,162	804		160,347
Impact of exchange rate movements		—	8,227	4,669	283		13,179
Balance as of December 31, 2007	$	357,606	192,238	122,356	21,804	$	694,004

The following table sets forth, by reporting segment, the movements in the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of our intangibles with finite useful lives ($ in thousands):

	INVESTOR AND OCCUPIER SERVICES
	AMERICAS			EMEA		ASIA PACIFIC		INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT		CONSOLIDATED
Gross Carrying Amount
Balance as of January 1, 2006	$	41,310		571		2,739		5,131		$	49,751
Additions		41,619		3,668		—		—			45,287
Impact of exchange rate movements		—		210		226		703			1,139
Balance as of January 1, 2007		82,929		4,449		2,965		5,834		$	96,177
Additions		3,057		5,934		4,196		100			13,287
Impact of exchange rate movements		—		125		540		78			743
Balance as of December 31, 2007	$	85,986		10,508		7,701		6,012		$	110,207
Accumulated Amortization
Balance as of January 1, 2006	$	(37,237	)	(571	)	(2,421	)	(5,131	)	$	(45,360	)
Amortization expense		(9,845	)	(1,948	)	(317	)	—			(12,110	)
Impact of exchange rate movements		(45	)	(149	)	(227	)	(703	)		(1,124	)
Balance as of January 1, 2007		(47,127	)	(2,668	)	(2,965	)	(5,834	)		(58,594	)
Amortization expense		(6,240	)	(2,066	)	(1,126	)	—			(9,432	)
Impact of exchange rate movements		—		(58	)	(368	)	(85	)		(511	)
Balance as of December 31, 2007	$	(53,367	)	(4,792	)	(4,459	)	(5,919	)	$	(68,537	)
Net book value	$	32,619		5,716		3,242		93		$	41,670

61

PART II

We amortize our intangible asset with finite lives on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. The weighted average amortization period of our intangible assets is 3.3 years and the remaining estimated future amortization expense for our intangibles with finite useful lives is as follows ($ in millions):

2008	$	10.6
2009		8.3
2010		5.5
2011		4.2
2012		3.6
Thereafter		9.5
Total	$	41.7

(5) Investments in Real Estate Ventures

As of December 31, 2007, we had total investments and loans of $151.8 million in approximately 40 separate property or fund co-investments. Within this $151.8 million are loans of $3.3 million to real estate ventures which bear an 8.0% interest rate and are to be repaid in 2008.

In the past, we have had repayment guarantees outstanding to third-party financial institutions in the event that underlying co-investment loans defaulted; however, we had no such guarantees at December 31, 2007.

Following is a table summarizing our investments in real estate ventures ($ in millions):

TYPE OF INTEREST	PERCENT OWNERSHIP OF REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP VENTURE	ACCOUNTING METHOD	CARRYING VALUE
General partner	0% to 1%	Equity	$	0.2
Limited partner with advisory agreements	<1% to 48.78%	Equity		151.6
Total equity method			$	151.8

We utilize two investment vehicles to facilitate the majority of our co-investment activity. LaSalle Investment Company I (“LIC I”) is a series of four parallel limited partnerships which serve as our investment vehicle for substantially all co-investment commitments made through December 31, 2005. LIC I is fully committed to underlying real estate ventures. At December 31, 2007, our maximum potential unfunded commitment to LIC I is euro 32.9 million ($48.0 million). LaSalle Investment Company II (“LIC II”), formed in January 2006, is comprised of two parallel limited partnerships which serve as our investment vehicle for most new co-investments. At December 31, 2007, LIC II has unfunded capital commitments for future fundings of co-investments of $323.9 million, of which our 48.78% share is $158.0 million. The $158.0 million commitment is part of our maximum potential unfunded commitment to LIC II at December 31, 2007 of $434.2 million.

LIC I and LIC II invest in certain real estate ventures that own and operate commercial real estate. We have an effective 47.85% ownership interest in LIC I, and an effective 48.78% ownership interest in LIC II; primarily institutional investors hold the remaining 52.15% and 51.22% interests in LIC I and LIC II, respectively. We account for our investments in LIC I and LIC II under the equity method of accounting in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Additionally, a non-executive Director of Jones Lang LaSalle is an investor in LIC I on equivalent terms to other investors.

LIC I’s and LIC II’s exposures to liabilities and losses of the ventures are limited to their existing capital contributions and remaining capital commitments. We expect that LIC I will draw down on our commitment over the next three to five years to satisfy its existing commitments to underlying funds, and we expect that LIC II will draw down on our commitment over the next four to eight years as it enters into new commitments. Our Board of Directors has endorsed the use of our co-investment capital in particular situations to control or bridge finance existing real estate assets or portfolios to seed future investments within LIC II. The purpose is to accelerate capital raising and growth in assets under management. Approvals for such activity are handled consistently with those of the Firm’s co-investment capital. At December 31, 2007 no bridge financing arrangements were outstanding.

As of December 31, 2007, LIC I maintains a euro 10.0 million ($14.6 million) revolving credit facility (the “LIC I Facility”), and LIC II maintains a $200.0 million revolving credit facility (the “LIC II Facility”), principally for their working capital needs. The capacity in the LIC II Facility contemplates potential bridge financing opportunities. Each facility contains a credit rating trigger and a material adverse condition clause. If either of the credit rating trigger or the material adverse condition clauses becomes triggered, the facility to which that condition relates would be in default and outstanding borrowings would need to be repaid. Such a condition would require us to fund our pro-rata share of the then outstanding balance on the related facility, which is the limit of our liability. The maximum exposure to Jones Lang LaSalle, assuming that the LIC I Facility were fully drawn, would be euro 4.8 million ($7.0 million); assuming that the LIC II Facility were fully drawn, the maximum exposure to Jones Lang LaSalle would be $97.6 million. Each exposure is included within and cannot exceed our maximum potential unfunded commitments to LIC I of euro 32.9 million ($48.0 million) and to LIC II of $434.2 million. As of December 31, 2007, LIC I had euro 2.3 million ($3.4 million) of outstanding borrowings on the LIC I Facility, and LIC II had $26.2 million of outstanding borrowings on the LIC II Facility.

62

PART II

The following table summarizes the discussion above relative to LIC I and LIC II as of December 31, 2007 ($ in millions):

	LIC I		LIC II
Our effective ownership interest in co-investment vehicle		47.85%		48.78%
Our maximum potential unfunded commitments	$	48.0	$	434.2
Our share of unfunded capital commitments to underlying funds		34.8		158.0
Our maximum exposure assuming facilities are fully drawn		7.0		97.6
Our share of exposure on outstanding borrowings		1.6		12.8

Exclusive of our LIC I and LIC II commitment structures, we have potential obligations related to unfunded commitments to other real estate ventures, the maximum of which is $10.7 million at December 31, 2007.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, funding of co-investments exceeded return of capital by $19.8 million. We expect to continue to pursue co-investment opportunities with our real estate money management clients in the Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific. Co-investment remains very important to the continued growth of Investment Management. The net co-investment funding for 2008 is anticipated to be between $50 and $60 million (planned co-investment less return of capital from liquidated co-investments).

The following table summarizes the combined financial information for the unconsolidated ventures (including those that are held via LIC I and LIC II), accounted for under the equity method of accounting ($ in millions):

	2007		2006	2005
Balance Sheet:
Investments in real estate, net of depreciation	$	14,658.3	10,676.2	5,221.5
Total assets	$	19,095.5	13,988.3	6,832.9
Mortgage indebtedness	$	8,638.7	5,983.2	3,453.5
Other borrowings		1,057.8	926.4	464.6
Total liabilities	$	11,621.1	8,079.4	4,548.8
Total equity	$	7,474.4	5,908.9	2,284.1
Statements of Operations:
Revenues	$	1,167.6	714.6	501.5
Net earnings	$	100.1	64.4	243.0

The following table shows our interests in these unconsolidated ventures ($ in millions):

	2007		2006	2005
Loans to real estate ventures	$	3.3	3.5	3.5
Equity investments in real estate ventures		148.5	126.0	85.2
Total investments in real estate ventures	$	151.8	129.5	88.7
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures recorded by
Jones Lang LaSalle	$	12.2	9.2	12.2

During the first quarter of 2007, we sold our investment in LoopNet, an investment in available-for-sale securities under SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” and recognized a “Gain on sale of investments” of $2.4 million. During the second quarter of 2007, we recognized a $3.7 million gain on sale of SiteStuff, Inc., a company in which we had a cost method investment.

Impairment—We apply the provisions of APB 18, SAB 59, and SFAS 144 when evaluating investments in real estate ventures for impairment, including impairment evaluations of the individual assets underlying our investments. There were no impairment charges in equity earnings in 2007 or 2006. There were $1.8 million of such impairment charges to equity earnings in 2005, representing our equity share of the impairment charges against individual assets held by these ventures.

(6) Stock Option and Stock Compensation Plans

The Jones Lang LaSalle Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan (“SAIP”) provides for the granting of various stock awards to eligible employees of Jones Lang LaSalle. Such awards include restricted stock units and options to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock. Under the plan, the total number of shares available to be issued is 12,110,000. There were approximately 2.2 million shares available for grant under the SAIP at December 31, 2007.

We adopted SFAS 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) as of January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective approach. The adoption of SFAS 123R primarily impacts Compensation and benefits expense in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings by changing prospectively our method of measuring and recognizing compensation expense on share-based awards from recognizing forfeitures as incurred to estimating forfeitures. The effect of this change as it relates to prior periods is reflected in “Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. In the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded an increase in income of $1.2 million, net of tax, for the cumulative effect of this accounting change.

We amortize the fair value of share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the associated vesting periods for each separately vesting portion of an award. Additionally, employees age 55 or older, with a

63

PART II

sum of age plus years of service with the Company which meets or exceeds 65, are eligible to be considered for receipt of retirement benefits upon departure from the Company. These criteria trigger application of certain provisions of SFAS 123R whereby compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards granted to employees meeting the established criteria after our January 1, 2006 adoption of SFAS 123R should be accelerated such that all expense for an employee’s award is recognized by the time that employee meets the criteria to be considered for retirement eligibility.

In accordance with SFAS 123R, we will continue to recognize compensation cost over the stated vesting periods for awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 until the earlier of the completion of the stated vesting period for such awards or the date actual retirement occurs. The impact if we had applied the substantive vesting period provisions of SFAS 123R (including the impact of retirement eligibility) for awards issued before our adoption of SFAS 123R, would not have materially changed compensation expense for 2007 and 2006.

In prior years, in accordance with SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148, we did not recognize compensation cost on stock option awards. These provisions allowed entities to continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method under the provisions of APB 25. Accordingly, we provided disclosure of pro forma net income and net income per share as if the fair value-based method, defined in SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148, had been applied. We have recognized other stock awards (including various grants of restricted stock units and offerings of discounted stock purchases under employee stock purchase plans) as compensation expense over the vesting period of those awards pursuant to APB 25 prior to January 1, 2006, and subsequently in accordance with SFAS 123R.

Share-based compensation expense is included within the “Compensation and benefits” line of our consolidated statement of earnings. Share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2007		2006	2005
Stock option awards	$	22	83	—
Restricted stock unit awards		53,633	39,770	28,900
ESPP		—	—	—
UK SAYE		1,408	226	(9	)
	$	55,063	40,079	28,891

The following table provides net income and pro forma net income per common share as if the fair value-based method had been applied to all awards for the year ended December 31, 2005 ($ in thousands, except per share data):

	2005
Net income available to common shareholders, as reported	$	103,287
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects		24,710
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair-value-based method for all awards, net of related tax effects		(28,025	)
Pro forma net income	$	99,972
Net earnings per share:
Basic—as reported	$	3.29
Basic—pro forma	$	3.19
Diluted—as reported	$	3.12
Diluted—pro forma	$	3.02

64

PART II

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS

Restricted stock activity in 2007 is as follows:

	SHARES (THOUSANDS)		WEIGHTED AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE		WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING CONTRACTUAL LIFE	AGGREGATE INTRINSIC VALUE ($ IN MILLIONS)
Unvested at January 1, 2007	2,116.5		$	40.29
Granted	628.5			96.05
Vested	(891.3	)		36.63
Forfeited	(67.4	)		50.93
Unvested at December 31, 2007	1,786.3		$	61.33	1.42 years	$	17.6
Unvested shares expected to vest	1,696.0		$	60.56	1.38 years	$	18.0

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. As of December 31, 2007, there was $50.5 million of remaining unamortized deferred compensation related to unvested restricted stock units. The remaining cost of unvested restricted stock units granted through December 31, 2007 will be recognized over varying periods into 2012.

Shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 had fair values of $100.2 million, $64.9 million and $40.5 million, respectively.

STOCK OPTION AWARDS

We have granted stock options at the market value of common stock at the date of grant. Our options vest at such times and conditions as the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors determines and sets forth in the award agreement; the most recent options granted (in 2003) vest over periods of up to five years. As a result of a change in compensation strategy, we do not currently use stock option grants as part of our employee compensation programs.

The per share weighted average fair value of options granted during 2003 was $7.85 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected dividend yield	0.00%
Risk-free interest rate	3.56%
Expected life	6 to 9 years
Expected volatility	42.85%
Contractual terms	7 to 10 years

Stock option activity in 2007 is as follows:

	OPTIONS (THOUSANDS)		WEIGHTED AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE		WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING CONTRACTUAL LIFE	AGGREGATE INTRINSIC VALUE ($ IN MILLIONS)
Outstanding at January 1, 2007	311.3		$	18.28
Granted	—			—
Exercised	(122.3	)		16.79
Forfeited	(6.0	)		21.21
Outstanding at December 31, 2007	183.0		$	19.18	2.14 years	$	9.5
Exercisable at December 31, 2007	182.0		$	19.20	2.12 years	$	9.5

Until the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006, we had not recognized compensation expense for stock options granted at the market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

As of December 31, 2007, we have approximately 183,000 options outstanding, of which approximately 1,100 options were unvested. We recognized $0.02 million and $0.08 million of compensation expense for unvested options in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Less than $0.01 million of compensation cost remains to be recognized on unvested options through 2009.

65

PART II

The following table summarizes information about stock option exercises and intrinsic values for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 ($ in millions):

	2007		2006	2005
Number of options exercised		122,309	776,730	937,366
Intrinsic value	$	6.6	40.2	21.1

Cash received from stock option exercises was $5.1 million and $15.8 million, and the associated tax benefit realized was $10.7 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

OTHER STOCK COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan—In 1998, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) for eligible U.S.-based employees. Under the current plan, employee contributions for stock purchases are enhanced by us through an additional contribution of a 5% discount on the purchase price as of the end of a program period; program periods are now three months each. Employee contributions and our contributions vest immediately. Since its inception, 1,384,482 shares have been purchased under the program through December 31, 2007. During 2007 and 2006, 61,426 shares and 57,890 shares, respectively, having weighted-average market values of $95.45 and $84.10, respectively, were purchased under the ESPP program. No compensation expense is recorded with respect to this program.

UK SAYE—In November 2001, we adopted the Jones Lang LaSalle Savings Related Share Option (UK) Plan (“Save As You Earn” or “SAYE”) for eligible employees of our UK-based operations. Our Compensation Committee originally approved the reservation of 500,000 shares for the SAYE on May 14, 2001. At our 2006 Annual Meeting, our shareholders approved an increase of 500,000 in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the SAYE. Under the SAYE plan, employees make an election to contribute to the plan in order that their savings might be used to purchase stock at a 15% discount provided by the Company. These options to purchase stock with such savings vest over a period of three or five years. Options granted to our UK-based employees for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

	2007		2006		2005
Options granted		40,000		37,000		106,000
Exercise price	$	90.02	$	58.96	$	35.33

In November 2006, the SAYE plan was extended to employees in our Ireland operations, resulting in the issuance of approximately 5,000 options at an exercise price of $73.91. The first vesting of these options will occur in 2010 with the remaining to vest in 2012.

The fair value of options granted under the SAYE plan are amortized over their respective vesting periods. At December 31, 2007 there were 153,834 options outstanding under the SAYE plan.

(7) Retirement Plans

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

We have a qualified profit sharing plan that incorporates United States Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) for our eligible U.S. employees. Contributions under the qualified profit sharing plan are made via a combination of employer match and an annual contribution on behalf of eligible employees. Included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are employer contributions of $7.5 million, $6.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively. Related trust assets of the Plan are managed by trustees and are excluded from the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

We maintain several defined contribution retirement plans for our eligible non-U.S. employees. Our contributions to these plans were approximately $14.6 million, $12.4 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

We maintain four contributory defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Holland to provide retirement benefits to eligible employees. It is our policy to fund the minimum annual contributions required by applicable regulations. We use a December 31 measurement date for our plans.

Net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2007			2006		2005
Employer service cost—benefits earned during the year	$	3,682		3,930		3,785
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		11,312		9,684		8,453
Expected return on plan assets		(13,353	)	(11,027	)	(9,674	)
Net amortization/deferrals		2,268		2,344		724
Recognized actuarial loss		—		—		55
Net periodic pension cost	$	3,909		4,931		3,343

66

PART II

The following tables provide reconciliations of projected benefit obligations and plan assets (the net of which is our funded status), as well as the funded status and accumulated benefit obligations, of our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 ($ in thousands):

	2007			2006
Change in benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	221,548		192,198
Service cost		3,682		3,930
Interest cost		11,312		9,684
Plan participants’ contributions		507		476
Benefits paid		(7,340	)	(6,462	)
Actuarial gain		(21,224	)	(2,948	)
Changes in currency translation rates		4,870		26,067
Other		(69	)	(1,397	)
Projected benefit obligation at end of year	$	213,286		221,548

	2007			2006
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	201,541		166,518
Actual return on plan assets		12,674		12,862
Plan contributions		8,413		6,845
Benefits paid		(7,340	)	(6,462	)
Changes in currency translation rates		4,417		23,175
Other		(69	)	(1,397	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	219,636		201,541

	2007		2006
Funded status and net amount recognized	$	6,350	(20,007	)
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year	$	210,015	216,849

The fair value of plan assets for three of the Company’s defined benefit plans exceeds the projected benefit obligations at December 31, 2007. The fourth plan has a projected benefit obligation of $13.2 million and plan assets with a fair value of $11.1 million, at December 31, 2007.

Defined benefit pension plan amounts recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 include the following ($ in thousands):

	2007			2006
Pension liabilities	$	(1,096	)	(19,252	)
Other noncurrent assets (liabilities)		7,446		(755	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		18,771		40,560
Net amount recognized	$	25,121		20,553

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income yet to be recognized as components of net periodic pension cost are comprised of $18.4 million of actuarial losses and $0.4 million of prior service cost as of December 31, 2007. We anticipate that $0.4 million of this accumulated other comprehensive loss will recognized as net periodic pension cost in 2008.

The incremental effect of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet is as follows ($ in thousands):

	BEFORE THE APPLICATION OF SFAS 158		ADJUSTMENTS		AFTER THE APPLICATION OF SFAS 158
Other current assets	$	19,774	(411	)	19,363
Deferred tax assets		36,050	1,415		37,465
Total assets		1,728,944	1,004		1,729,948
Pension liabilities		14,553	4,699		19,252
Total liabilities		974,869	4,699		979,568
Accumulated other comprehensive income		20,495	(3,695	)	16,800
Total shareholders’ equity		754,075	(3,695	)	750,380

The ranges of assumptions used in developing the projected benefit obligation as of December 31 and in determining net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	2007	2006	2005
Discount rate used in determining present values	5.35% to 5.80%	4.30% to 5.10%	4.25% to 4.80%
Annual increase in future compensation levels	2.00% to 4.90%	2.00% to 4.60%	2.00% to 4.30%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets	3.60% to 6.65%	4.10% to 7.00%	4.50% to 6.80%

Our pension plan asset allocations at December 31, 2007 and 2006 by asset category are as follows:

	PLAN ASSETS AT DECEMBER 31
	2007	2006
Equity securities	60.9%	60.6%
Debt securities	32.8%	33.1%
Other	6.3%	6.3%

Plan assets consist of a diversified portfolio of equity securities and fixed-income investments.

67

PART II

Future contributions and payments—We expect to contribute $8.1 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2008. Additionally, the following pension benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid ($ in millions):

	PENSION BENEFIT PAYMENTS
2008	$	4.9
2009		5.4
2010		6.0
2011		6.8
2012		7.5
2012-2016		51.4

(8) Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, our provision for income taxes consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

	2007			2006		2005
U.S. Federal:
Current	$	5,982		22,616		2,723
Deferred		(4,479	)	967		1,007
		1,503		23,583		3,730
State and Local:
Current		1,424		5,385		648
Deferred		(1,066	)	230		240
		358		5,615		888
International:
Current		108,181		41,745		32,099
Deferred		(22,447	)	(7,118	)	(481	)
		85,734		34,627		31,618
Total	$	87,595		63,825		36,236

In 2007, 2006 and 2005 our current tax expense was reduced by $4.6 million, $7.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, due to the utilization of prior years’ net operating loss carryovers.

Income tax expense for 2007, 2006 and 2005 differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to earnings before provision for income taxes as a result of the following ($ in thousands):

	2007					2006					2005
Computed “expected” tax expense	$	121,660		35.0%		$	83,666		35.0%		$	48,968		35.0%
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		(28	)	0.0%			3,675		1.5%			577		0.4%
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles		(1,529	)	(0.4%	)		(1,564	)	(0.7%	)		(1,488	)	(1.1%	)
Nondeductible expenses		2,916		0.8%			3,123		1.3%			3,164		2.3%
International earnings taxed at varying rates		(33,024	)	(9.5%	)		(15,166	)	(6.3%	)		(12,081	)	(8.6%	)
Valuation allowances		350		0.1%			(3,855	)	(1.6%	)		(3,856	)	(2.8%	)
Other, net		(2,750	)	(0.8%	)		(6,054	)	(2.5%	)		952		0.7%
	$	87,595		25.2%		$	63,825		26.7%		$	36,236		25.9%

68

PART II

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, our income before taxes from domestic (U.S.) and international sources is as follows ($ in thousands):

	2007		2006	2005
Domestic	$	59,044	80,812	6,478
International		288,556	158,234	133,430
Total	$	347,600	239,046	139,908

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below ($ in thousands):

	2007			2006		2005
Deferred tax assets attributable to:
Accrued expenses	$	82,408		49,561		32,332
U.S. federal and state loss carryforwards		17,285		12,480		35,518
Allowances for uncollectible accounts		3,874		2,222		2,489
International loss carryforwards		11,083		16,787		18,464
Property and equipment		4,815		4,334		2,582
Investments in real estate ventures		12,252		530		4,557
Pension liabilities		3,988		6,082		6,288
Other		11,878		16,888		12,895
		147,583		108,884		115,125
Less valuation allowances		(2,511	)	(2,407	)	(5,317	)
	$	145,072		106,477		109,808
Deferred tax liabilities attributable to:
Prepaid pension asset	$	—		—		1,451
Intangible assets		28,118		20,054		14,345
Income deferred for tax purposes		—		—		1,080
Other		802		1,802		1,333
	$	28,920		21,856		18,209

A deferred U.S. tax liability has not been provided on the unremitted earnings of international subsidiaries because it is our intent to permanently reinvest such earnings outside of the United States. If repatriation of all such earnings were to occur, and if we were unable to utilize foreign tax credits due to the limitations of U.S. tax law, we estimate our maximum resulting U.S. tax liability would be $197 million, net of the benefits of utilization of U.S. federal and state carryovers.

As of December 31, 2007, we had available U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $49.8 million, including the effects of vesting of equity-based compensation that is credited to equity, which begin to expire after 2019; U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of $87.5 million, which expire after 2007 through 2024; and international net operating loss carryforwards of $34.1 million, which begin to expire after 2006.

As of December 31, 2007, we believe it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset of $116.2 million will be realized based upon our estimates of future income and the consideration of net operating losses, earnings trends and tax planning strategies. Valuation allowances have been provided with regard to the tax benefit of certain international net operating loss carryforwards, for which we have concluded that recognition is not yet appropriate under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” In 2007, we reduced valuation allowances by $2.0 million on some jurisdictions’ net operating losses due to the utilization or expiration of those losses, and we increased valuation allowances by $2.1 million for other jurisdictions based upon circumstances that caused us to establish or continue to provide valuation allowances on current or prior year losses in addition to those provided in prior years.

As of December 31, 2007, our net current liability for income tax was $49.7 million.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the United States including 46 states and 27 cities and the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, the United Kingdom including England and Scotland, Australia, Germany, The People’s Republic of China including Hong Kong and Macau, France, Japan, Singapore, India, The Netherlands, and Spain as well as 49 other countries. Generally, the Company’s open tax years include those from 2003 to the present, although in a number of jurisdictions reviews of taxing authorities for more recent years have been completed or are in process. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax return for 2004 in 2006, and commenced examination of the 2005 return in 2007. Both audits are still ongoing, with completion anticipated by the end of 2008. As of December 31, 2007, the IRS has proposed two adjustments to the Company’s 2004 return. Management is currently evaluating those proposed adjustments to determine if it agrees, but if accepted, the Company does not anticipate that the adjustments would result in a material change to its financial position, and no cash payment of taxes would be required. As of December 31, 2007, the Company is also under examination in Korea, Thailand, India, Indonesia, and the State of New York, and the Company does not expect material changes to its financial position to result from these examinations. Tax examinations or other reviews were completed during 2007 in China, Hong Kong, Japan, Philippines, Russia, and the United Kingdom.

69

PART II

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company did not recognize any adjustment to its retained earnings or any change to its liability for unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows ($ in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2007	$	19.9
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		2.4
Additions for tax positions of prior years		—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—
Reductions for lapse of the statute of limitations		(0.3	)
Settlements		—
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	22.0

All of the unrecognized benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The Company does not believe there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months after December 31, 2007. The Company does not believe that it has material tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties, if any, related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the company recognized approximately $0.2, $0.3 and $0.0 million in interest and no penalties. The Company had approximately $0.5 and $0.3 million for the payment of interest accrued at December 31, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

(9) Debt

As of December 31, 2007, we had the ability to borrow on a $575 million unsecured revolving credit facility, with capacity to borrow up to an additional $46.8 million under local overdraft facilities. There are currently 13 banks participating in our revolving credit facility with a term extending to June 2012. Pricing on the facility ranges from LIBOR plus 47.5 basis points to LIBOR plus 80 basis points. As of December 31, 2007, our pricing on the revolving credit facility was LIBOR plus 47.5 basis points. This facility will continue to be utilized for working capital needs, investments, capital expenditures, and acquisitions. Interest and principal payments on outstanding borrowings against the facility will fluctuate based on our level of borrowing.

As of December 31, 2007, we had $29.2 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility. We also had short-term borrowings (including capital lease obligations) of $14.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2007, with $14.3 million of those borrowings attributable to local overdraft facilities.

Jones Lang LaSalle and certain of our subsidiaries guarantee the revolving credit facility. In addition, we guarantee the local overdraft facilities of certain subsidiaries. Third-party lenders request these guarantees to ensure payment by the Company in the event that one of our subsidiaries fails to repay its borrowing on an overdraft facility. The guarantees typically have one-year or two-year maturities. We apply FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”), to recognize and measure the provisions of guarantees. The guarantees of the revolving credit facility and local overdraft facilities do not meet the recognition provisions, but do meet the disclosure requirements of FIN 45. We have local overdraft facilities totaling $46.8 million, of which $14.3 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2007. We have provided guarantees of $33.2 million related to the local overdraft facilities, as well as guarantees related to the $575 million revolving credit facility, which in total represent the maximum future payments that Jones Lang LaSalle could be required to make under the guarantees provided for subsidiaries’ third-party debt.

With respect to the revolving credit facility, we must maintain a consolidated net worth of at least $729 million, a leverage ratio not exceeding 3.5 to 1, and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.5 to 1. Additionally, we are restricted from, among other things, incurring certain levels of indebtedness to lenders outside of the facility and disposing of a significant portion of our assets. Lender approval or waiver is required for certain levels of co-investment and acquisition. We are in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2007.

The revolving credit facility bears variable rates of interest based on market rates. We are authorized to use interest rate swaps to convert a portion of the floating rate indebtedness to a fixed rate; however, none were used during the last three years and none were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

The effective interest rate on our debt was 5.5% in 2007, compared to 5.1% in 2006.

(10) Leases

We lease office space in various buildings for our own use. The terms of these non-cancelable operating leases provide for us to pay base rent and a share of increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes in excess of defined amounts. We also lease equipment under both operating and capital lease arrangements.

Minimum future lease payments (e.g., base rent for leases of office space) due in each of the next five years ending December 31 and thereafter are as follows ($ in thousands):

	OPERATING LEASES		CAPITAL LEASES
2008	$	87,310		122
2009		69,190		106
2010		55,947		56
2011		47,332		7
2012		41,532		1
Thereafter		119,653		—
	$	420,964		292
Less: Amount representing interest				(25	)
Present value of minimum lease payments			$	267

70

PART II

As of December 31, 2007, we have accrued liabilities related to excess lease space of $0.9 million. The total of minimum rentals to be received in the future under noncancelable operating subleases as of December 31, 2007 was $3.0 million.

Assets recorded under capital leases in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows ($ in thousands):

	2007			2006
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	—		12
Computer equipment and software		279		77
Automobiles		248		610
	$	527		699
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(160	)	(265	)
Net assets under capital leases	$	367		434

Rent expense was $88.0 million, $71.2 million and $59.9 million during 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Rent expense excludes charges associated with excess lease space taken as part of restructuring expenses.

(11) Transactions with Affiliates

As part of our co-investment strategy we have equity interests in real estate ventures, some of which have certain of our officers as trustees or board of director members, and from which we earn advisory and management fees. Included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are revenues of $207.7 million, $247.3 million and $107.9 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as well as receivables of $31.0 million, $25.2 million and $17.3 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to these equity interests.

The outstanding balance of loans to employees at December 31, 2007 is shown in the following table ($ in millions). ⁽¹⁾

	2007
Loans related to co-investments (2)	$	1.1
Travel, relocation and other miscellaneous advances		28.7
	$	29.8

(1) The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit or renewed the extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of the Company since the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(2) These loans have been made to allow employees the ability to participate in investment fund opportunities. All of these loans are nonrecourse loans.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

We are a defendant in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which involve claims for damages that are substantial in amount. Many of these litigation matters are covered by insurance (including insurance provided through a captive insurance company), although they may nevertheless be subject to large deductibles or retentions and the amounts being claimed may exceed the available insurance. Although the ultimate liability for these matters cannot be determined, based upon information currently available, we believe the ultimate resolution of such claims and litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

(13) Subsequent Events

In January and February 2008, we completed five business acquisitions. In the Americas, we acquired The Standard Group LLC, a Chicago-based retail transaction management firm. In EMEA, we acquired Creevy LLH Ltd, a Scotland-based firm that provides investment, leasing and valuation services for leisure and hotels properties, and Brune Consulting Management GmbH, a Germany-based retail management firm. In Asia Pacific, we acquired Creer & Berkeley Pty Ltd., a property sales, leasing, management, valuation and consultancy business in Australia, and Sallmanns Holdings Ltd, a valuation business in Hong Kong. Terms for these transactions included cash paid at closing totaling approximately $18.8 million, with provisions for additional consideration subject only to the passage of time totaling approximately $11.4 million and potential earn-out payments with a maximum possible of $5.0 million.

In January 2008, we also announced the signing of an agreement to acquire Kemper’s Holding GmbH, a Germany-based retail specialist which will make us the largest property advisory business in Germany and provide us with new offices in Leipzig, Cologne and Hannover. We expect to close this acquisition during the second quarter of 2008. In February 2008, we announced the signing of an agreement to acquire the real estate agency and property management business of Shore Industrial, which will provide us with the ability to expand our commercial and industrial offerings in and around Sydney, Australia. We expect to close this acquisition in March 2008.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited consolidated statements of earnings data for each of our past eight quarters. In our opinion, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation. The unaudited consolidated quarterly information should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto as well as the “Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

We note the following points regarding how we prepare and present our financial statements on a periodic basis.

PERIODIC ACCOUNTING FOR INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

An important part of our overall compensation package is incentive compensation, which we typically pay to employees in the first quarter of the year after it is earned. In our interim financial statements, we have accrued for incentive compensation based on the percentage of

71

PART II

compensation costs and adjusted operating income relative to forecasted compensation costs and adjusted operating income for the full year, as substantially all incentive compensation pools are based upon full year results. The impact of this incentive compensation accrual methodology is that we accrue less compensation in the first six months of the year, with the majority of our incentive compensation accrued in the second half of the year, particularly in the fourth quarter. We adjust the incentive compensation accrual in those unusual cases where earned incentive compensation has been paid to employees.

In addition, we exclude from the standard accrual methodology incentive compensation pools that are not subject to the normal performance criteria. These pools are accrued for on a straight-line basis.

Certain employees receive a portion of their incentive compensation in the form of restricted stock units of our common stock. We recognize this compensation during the period including both the incentive compensation year and the vesting period of these restricted stock units, which has the effect of deferring a portion of current year incentive compensation to later years. We recognize the benefit of deferring certain compensation under the stock ownership program in a manner consistent with the accrual of the underlying incentive compensation expense.

The following table reflects the estimates of compensation to be deferred to future years under the stock ownership program for each year-to-date period in 2007 and 2006 ($ in millions):

	2007		2006
Three months ended March 31,	$	7.3	3.6
Six months ended June 30,		15.1	12.9
Nine months ended September 30,		19.5	13.6
Twelve months ended December 31,		26.2	17.2

INCOME TAXES

We provide for the effects of income taxes on interim financial statements based on our estimate of the effective tax rate for the full year. We assess our effective tax rate on a quarterly basis and reflect the benefit from tax planning actions when we believe it is probable they will be successful. We account for the cumulative catch-up impact of any change in estimated effective tax rate in the quarter that a change is made.

The effective tax rate we applied to recurring operations for 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

	2007	2006
Three months ended March 31,	26.7%	25.9%
Six months ended June 30,	26.7%	25.9%
Nine months ended September 30,	26.7%	26.3%
Twelve months ended December 31,	25.2%	26.7%

SEASONALITY

Our revenues and profits tend to be significantly higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year than the first two quarters. This is a result of a general focus in the real estate industry on completing or documenting transactions by calendar-year-end and the fact that certain expenses are constant through the year. Historically, we have reported an operating loss or a relatively small profit in the first quarter and then increasingly larger profits during each of the following three quarters, excluding the recognition of investment-generated performance fees and co-investment equity gains (both of which can be particularly unpredictable). Our Investment Management segment earns investment-generated performance fees on clients’ real estate investment returns and co-investment equity gains, generally when assets are sold, the timing of which is geared towards the benefit of our clients. Within our IOS segments, expansion of capital markets activities has an increasing impact on comparability between reporting periods, as the timing of recognition of revenues relates to the size and timing of our clients’ transactions. Non-variable operating expenses, which are treated as expenses when they are incurred during the year, are relatively constant on a quarterly basis.

72

PART II

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED QUARTERLY INFORMATION—2007 (UNAUDITED)

($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	MARCH 31			JUNE 30		SEPT. 30		DEC. 31		YEAR 2007
Revenue:
Investor & Occupier Services:
Americas	$	148,267		178,999		187,966		249,997		$	765,229
Europe		176,890		196,986		224,845		327,360			926,081
Asia Pacific		86,397		211,231		134,017		170,496			602,141
Investment Management		78,632		95,238		82,302		114,668			370,840
Less:
Equity in earnings from real estate ventures		(133	)	(6,368	)	(4,979	)	(736	)		(12,216	)
Total revenue		490,053		676,086		624,151		861,785			2,652,075
Operating expenses:
Investor & Occupier Services:
Americas		141,805		159,876		167,786		215,312			684,779
Europe		162,241		181,761		210,596		280,041			834,639
Asia Pacific		89,231		167,051		127,132		148,539			531,953
Investment Management		60,678		66,403		54,127		77,587			258,795
Less:
Restructuring credits		(411	)	—		—		—			(411	)
Total operating expenses		453,544		575,091		559,641		721,479			2,309,755
Operating income		36,509		100,995		64,510		140,306			342,320
Net earnings available to common shareholders	$	27,306		77,932		46,530		104,722		$	256,490
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.85		2.45		1.44		3.28		$	8.01
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.81		2.32		1.38		3.16		$	7.64

73

PART II

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED QUARTERLY INFORMATION—2006 (UNAUDITED)

($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)	MARCH 31			JUNE 30		SEPT. 30		DEC. 31		YEAR 2006
Revenue:
Investor & Occupier Services:
Americas	$	113,163		134,362		150,129		224,488		$	622,142
EMEA		103,345		135,982		169,688		270,324			679,339
Asia Pacific		57,903		76,362		78,275		124,437			336,977
Investment Management		61,743		172,677		64,998		84,923			384,341
Less:
Equity in (earnings) losses from real estate ventures		944		(9,593	)	(773	)	201			(9,221	)
Total revenue		337,098		509,790		462,317		704,373			2,013,578
Operating expenses:
Investor & Occupier Services:
Americas		113,907		126,613		134,011		182,058			556,589
EMEA		108,227		130,716		156,036		240,356			635,335
Asia Pacific		58,594		73,469		80,158		106,111			318,332
Investment Management		48,157		94,843		54,825		62,162			259,987
Less:
Restructuring credits		(501	)	(169	)	—		(74	)		(744	)
Total operating expenses		328,384		425,472		425,030		590,613			1,769,499
Operating income		8,714		84,318		37,287		113,760			244,079
Net earnings available to common shareholders	$	4,560		65,695		24,697		80,392		$	175,344
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.14		2.07		0.77		2.50		$	5.50
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.14		1.94		0.73		2.37		$	5.24

74

PART II

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Jones Lang LaSalle (the Company) has established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify the Company’s financial reports and to the members of senior management and the Board of Directors.

Based on management’s evaluation as of December 31, 2007, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes to the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

75

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material in Jones Lang LaSalle’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation.”

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Common Stock Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2007 with respect to Jones Lang LaSalle’s common shares issuable under our equity compensation plans (in thousands, except exercise price):

PLAN CATEGORY	NUMBER OF SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS, WARRANTS AND RIGHTS		WEIGHTED AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS, WARRANTS AND RIGHTS			NUMBER OF SECURITIES REMAINING AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS (EXCLUDING SECURITIES REFLECTED IN COLUMN (A))
	(A	)		(B	)	(C	)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
SAIP (1)	1,878		$	57.41		2,193
ESPP (2)	n/a			n/a		366
Subtotal	1,878					2,559
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
SAYE (3)	117		$	54.21		858
Subtotal	117					858
Total	1,995					3,417

Notes:

(1) In 1997, we adopted the 1997 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (“SAIP”), which provides for the granting of options to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock and other stock awards to eligible participants of Jones Lang LaSalle.

(2) In 1998, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) for eligible U.S. based employees. Under this plan, employee contributions for stock purchases are enhanced through an additional contribution of a 5% discount on the purchase price.

(3) In November 2001, we adopted the Jones Lang LaSalle Savings Related Share Option (UK) Plan (“Save As You Earn” or “SAYE”) for eligible employees of our UK based operations. In November 2006, the SAYE plan was extended to employees in our Ireland operations. Under this plan, employee contributions for stock purchases are enhanced by us through an additional contribution of a 15% discount on the purchase price. Both employee and employer contributions vest over a period of three to five years. Employees have had the opportunity to participate in the plan in 2002, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Information about the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

76

PART IV

ITEM 15. EX HIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are included because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is set forth in the applicable financial statements or related notes.

3. Exhibits

A list of exhibits is set forth in the Exhibit Index, which immediately precedes the exhibits and is incorporated by reference herein.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this filing and elsewhere (such as in reports, other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, press releases, presentations and communications by Jones Lang LaSalle or its management and written and oral statements) regarding, among other things, future financial results and performance, achievements, plans and objectives, dividend payments and share repurchases may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause Jones Lang LaSalle’s actual results, performance, achievements, plans and objectives to be materially different from any of the future results, performance, achievements, plans and objectives expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

We discuss those risks, uncertainties and other factors in this report in (i) Item 1A. Risk Factors; Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk; Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; and elsewhere, and (ii) the other reports we file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in our forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

• The effect of political, economic and market conditions and geopolitical events;

• The logistical and other challenges inherent in operating in numerous different countries;

• The actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors;

• The level and volatility of real estate prices, interest rates, currency values and other market indices;

• The outcome of pending litigation; and

• The impact of current, pending and future legislation and regulation.

Moreover, there can be no assurance that future dividends will be declared since the actual declaration of future dividends, and the establishment of record and payment dates, remains subject to final determination by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Accordingly, we caution our readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Jones Lang LaSalle expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in events or circumstances or in its expectations or results.

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, a Maryland corporation, and the undersigned Directors and officers of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, hereby constitutes and appoints Colin Dyer, Lauralee E. Martin and Stanley Stec its, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, for it, him or her and in its, his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, with full power to act alone, to sign any and all amendments to this report, and to file each such amendment to this report, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as it, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

77

PART IV

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 29th day of February, 2008.

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED
	/s/ Lauralee E. Martin
By:	Lauralee E. Martin
	Executive Vice President and
	Chief Operating and Financial Officer
	(Authorized Officer and
	Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 29th day of February, 2008.

Signature	Title
/s/ Sheila A. Penrose	Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director
Sheila A. Penrose
/s/ Colin Dyer	President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Colin Dyer
/s/ Lauralee E. Martin	Executive Vice President and Chief Operating and Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)
Lauralee E. Martin
/s/ Henri-Claude de Bettignies	Director
Henri-Claude de Bettignies
/s/ Darryl Hartley-Leonard	Director
Darryl Hartley-Leonard
/s/ Sir Derek Higgs	Director
Sir Derek Higgs
/s/ Alain Monié	Director
Alain Monié
/s/ David B. Rickard	Director
David B. Rickard
/s/ Thomas C. Theobald	Director
Thomas C. Theobald
/s/ Stanley Stec	Senior Vice President and Global Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
Stanley Stec

78

PART IV

Exhibit Index

EXHIBIT NUMBER	DESCRIPTION
3.1	Articles of Incorporation of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-48074-01))
3.2	Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005)
3.3	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2005)
4.1	Form of certificate representing shares of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated common stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001)
10.1	Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of June 6, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2007)
10.2	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and between Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, Spaulding & Slye Acquisition Corp., and Spaulding and Slye Partners LLC relating to Spaulding and Slye LLC, dated as of November 26, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.3*	First Amendment to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of September 27, 2007, amending the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and between Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, Spaulding & Slye Acquisition Corp., and Spaulding and Slye Partners LLC relating to Spaulding and Slye LLC, dated as of November 26, 2005
10.4*	Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan dated as of May 30, 2007, as approved by the Shareholders of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated on May 30, 2007 and as filed on April 23, 2007 as part of the Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A.
10.5	Form of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan) for the Non Executive Directors’ 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 Annual Grants (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
10.6	Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Stock Ownership Program Shares Agreement (Under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
10.7	Form of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan) for Employees’ 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 Annual Grants (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
10.8*	Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated GEC Long-Term Incentive Compensation Program, effective as of January 1, 2007, under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan
10.9	Description of Management Incentive Plan under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997)
10.10	Form of Indemnification Agreement with Executive Officers and Directors (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998)
10.11*	Amended and Restated Severance Pay Plan effective January 1, 2006
10.12	Senior Executive Services Agreement with Alastair Hughes dated as of March 9, 1999 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.13	Letter Agreement between Colin Dyer and Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated dated as of July 16, 2004 and accepted July 19, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Periodic Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 2004)

79

PART IV

EXHIBIT NUMBER	DESCRIPTION
10.14	Amendment No. 1 to Letter Agreement between Colin Dyer and Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated dated as of August 30, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.15	Amendment No. 2 to Letter Agreement between Colin Dyer and Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated dated as of December 1, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.16	Letter Agreement Regarding Compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors dated as of January 1, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Periodic Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2005)
10.17	Amended and Restated Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Co-Investment Long Term Incentive Plan dated December 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.18	LaSalle Investment Management Long Term Incentive Compensation Program, as amended and restated as of December 15, 2004, under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
10.19*	LaSalle Investment Management Long Term Incentive Compensation Program, effective as of January 1, 2008, under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan
10.20*	Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007
10.21*	Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Non-Executive Director Compensation Plan Summary of Terms and Conditions, Amended and Restated as of September 12, 2007
10.22	LIM Funds Personal Co-Investment Agreement for International and Regional Directors (in connection with elections under the Stock Ownership Program) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.23	LIM Funds Personal Co-Investment Agreement for International and Regional Directors (not in connection with elections under the Stock Ownership Program) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
10.24*	Restated Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Stock Ownership Program, effective as of January 1, 2007, under the Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan
10.25	Letter Agreement between Lynn Thurber and Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated dated as of September 5, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006)
11	Statement concerning computation of per share earnings (filed in Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
12.1*	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1*	List of Subsidiaries
23.1*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1*	Power of Attorney (Set forth on page preceding signature page of this report)
31.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

* Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

.

80

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment Agreement”), dated as of September 27, 2007 amends that Membership Interest Purchase Agreement entered into on November 26, 2005, by and between JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED, (“JLL”), SPAULDING AND SLYE PARTNERS LLC, (“Seller”), and JONES LANG LASALLE CAPITAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED, (“Purchaser”)(the “Agreement”). JLL, Seller and Purchaser are sometimes referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

R E C I T A L S:

A. WHEREAS, Seller and Purchaser closed on the transaction contemplated by the Agreement as of January 1, 2006 (the “Closing”); and

B. WHEREAS, both Parties desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Amendment Agreement.

C. NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Amendment Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows.

1. Total Consideration.

i. Section 2.2(b) of the Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

(b) Deferred Payments. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.7 below, on January 2, 2008 (or if that date shall not be a Business Day such payment shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day), Purchaser or JLL shall pay to Seller Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), on December 31, 2008 (or if that date shall not be a Business Day such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day), Purchaser or JLL shall pay to Seller Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), on January 2, 2009 (or if that date shall not be a Business Day such payment shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day), Purchaser or JLL shall pay to Seller Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), on January 4, 2010 (or if that date shall not be a Business Day such payment shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day), Purchaser or JLL shall pay to Seller Eleven Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($11,400,000) and on January 4, 2011 (or if that date shall not be a Business Day such payment shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day), Purchaser or JLL shall pay to Seller Ten Million Seven Hundred ($10,700,000), in each case by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Account or to another account if so requested in writing by the Seller.

1

ii. Section 2.2 (c) of the Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

(c) Earn Out Payment.

(i) Earn Out Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable for purposes of determining the amount, if any, of the Earn-Out payment which may be payable to Seller hereunder:

“Business Operations” means that portion of the business operations of Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (“Americas”) (exclusive of business operations of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) which are managed directly or indirectly by Seller’s Management and which consists of Americas’ Markets and investment sales, capital markets within the greater Washington D.C., Hartford, and Boston markets.

“Earn-out Eligible Revenue” means the excess, if any, of Revenue over Steady State Revenue.

“Earn-out Multiplier” means .50.

“Earn-out” shall mean the lesser of $5,000,000 or Earn-out Eligible Revenue divided by the Earn-out Multiplier

“Markets” means agency leasing, transaction execution representing tenants (exclusive of any revenue allocated or earned by Americas’ public institution business in connection with or arising from said activities), property management, project and development services except services provided in conjunction with reimbursed corporate accounts.

“Revenue” shall mean the sum of (a) revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP during the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending at the close of business on December 31, 2008 (the “Earn-Out Period”) generated from the operations of the Business by the Company and its Subsidiaries (reference the Confidential Information Memorandum) plus (b) revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP generated during the Earn-Out Period from the Business Operations plus (c) revenue (consisting of individual client agreements resulting in revenue of greater than $75,000) sourced by the Company for services delivered by the Americas outside of the Territory.

“Seller’s Management” shall mean David McGarry and Peter Bailey.

“Steady State Revenue” shall mean $398,838,400.

2

(ii) Example. For the avoidance of doubt, by way of example, and as an illustration of the Parties’ intent (and using hypothetical numbers) of the earn-out calculation, the following is an example of the manner in which the earn-out calculation shall be made upon the completion of the Earn-Out Period.

Amounts calculated at the end of Earn-out Period are:

Revenue = $410,000,000 (assumption for this example)

Earn-out Eligible Revenue = $11,161,600 ($410,000,000 minus $398,838,400)

Then:

Earn-out = $5,000,000 ($11,161,600 multiplied by .50 equals $5,580,800, but Earn-out is capped at $5,000,000)

(iii) Annual Calculation. On or before March 1, 2008, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller a written calculation of Purchaser’s determination of Revenue for calendar years 2006 and 2007. Seller shall have a period of ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Purchaser’s calculation within which to object in writing to Purchaser with respect to the calculation so made, specifying in detail the basis of any objection. The resolution of any dispute regarding the earn-out payment shall be conducted in the same manner as is specified for the resolution of disputes in Section 3.2 hereof. If Seller shall fail to deliver a written objection notice to Purchaser within such ten (10) Business Day period then Purchaser’s calculations respecting the earn out shall be deemed final and binding upon the parties without further recourse.

(iv) Final Calculation. On or before February 15, 2009, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller a written calculation of Purchaser’s determination of (A) Revenue for calendar year 2008, and (B) whether any earn-out payment is due and payable to Seller hereunder and, if such payment is due and payable, the amount thereof. In calculating whether any earn-out payment is due to Seller, Purchaser’s calculation shall reflect the amount of Revenue for 2006 and 2007 determined pursuant to clause (iii) above. Seller shall have a period of ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Purchaser’s calculation within which to object in writing to Purchaser with respect to the calculation for Revenue for calendar year 2008, specifying in detail the basis of any objection. The resolution of any dispute regarding the earn-out payment shall be conducted in the same manner as is specified for the resolution of disputes in Section 3.2 hereof. If Seller shall fail to deliver a written objection notice to Purchaser within such ten (10) Business Day period then Purchaser’s calculations respecting the earn out shall be deemed final and binding upon the parties without further recourse.

3

(v) Payment. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.7 below, any amount payable to Seller with respect to the earn-out payment shall be made by Purchaser or JLL by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Account within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the ten (10) Business Day period referred to in Section 2.2(c)(iv) above (where there has been no timely objection made by Seller), or within five (5) Business Days after the date upon which any dispute with respect thereto has been finally and fully resolved. In no event shall Purchaser or JLL be obligated to make any earn-out payment in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

(vi) Access to Records. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement at Seller’s sole cost and expense, Purchaser shall give Seller and its agents and representatives (including accountants) access to Purchaser’s records during normal business hours and after receipt by Purchaser of a written request by Seller for access not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the date upon which such access is requested and Purchaser shall make records stored in electronic form reasonably available to Seller and its agents and representatives during such period of access, in each instance solely for any purpose relevant to the calculations or processes referred to in this Section 2.2(c).

(vii) Management; Control; Accounting; Capitalization. It is understood that, subject to the terms of any employment agreement between Americas or any of its Affiliates and members of Seller’s Management, Seller’s Management shall have management responsibility, for the duration of the earn-out period, for the activities that relate to the generation of revenue upon which the earn-out payment calculation is based, including (A) the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries which consist of the Business and (B) the Business Operations. For purposes of calculating Revenue and allocating revenues among revenue-generators, the Parties shall use the accounting and allocation methods and principles used by the Company prior to the Closing Date. All revenue of Americas from existing corporate accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be allocated to and constitute Revenue; provided, such Revenue is derived from the Business Operations. Seller’s Management will manage the Business and the Business Operations in conformity and compliance with the practices, policies, procedures, manuals and required approvals of Americas, and Americas shall provide adequate operating capital to the Company after the Closing Date consistent with Americas’ strategy and comparable policies of providing operating capital to its other business operations.

4

2. Representations and Warranties

Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. Each of the Purchaser and Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment Agreement. The execution and delivery by Seller and Purchaser of this Amendment Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller and Purchaser. Each of Seller and Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Amendment Agreement. This Amendment Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller and Purchaser, enforceable against Seller or Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights and by general principles of equity.

3. Conditions Precedent

i. Managing Member Certificate and Consent—A certificate signed by the Manager of Seller certifying as to the incumbency and signature of the representative of Seller executing this Agreement and any other documents signed by Seller pursuant to this Agreement and a consent of the Manager of Seller, consenting to the changes to the Agreement contained in this Amendment Agreement.

ii. Amended Employment Agreements – Each Person identified on Exhibit E, attached hereto shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser an amendment to the Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement Amendment”) that was provided in connection with the Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, attached hereto.

4. All Other Terms and Conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as drafted.

SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED
By:	/s/ Lauralee E. Martin
Name:	Lauralee E. Martin
Title:	EVP, COO and CFO
JONES LANG LASALLE CAPITAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED
By:	/s/ James S. Jasionowski
Name:	James S. Jasionowski
Title:	Director
SPAULDING AND SLYE PARTNERS LLC
By:	Spaulding and Slye Holdings, LLC, Sole Manager
By:	/s/ Peter A. Bailey
Name:	Peter A. Bailey, authorized member

6

Exhibit E

Persons Required to Execute Employment Agreement Amendment

Kathy Allgier

Terry Amling

Peter Bailey

Bill Bailey

Bill Barrack

Steve Collins

Kem Courtenay

Mark David

Dave Dempsey

Rob Dickey

Joe Delogu

Peter DeLuca

Tom Doughty

Marshall Durston

Matt Dwyer

Jeff Flynn

Tim Fraser

Martin Kamm

Harry Klaff

Bill Magner

Dave McGarry

John Myers

Paul Potash

Mike Renner

Don Richardson

Jack Restivo

Paul Robertson

Dermot Roe

Paul Sampson

Bob Shue

Kyle Warwick

7

Exhibit F

Form of Employment Agreement Amendment

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“First Amendment”), made as of the      day of May, 2007, by and between Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc., a Maryland company (“Company”), and             , an individual and resident of                 ,                 (“Executive”).

WHEREAS, as of November 26, 2006, Jones Lang LaSalle Capital Investments, Limited and Spaulding and Slye Partners LLC, of which Executive is a member, entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, as of                  , 2007, Section 2.2 (c), Total Consideration, Earn Out Payment of the Purchase agreement was amended (the “Purchase Amendment”); and

WHEREAS, Executive signed an Employment Agreement with the Company effective January 1, 2006 (“Employment Agreement”) concurrently with the closing on the sale pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Purchase Amendment and the premises and the mutual covenants set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

1. Extended Agreement Term. Company and Executive agree to substitute the first sentence of Paragraph 1 of the Employment Agreement for the following:

The Company agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be in the full-time employ of the Company, for the period beginning on the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) and ending on 54^th month anniversary of the Effective Date (4 ¹/2 years) or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s termination of employment pursuant to Paragraphs 5 or 6 below (the “Employment Period”).

2. Restrictive Covenants. The Company and Executive agree to substitute the phrase “third anniversary” in each instance in Paragraphs 7.1, 7.2(a) and 7.2(b), with the phrase “four and one-half year anniversary”.

3. Except as specifically provided in this First Amendment to Employment Agreement, the Employment Agreement and each of its provisions, terms and conditions, shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

JONES LANG LASALLE AMERICAS, INC.:

By:

Name (printed):

Its:

EXECUTIVE:

By:

Name (printed):

8

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Amended and Restated as of May 30, 2007

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
1.	Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction	1
2.	Definitions	1
3.	Administration	4
4.	Eligibility	5
5.	Stock Subject to the Plan	5
6.	Specific Terms of Awards	5
7	Determining Performance Based Awards	7
8.	Change in Control Provisions	8
9.	Loan Provisions	9
10.	Special Non-Employee Director Awards	9
11.	General Provisions	11

i

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK AWARD AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) has previously established a 1997 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Stock Award and Incentive Plan”), and a Stock Compensation Program, as amended (the “Stock Compensation Program”). The Stock Award and Incentive Plan and the Stock Compensation Program are referred to herein collectively as the “Former Plans.” Each of the Former Plans has been authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by the Company’s shareholders.

In order to facilitate the efficient administration of the Former Plans and the awards granted thereunder, the Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the amendment and restatement of each of the Former Plans in order to combine the Former Plans into a single plan. The Former Plans, as so combined and as subsequently amended and restated as of the effective date of May 30, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), are referred to herein as the “Plan.”

The Plan shall continue to supersede and replace the Former Plans in their entirety, except that the adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to amend or modify the terms or conditions of any award granted or election made pursuant to the Former Plans prior to the Effective Date. All awards granted and elections made pursuant to the Former Plans prior to the Effective Date shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and shall be administered in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

1. Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction.

The purpose of the Plan is to afford an incentive to directors (including non-employee directors), selected employees and independent contractors of the Company, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, to continue as directors, employees or independent contractors, as the case may be, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business in the interest of its shareholders. Pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan, there may be granted Stock Options (including “incentive stock options” and “nonqualified stock options”), stock appreciation rights and limited stock appreciation rights (either in connection with options granted under the Plan or independently of options), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, performance shares and other stock-or-cash-based awards. Section 9 of the Plan contains provisions governing certain special grants of Options to non-employee directors of the Company. The Plan also provides the authority to make loans to purchase shares of common stock of the Company, provided that such loans do not violate any applicable law, rule or regulation. The Plan is designed to comply with the requirements of Regulation G (12 C.F.R. § 207) regarding the purchase of shares on margin, the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the conditions for exemption from short-swing profit recovery rules under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements thereof.

The terms and conditions of the Plan (exclusive of those set forth in the Stock Compensation Program) shall govern (i) all grants and awards made prior to the effective date of the Plan under the Stock Award and Incentive Plan and (ii) all Awards made pursuant to the Plan from and after the effective date of the Plan. The terms and conditions of all grants and awards made prior to the effective date of the Plan under the Stock Compensation Program shall govern such grants and awards, except that from and after such date the Committee under the Plan shall be responsible for the administration and interpretation of all such grants and awards as provided in the Plan. New grants and awards shall not be made pursuant to the Stock Compensation Program after the effective date of the Plan.

2. Definitions.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a) “Affiliate” means any entity if, at the time of granting of an Award or a Loan, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of such entity or at least 20% of the ownership interests in such entity or (ii) such entity, directly or indirectly, owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

(b) “Award” means any Option, SAR (including a Limited SAR), Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Dividend Equivalent, Performance Share or Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(c) “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

(d) “Beneficiary” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Grantee in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Company to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon his or her death, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Stock, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (A) a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 2(f) or (B) other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds ( ²/₃) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;

(iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, at least 75% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person (as defined above) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 75% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

(g) “Change in Control Price” means the higher of (i) the highest price per share paid in any transaction constituting a Change in Control or (ii) the highest Fair Market Value per share at any time during the 60-day period preceding or following a Change in Control.

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

2

(i) “Committee” means the committee established by the Board to administer the Plan, which committee shall be comprised solely of two or more outside directors, as described in the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(j) “Company” means Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, or any successor corporation.

(k) “Covered Employee” means any employee of the Company, as such term is defined for purposes of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, who shall be eligible for designation as a Covered Employee for Awards determined under this Plan.

(l) “Dividend Equivalent” means a right, granted to a Grantee under Section 6(g), to receive cash, Stock, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis.

(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and applied by regulations, rulings and cases.

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Stock or other property, the fair market value of such Stock or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in good faith, the per share Fair Market Value of Stock as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per share of Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Stock is principally traded, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock on such exchange, or (ii) if the shares of Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Stock in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock in such market, or (iii) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(o) “Grantee” means a person who, as an employee or independent contractor of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, has been granted an Award or Loan under the Plan.

(p) “ISO” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(q) “Limited SAR” means a right granted pursuant to Section 6(c) which shall, in general, be automatically exercised for cash upon a Change in Control.

(r) “Loan” means the proceeds from the Company borrowed by a Plan participant under Section 8 of the Plan.

(s) “NQSO” means any Option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

(t) “Option” means a right, granted to a Grantee under Section 6(b) and Section 9, to purchase shares of Stock. An Option may be either an ISO or an NQSO, provided that, ISO’s may be granted only to employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.

(u) “Other Cash-Based Award” means cash award under Section 6(h), including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of specified performance criteria or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.

(v) “Other Stock-Based Award” means a right or other interest granted to Grantee under Section 6(h) that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, including, but not limited to (1) unrestricted Stock awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of specified performance criteria or otherwise as permitted under the Plan, and (2) a right granted to a Grantee to acquire Stock from the Company for cash and/or a promissory note containing terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee.

(w) “Performance Measures” shall mean for a calendar year, or other such period as may be defined, one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 7 herein.

(x) “Performance Share” means an Award of shares of Stock to a Grantee under Section 6(h) that is subject to restrictions based upon the attainment of specified performance criteria.

3

(y) “Plan” means this Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(z) “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Stock to a Grantee under Section 6(d) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(aa) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 6(e) to receive Stock or cash at the end of a specified deferral period, which right may be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance or other criteria.

(bb) “Retirement” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 10(k) of this Plan.

(cc) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, including any successor to such Rule.

(dd) “Stock” means of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

(ee) “SAR” or “Stock Appreciation Right” means the right, granted to a Grantee under Section 6(c), to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash, Stock, or property as specified in the Award or determined by the Committee.

(ff) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of an Award, each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

(gg) “Variable Compensation Plan” shall mean any variable compensation plan or other annual award plan adopted by the Company. A Covered Employee may participate in more than one Variable Compensation Plan.

3. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Awards and make Loans; to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted and Loans shall be made; to determine the type and number of Awards to be granted and the amount of any Loan, the number of shares of Stock to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any Award or Loan; and to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria and performance objectives (if any) included in, Awards and Loans in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles; to designate Affiliates; to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award or Loan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Award Agreements and any promissory note or agreement related to any Loan (which need not be identical for each Grantee); and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

The Committee may appoint a chairperson and a secretary and may make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members either present in person or participating by conference telephone at a meeting or by written consent. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, and any Subsidiary, Affiliate or Grantee (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Grantee) and any shareholder.

No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted or Loan made hereunder.

4

4. Eligibility.

Subject to the conditions set forth below, Awards may be granted to directors (including non-employee directors), selected employees and independent contractors of the Company and its present or future Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and Loans may be made to any eligible person, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, rule, or regulation, in each case in the discretion of the Committee. In determining the persons to whom Awards and Loans shall be granted and the type of any Award or the amount of any Loan (including the number of shares to be covered by such Award), the Committee shall take into account such factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

5. Stock Subject to the Plan.

The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be 12,110,000 shares of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided herein. No more than 75,000 of the total shares available for grant may be awarded to a single individual in a single year. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. If any shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Grantee, the shares of Stock with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided that, in the case of forfeiture, cancellation, exchange or surrender of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units with respect to which dividends or Dividend Equivalents have been paid or accrued, the number of shares with respect to such Awards shall not be available for Awards hereunder unless, in the case of shares with respect to which dividends or Dividend Equivalents were accrued but unpaid, such dividends and Dividend Equivalents are also forfeited, exchanged or surrendered. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards or Awards, such related Awards or Awards shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of Stock as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.

In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, Stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Grantees under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems necessary or appropriate to any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock which may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award; provided that, with respect to ISOs, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code.

6. Specific Terms of Awards.

(a) General. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate upon the grant, maturation, or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The Committee may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments. In addition to the foregoing, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine.

(b) Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Type of Award. The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option under the Plan shall designate the Option as an ISO or an NQSO.

(ii) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided that, in the case of an ISO, such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant of such Option, and in no event shall the exercise price for the purchase of shares be less than par value. The exercise price for Stock subject to an Option may be paid in cash or by an exchange of Stock previously owned by the Grantee, or a combination of both, in an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price. A Grantee may also elect to pay all or a portion of the aggregate exercise price by having shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price withheld by the Company or sold by a broker-dealer under circumstances meeting the requirements of 12 C.F.R. § 220 or any successor thereof.

5

(iii) Term and Exercisability of Options. The date on which the Committee adopts a resolution expressly granting an Option shall be considered the day on which such Option is granted. Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided that, the Committee shall have the authority to accelerated the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Committee or its designated agent.

(iv) Termination of Employment, Etc. An Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then in the employ of, or then maintains an independent contractor relationship with, the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate (or a company or a parent or subsidiary company of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies), and unless the Grantee has remained continuously so employed, or continuously maintained such relationship, since the date of grant of the Option; provided that, the Award Agreement may contain provisions extending the exercisability of Options, in the event of specified terminations, to a date not later than the expiration date of such Option.

(v) Other Provisions. Options may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the shares acquired upon exercise of such Options, as the Committee may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

(c) SARs and Limited SARs. The Committee is authorized to grant both stand-alone and in-tandem SARs and Limited SARs to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:

(i) In General. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an SAR or a Limited SAR (1) granted in tandem with an NQSO may be granted at the time of grant of the related NQSO or at any time thereafter or (2) granted in tandem with an ISO may only be granted at the time of grant of the related ISO. An SAR or Limited SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the underlying Option is exercisable.

(ii) SARs. An SAR shall confer on the Grantee a right to receive an amount with respect to each share subject thereto, upon exercise thereof, equal to the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (2) the grant price of the SAR (which in the case of an SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option, and which in the case of any other SAR shall be such price as the Committee may determine).

(iii) Limited SARs. A Limited SAR shall confer on the Grantee a right to receive with respect to each share subject thereto, automatically upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, an amount equal in value to the excess of (1) the Change in Control Price (in the case of a LSAR granted in tandem with an ISO, the Fair Market Value), of one share of Stock on the date of such Change in Control over (2) the grant price of the Limited SAR (which in the case of a Limited SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option, and which in the case of any other Limited SAR shall be such price as the Committee determines); provided that, in the case of a Limited SAR granted to a Grantee who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (a “Section 16 Individual”), such Section 16 Individual shall only be entitled to receive such amount if such Limited SAR has been outstanding for at least six (6) months as of the date of the Change in Control.

(d) Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions may include factors relating to the increase in the value of the Stock or to individual or Company performance such as the attainment of certain specified individual, divisional or Company-wide performance goals, sales volume increases or decreases in earnings per share. Except to the extent restricted under the Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Grantee granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon.

(ii) Forfeiture. Upon termination of employment with or service to the Company, or upon termination of the independent contractor relationship, as the case may be, during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock and any accrued but unpaid

6

dividends or Dividend Equivalents that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided that, the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

(iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Grantee, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company shall retain physical possession of the certificate.

(iv) Dividends. Dividends paid on Restricted Stock shall be either paid at the dividend payment date, or deferred for payment to such date as determined by the Committee, in cash or in shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends. Stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to Grantees, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Award and Restrictions. Delivery of Stock or cash, as determined by the Committee, will occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for Restricted Stock Units by the Committee. In addition, Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier or later specified times, separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions may include factors relating to the increase in the value of the Stock or to individual or Company performance such as the attainment of certain specified individual, divisional or Company-wide performance goals, sales volume increases or increases in earnings per share.

(ii) Forfeiture. Upon termination of employment or termination of the independent contractor relationship during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply, or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of Stock or cash to which such Restricted Stock Units relate, all Restricted Stock Units that are then subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided that, the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units.

(f) Stock Awards in Lieu of Cash Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant other Awards, in lieu of Company commitments to pay cash under other plans or compensatory arrangements. Stock or Awards granted hereunder shall have such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

(g) Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to Grantees. The Committee may provide, at the date of grant or thereafter, that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, or other investment vehicles as the Committee may specify, provided that Dividend Equivalents (other than freestanding Dividend Equivalents) shall be subject to all conditions and restrictions on the underlying Awards to which they relate.

(h) Performance Shares and Other Stock- or Cash-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Grantees Performance Shares and/or Other Stock-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Such Awards may be granted with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, or valued by reference to the performance of specified Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

7. Determining Annual Performance Based Awards

Awards to Covered Employees are intended to constitute performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and to comply with the exemption from the deduction prohibitions of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(a) For each calendar year, each Covered Employee may be entitled to receive a payment (“Annual Performance Award”) pursuant to a Variable Compensation Plan in an amount determined by the Committee as provided in this Plan. To the extent permitted by a Variable Compensation Plan, the payment of an Annual Performance Award may be made in cash, common stock or restricted stock of the Company, or any other form as provided for in this Plan, or a combination thereof.

7

(b) The maximum Annual Performance Award paid to a Participant for a calendar year under any individual Variable Compensation Plan may not exceed the greater of: (i) $5,000,000 or (ii) five times the Covered Employee’s most recently disclosed Annual Performance Award.

(c) For any calendar year or performance period, the Committee may designate one or more of the business criteria (“Performance Measures”) set forth in this Section 7 for use in determining the amount of an Annual Performance Award for an individual in relation to such year or period; provided that such designation would not subject any Annual Performance Award to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m). Performance Measures designated for any Participant in a calendar year or other performance period may be different from year to year and those designated for other Covered Employees as the Committee may determine. To the extent applicable to any Performance Measure, the Committee may specify a Performance Measure in relation to total Company performance or in relation to the performance of identifiable business unit(s) of the Company.

(d) For each Performance Measure designated by the Committee, the Committee shall designate a specific, objectively measurable target, schedule or threshold (“Performance Goal”) against which actual performance is to be measured for purposes of determining the amount of any Annual Performance Award; provided that any such designation would not subject any Performance Award to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m). A Performance Goal may be expressed in any form as the Committee may determine including, but not limited to: (1) percentage growth; (2) absolute growth; (3) cumulative growth; (4) performance in relation to an index; (5) performance in relation to peer company performance; (6) a designated absolute amount; (7) percent of sales; and (8) per share of common stock outstanding.

(e) Performance Measures may be expressed in terms of one or more of the following criteria on which Performance Goals may be based: (1) earnings (either in the aggregate or on a per-share basis, reflecting dilution of shares as the Committee deems appropriate and, if the Committee so determines, net of or including dividends) before or after interest and taxes (“EBIT”) or before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); (2) gross or net revenue, or changes in annual revenues; (3) cash flow(s) (including either operating or net cash flows); (4) financial return ratios; (5) total shareholder return, shareholder return based on growth measures or the attainment by the shares of a specified value for a specified period of time, share price or share price appreciation; (6) earnings growth or growth in earnings per share; (7) return measures, including return or net return on assets, net assets, equity, capital or gross sales; (8) adjusted pre-tax margin; (9) pre-tax profits; (10) operating margins; (11) operating profits; (12) operating expenses; (13) net income or net operating income; (14) growth in operating earnings or growth in earnings per share; (15) market share or market penetration with respect to specific designated products or product groups and/or specific geographic areas; (16) aggregate product price and other product measures; (17) expense or cost levels, in each case, where applicable, determined either on a Company-wide basis or in respect of any one or more specified divisions; (18) reduction of losses, loss ratios or expense ratios; (19) operating cost management; (20) debt reduction; (21) productivity improvements; (22) satisfaction of specified business expansion goals or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures; (23) customer satisfaction based on specified objective goals or a Company-sponsored customer survey; (24) employee satisfaction based on specified objective goals or a Company-sponsored customer survey; (25) employee diversity goals; (26) employee turnover; (27) specified objective social goals, or (28) other strategic events that could alter the normal course of business, the description of which would disclose material competitive information. Any criteria may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to another corporation or corporations. To the extent applicable, any such performance objective shall be determined (i) in accordance with the Company’s audited financial statements and generally accepted accounting principles and reported upon by the Company’s independent accountants or (ii) so that a third party having knowledge of the relevant facts could determine whether such performance objective is met.

(f) The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or, to the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, thereafter; provided that Performance Goals for determining Covered Employees’ Annual Performance Awards shall be established by the Committee not later than the latest date permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(g) The Committee shall certify in writing prior to payment of any Annual Performance Award, or other Award hereunder, that the relevant Performance Goals and any other material terms were in fact satisfied.

8. Change in Control Provisions.

The following provisions shall apply in the event of a Change in Control unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board in writing at or after the grant of an Award, but prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control:

(a) any Award carrying a right to exercise that was not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested;

8

(b) the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any other Award granted under the Plan shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to Awards shall be deemed to be fully achieved; and

(c) the value of all outstanding Awards shall, to the extent determined by the Committee at or after grant, be cased out on the basis of the Change in Control Price as of the date the Change in Control occurs or such other date as the Committee may determine prior the Change in Control.

9. Loan Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including the requirements of Regulation G (12 C.F.R. § 207)) and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which Stock is listed, the Committee shall have the authority to make Loans to Grantees (on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine), to enable such Grantees to purchase shares in connection with the realization of Awards under the Plan. Loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note or other agreement, signed by the borrower, which shall contain provisions for repayment and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

10. Special Non-Employee Director Awards.

(a) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

(i) Annual Grants. In addition to any other Award granted hereunder, as of the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, non-employee directors of the Company will be granted the Restricted Stock Units described in clauses (I) and (II) of this Section 9(a)(i) (the “Automatic Restricted Stock Units”). The grants will be valued using the closing price of a share of Stock on the first business day following each annual meeting of shareholders and will vest 20% each year over five (5) years:

(I) Each non-employee director (a “New Director”) who, is elected to the Board for the first time, will at the time such non-employee director is elected and duly qualified, be granted automatically, without action by the Committee, Restricted Stock Units with a value of, effective as of January 1, 2006, $75,000.00.

(II) On the first business day following each annual meeting of shareholders, each non-employee director (other than a New Director) who is continuing service as a member of the Board, will be granted automatically, without action by the Committee, Restricted Stock Units with a value of, effective as of January 1, 2006, $75,000.00.

(ii) In lieu of Annual Retainer. For the calendar year beginning January 1, 2003, non-employee directors may elect to receive, in lieu of any or all of their annual retainer for a calendar year, Restricted Stock in increments of 5% (i.e., 5%, 10%, 15%, etc.) as follows:

(I) Non-employee directors can elect to receive their Restricted Stock either:

i. during the calendar year in which the annual retainer is to be earned, in quarterly installments equal to the percent of the annual retainer elected to be received in Restricted Stock, divided by four, divided by the price per share of Stock on the last day of each quarter, prorated for any partial calendar year or quarter (for administrative purposes, shares may not actually be distributed until after the end of the year in which the annual retainer was earned), or

ii. on a deferred basis:

a. until they retire from the Board,

b. ten (10) years from the date they retire from the Board,

9

c. for a period of not less than 1 year and not more than 10 years, in increments of 1 year, or

d. until they retire from their primary employment.

(II) Any election to defer Stock shall be made prior to the year in which the annual retainer subject to deferral shall be paid and shall be irrevocable. Any newly elected non-employee director shall have five (5) days from the date of their election to the Board to elect to defer any percentage hereunder. An election shall continue in effect until revoked. Any Stock for which receipt is deferred shall be matched by the Company by a number of shares equal to not more than 25% of the value of the quarterly amount so deferred, based on the price per share of Stock on the last day of each quarter.

(b) Options.

(i) Automatic Options. Until the calendar year beginning January 1, 2004, at which point this provision shall no longer be applicable, in addition to any other Award granted hereunder, non-employee directors of the Company will be granted the Options described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 9(b)(i) (the “Automatic Options”):

(I) Each non-employee director (a “New Director”) who, after the effective date of the Plan, is elected to the Board for the first time, will at the time such non-employee director is elected and duly qualified, be granted automatically, without action by the Committee, an Option to purchase 5,000 shares of Stock.

(II) On the first business day following each annual meeting of the shareholders’, each non-employee director (other than a New Director) who is continuing service as a member of the Board, will be granted automatically, without action by the Committee, an Option to purchase 5,000 shares of Stock.

(ii) Elected Options. Until the calendar year beginning January 1, 2003, at which point this provision shall no longer be applicable, each non-employee director could, at any time prior to the commencement of any calendar year during which he or she was to serve as a member of the Board, irrevocably elect to receive, in lieu of the annual directors’ retainer payable to such non-employee director with respect to such calendar year (prorated for any partial calendar year, an Option (an “Elected Option”) to purchase shares of Stock. The number of shares of Stock covered by an Elected Option received in lieu of an annual retainer for 2002 shall be the number (rounded to the nearest whole number of shares) equal to (i) the annual, or prorated, retainer divided by (ii) the value per share of the Elected Option, which value shall be equal to thirty three percent (33%) of the exercise price. An Elected Option shall be granted on January 1 of the year following the year in which the annual retainer to which it relates is earned.

(c) Terms and Conditions of Options. Automatic Options and Elected Options shall be subject to the following specific terms and conditions (and shall otherwise be subject to all other provisions of the Plan not in conflict with this Section 9):

(i) Each Automatic Option and each Elected Option shall be a NQSO.

(ii) The exercise price of Automatic Options shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to such Automatic Options on the date of grant. The exercise price of Elected Options shall be equal to (i) the average closing price of the Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Stock is principally traded on the last trading day in March, June, September and December of the year in which the annual retainer is earned, or (ii) if the shares of Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Stock in such over-the-counter market on the last trading day on which a trade occurs in March, June, September and December of the year in which the annual retainer is earned, or (iii) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(iii) Automatic Options shall be exercisable as to twenty percent (20%) of the Stock subject thereto on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and shall become exercisable as to an additional twenty percent (20%) of such shares on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of such date of grant. Automatic Options shall be exercisable for a period of ten (10) years from the date of grant of such Option; provided that, the exercise period shall be subject to earlier termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(b)(iv) hereof. Elected Options shall be exercisable for a period ending ten (10) years from the December 31st of the year in which the retainer was earned.

10

11. General Provisions.

(a) Approval. The Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company in the manner and to the degree required by applicable laws and regulations, including the applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Stock is listed.

(b) Nontransferability. Awards shall not be transferable by a Grantee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, if then permitted under Rule 16b-3, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined under the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Grantee only by such Grantee or his guardian or legal representative.

(c) No Right to Continued Employment, Etc. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award or Loan granted or any Award Agreement, promissory note or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ of or to continue as an independent contractor of the Company, any subsidiary or any Affiliate or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Agreement, promissory note or other agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Grantee’s employment or independent contractor relationship.

(d) Taxes. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any other payment to a Grantee, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Grantees to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Grantee’s tax obligations.

(e) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may at any time and from time-to-time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Grantee, without such Grantee’s consent, under any Award or Loan theretofore granted under the Plan.

The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with applicable law, rule, or regulation. Additionally, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Board may not, without approval of the Company’s shareholders:

(i) materially increase the number of shares of Stock issuable under the Plan, except for permissible adjustment as provided for herein; or

(ii) reprice Options issued under the Plan by lowering the exercise price of a previously granted award, by canceling outstanding Options and issuing replacements, or by otherwise replacing existing Options with substitute Options with a lower price.

(f) No Rights to Awards or Loans; No Shareholder Rights. No Grantee shall have any claim to be granted any Award or Loan under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Grantees. Except as provided specifically herein, a Grantee or a transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares.

(g) Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Grantee pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Grantee any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

(h) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(i) Regulations and Other Approvals.

(i) The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Common Stock with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

11

(ii) Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Common Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Common Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

(iii) In the event that the disposition of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Common Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Committee may require a Grantee receiving Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Common Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Common Stock acquired by such Grantee is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

(j) Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

(k) Standard Definition of Retirement. Effective for all determinations made on or after February 23, 2006, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Award Agreement (whether issued before or after that date), the standard definition of “Retirement” for each Grantee shall mean the termination of employment when any one of the following conditions has been met: (i) being at least fifty-five (55) years old with at least ten (10) years of service to the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) being at least fifty-five years old and having any combination of age plus years of service to the Company and its Affiliates equal to at least sixty-five (65) or (iii) having reached age 55, attainment of the statutory retirement age as defined within the country of the Grantee’s residence or citizenship, as applicable. In addition, the Company may in its discretion impose on a Grantee additional conditions regarding non-competition and non-solicitation of clients and employees in order for the Grantee to realize the benefits relating to a qualified Retirement for purposes of this Plan.

12

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

GEC Long-Term Incentive Compensation Program

(Effective as of January 1, 2007)

I. Objectives

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) has adopted this GEC Long-Term Incentive Compensation Program (the “Plan”) in order to:

(a) Provide an incentive to specifically-designated Company executives and key contributors (the “Participants”) to achieve the long-term specific strategic goals of the Company,

(b) Align the financial interests of the Participants with the interests of shareholders, including by providing a mechanism for Participants to acquire additional equity ownership if the Company, and

(c) Attract and retain executive talent in a highly competitive labor market.

II. General Plan Provisions

Defined Terms:	Capitalized terms used herein without specific definition shall have the respective definitions given to them elsewhere in the Plan.
Eligibility:	Members of the Company’s Global Executive Committee (the “GEC”) and such other executives and key contributors as the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) may designate from time to time will be eligible to participate in the Plan. No individual will have an automatic right to participate in the Plan.
Selection Procedures:	Prior to March 31 of each year, the Company’s Global Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) will recommend to the Committee the employees who will participate in the Plan and their respective specific levels of participation. Once approved by the Committee, the CEO will confirm participation levels to eligible employees in writing. All Participants must be employed by the Company on any Award Date in order to receive an Award.
Performance Measurement:	Performance for purposes of the Plan will be based on growth in the Company’s net income available to shareholders (“Net Income”). The calculation of Net Income will conform to the then current Company accounting and financial standards as reflected in its financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time. All direct expenses will be included in the calculation of Net Income, including one time charges, integration and acquisition-related costs and allocation of a portion of global expenses where a business segment benefits directly. The strategic intent of the Plan is to reward all incentive fees, performance fees and equity gains. However, the Committee reserves the right in its discretion to make adjustments for income or expense items that may not be consistent with, or promote, the strategic intent of the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, published financial results may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the results as they would have been without the effect of any significant accounting changes implemented following the adoption of the Plan.
Award Determination:	Awards will be determined on a calendar year basis. An individual Participant will receive an Award based on a specified share of the total pool incentive assigned for Plan purposes at the beginning of each year. A Participant may be selected to participate in the Plan with respect to one year but then not for another year, in the discretion of the Committee.

1

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

Minimum Performance Requirements:	In order to receive an Award under the Plan, each of the actual (1) operating margin and (2) total compensation and benefit expense as a percentage of total revenue must meet or exceed the specific requirements approved by the Committee at the beginning of each calendar year.
GEC LTIP Pool— Performance Sharing Rates to be Applied to Net Income Hurdles:	For purposes of determining the value of an award under the Plan (an “Award”), each Participant will share in a specified percentage of a pool (the “GEC LTIP Pool”) that is established from sharing rates applied to growth in Net Income in excess of the Net Income hurdles established for each year by the Committee and documented in the minutes of its meeting held on May 30, 2007 that are maintained with the corporate records of the Company.
Percentage Interest Allocation Methodology:	The percentage interest of each Participant will reflect the maximum amount that the Participant may receive from the GEC LTIP Pool following the end of each calendar year. The percentage allocated to any Participant for a given year may be modified at the beginning of any year, by March 31st of such year, as recommended by the Company’s CEO and approved by the Committee. Upon the recommendation of the Company’s CEO and approval by the Committee, other key executives that participate in other Variable Compensation Plans (as defined in the SAIP) may be allocated a percent interest in the GEC LTIP Pool at the beginning of a year to motivate performance during the period (“Annual Participant”). Once the initial point allocations are approved for GEC members and other Annual Participants, the Company CEO will be assigned a point interest by the Committee. The Company CEO shall receive no more than 25% of the interest in the GEC LTIP. If less than 100% of the GEC LTIP Pool has been allocated at the beginning of the year, any unallocated interest that may remain at the end of the year may be used to (i) reward then current employees who may have been selected to participate on a discretionary basis or (ii) to provide a retention incentive to new employees, in either of the foregoing cases upon the recommendation of the Company’s CEO and approval by the Committee.
Form of Awards:	GEC LTIP Awards are anticipated to be made in a combination of cash (“Cash Award”) and restricted stock units (“RSU Awards”). The pay mix will generally be 50% Cash Awards and 50% RSU Awards, with the final pay mix to be determined by the Committee each year. The Committee reserves the right to pay less than 50% in RSU Awards provided that not more than 50% will be paid in RSU Awards. RSU Awards will otherwise be subject to the terms of the Company’s Stock Award and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “SAIP”).
Dividend Equivalents:	The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant dividend equivalents to employees who were granted RSU Awards. Dividend equivalents are the right to receive cash, common stock, or other property equal in value to the amount of dividends paid with respect to the Company’s common stock. RSU Awards do not otherwise have voting rights or a legal right to receive dividends until vested.

2

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

Vesting:	Participants must be then currently employed by the Company to receive an Award and in order for any Award to vest, subject to the provisions of the Plan and to the terms of the SAIP.
Forfeiture upon Termination:	Except as set forth below under “Voluntary Termination due to ‘Rule of 65’ Retirement” and “Involuntary Termination due to Death/Disability,” Participants forfeit unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards if they voluntarily terminate employment with the Company or are terminated by the Company for Cause. For purposes of the Plan, “Cause” means failure to perform the Participant’s job responsibilities in good faith, documented poor performance, falsification of Company records, theft, failure to cooperate with an investigation, conviction of any crime against the Company, any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of their employees, or a documented violation of the Company’s Code of Business Ethics.
Cash Awards:	For Cash Awards, 100% of the Cash Award vests on the thirty-six (36) month anniversary of the Award Date. Cash Awards are not credited with interest or any other income during the vesting period.
RSU Awards:	The Award Date for the RSU Awards will be the date the Committee approves annual bonuses to be paid to GEC members. The closing price of the Company’s common stock on the Award Date will be used to determine the number of RSUs that each Participant will receive. One hundred percent (100%) of the RSU Award will vest of the thirty six (36) month anniversary of the Award Date.
Change in Control:	All unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards become 100% vested in the event of a Change in Control as defined in the SAIP and as determined by the Committee.
Voluntary Termination due to “Rule of 65” Retirement:	All unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards become 100% vested when an employee terminates employment when any of the following conditions have been met: (i) being at least 55 years old and having any combination of age plus years of service to the Company and its affiliates equal to at least 65, or (ii) having reached the statutory retirement age as defined within the country of the employee’s residence or citizenship, as applicable. In addition, as stipulated in the SAIP, the Company may in its discretion impose on a retired employee additional conditions regarding non-competition and non-solicitation of clients and employees in order for the retired employee to realize such benefits.
Involuntary Termination due to Death/Disability:	All unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards become 100% vested when an employee terminates employment as a result of death or total disability, with distributions in accordance with the payout provisions above.
Use of Forfeited Interests:	Forfeited interests that were initially assigned to GEC or other Annual Participants at the beginning of the year, may not be reallocated to GEC or other Annual Participants following the participant’s termination of employment.
Administration and Interpretation:	As the Plan is a Variable Compensation Plan contemplated by the Company’s SAIP, Awards under the Plan will be administered as performance based awards under the SAIP. The Plan shall be interpreted by the Committee and such interpretations shall be final. The Plan will be administered by or under the discretion of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the

3

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

	Company’s SAIP, the Committee in its discretion shall have the authority to approve eligibility to participate in the Plan and to establish the terms and conditions under which the awards become payable. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to delegate such of its duties and authority under the Plan, including calculation of performance results.
Term of Plan:	The Plan will be effective for the four year performance period starting January 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2010. It is anticipated (but not guaranteed) that a subsequent long-term incentive plan would be developed following the expiration of the above performance period, and such a plan would reflect market competitive compensation practices and business forecasts at that time.
Amendments:	The Plan is intended to continue in its initial form and not be amended during its term, provided, however, the Committee reserves the right to amend the Plan in order to maintain its original objectives at any time during its term. In addition, the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant under any Award already then previously granted under the Plan.
III. Mandatory GEC Stock Bonus:	In consideration for participating in the Plan, members of the GEC shall receive a mandatory portion of their incentive compensation that would otherwise be paid in cash (“Cash Bonus”) under the SAIP in the form of restricted stock units as a “Stock Bonus.” Until modified by the Committee, the following Stock Bonuses will be awarded automatically, with the effect of ratably reducing the Cash Bonuses paid to GEC members: Global Chief Executive Officer – 33% of the Cash Bonus to be paid as Stock Bonus; Global Chief Operating and Financial Officer– 25% of the Cash Bonus to be paid as Stock Bonus; and Other GEC Members– 20% of the Cash Bonus to be paid as Stock Bonus. The Award Date for Stock Bonuses will be deemed to be the first trading day in January of each year, with the closing price of the Company’s common stock on that date used to determine the number of restricted stock unites that a GEC Participant will receive as a Stock Bonus. The Stock Bonus will be memorialized and subject to the general terms of the Company’s SAIP, with 50% of the RSU award to vest on the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Award Date and the remaining 50% on the thirty (30) month anniversary. As International Directors, GEC members who participate in the Plan will continue to be automatically subject to the SOP, including its stock ownership guidelines and the voluntary election to decrease or withdraw from SOP once ownership criteria are met. However, no GEC member will receive the additional 20% firm contribution (“SOP Uplift”) that is made available to other SOP participants.

4

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1	INTRODUCTION	1
1.1	Purpose.	1
1.2	Effective Date, Plan Year.	1
1.3	Employers.	1
1.4	Administration.	2
1.5	Plan Supplements.	2
SECTION 2	ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION	2
2.1	Participants.	2
2.2	Conditions of Ineligibility.	3
SECTION 3	PLAN BENEFITS	5
3.1	Pay.	5
3.2	Full Years of Continuous Service.	5
3.3	Base Severance.	5
3.4	Enhanced Severance.	6
3.5	Conditions to Payment of Enhanced Severance Benefits.	10
3.6	Repayments and Forfeitures.	10
3.7	Offset for Other Benefits or Amounts Due.	11
3.8	Non-Solicitation of Employees and Clients.	11
3.9	Continuation Coverage Benefits.	11
3.10	Benefits for Former Motorola Employees.	12
3.11	Benefits for Former Procter & Gamble Employees.	12
3.12	Benefits for Certain Acquired Employees	12
SECTION 4	PAYMENT OF BENEFITS	13
4.1	Release.	13
4.2	Form of Payment.	13
4.3	Section 409A Restrictions	13
4.4	Death Benefits.	14
SECTION 5	FINANCING PLAN BENEFITS	14
SECTION 6	REEMPLOYMENT	14
SECTION 7	MISCELLANEOUS	14
7.1	Information to be Furnished by Participants.	14
7.2	Employment Rights.	15
7.3	Employer’s and Administrator’s Decision Final.	15
7.4	Evidence.	15
7.5	Uniform Rules.	15
7.6	Gender and Number.	15
7.7	Action by Employer.	15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

7.8	Controlling Laws.	16
7.9	Interests Not Transferable.	16
7.10	Mistake of Fact.	16
7.11	Severability.	16
7.12	Withholding.	16
7.13	Effect on Other Plans or Agreements.	16
7.14	Non-Duplication.	16
7.15	No Vested Rights.	17
SECTION 8	AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION	17
8.1	Amendment and Termination.	17
8.2	Notice of Amendment or Termination.	17

ii

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

SECTION 1

Introduction

1.1 Purpose.

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) has established the Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Severance Pay Plan (the “Plan”) to enable the Company and its subsidiaries and certain affiliates that adopt the Plan with the Company’s consent to provide severance benefits to eligible employees who involuntarily terminate employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or certain affiliates. Severance benefits for eligible employees shall be determined exclusively under the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall constitute an “employee welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

1.2 Effective Date, Plan Year.

The Plan was originally established effective June 1, 1998. The “effective date” of the Plan, as amended and restated, is January 1, 2006. The terms of the Plan apply, on and after the effective date, to each participant who terminates employment with an Employer on or after that date, and such employees will be entitled to benefits only if they satisfy each of the Plan’s requirements for participation and benefits. A “Plan Year” is the 12-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on the following December 31.

1.3 Employers.

Any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company may adopt the Plan with the Company’s consent. A “subsidiary” of the Company is any corporation more than 50 percent of the voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly by the Company. An “affiliate” of the Company is any business entity in which the Company does not own more than 50 percent of the voting stock, but which exists to spend all or a substantial part of its time to service the Company or its subsidiaries. Currently, Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. and LaSalle Investment Management, Inc. are the only participating employers in the Plan other than the Company. Thus, the Company, Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. and LaSalle Investment Management, Inc. are referred to below collectively as the “Employers” and sometimes individually as an “Employer.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Employer” or “Employers” shall not include Jones Lang LaSalle Services, Inc.

1.4 Administration.

The Plan is administered by the Chief Human Resources Officer of Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (the “Administrator”). The Administrator, from time to time, may adopt such rules and regulations as may be necessary or desirable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the terms of the Plan. The Administrator, from time to time, may also appoint such individuals to act as the Company’s representatives as the Administrator considers necessary or desirable for the effective administration of the Plan. In administering the Plan, the Administrator shall have the sole discretionary authority to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan and make factual determinations thereunder, including the authority to determine the eligibility of employees and the amount of benefits payable under the Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole discretionary authority to grant or deny benefits under this Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides in his or her sole discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Any notice or document required to be given or filed with the Company will be properly given or filed if delivered or mailed, by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company, attention Severance Pay Plan Administrator, at Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

1.5 Plan Supplements.

The provisions of the Plan may be modified by supplements to the Plan. The terms and provisions of each supplement are a part of the Plan and supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the Plan and the supplement(s).

SECTION 2

Eligibility for Participation

2.1 Participants.

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, the Plan is applicable to each regular employee whose employment with the Employer is terminated for reasons described below, and who is not otherwise ineligible for severance pay under subsection 2.2. In addition, the Plan is applicable to GEC Participants as defined in subsection 3.4(e) to the extent provided therein and to Modified Participants as defined in subsection 3.4(f) to the extent provided therein. A “regular employee” means an employee of an Employer who is eligible for coverage under the Employer’s medical benefit plan, who spends all or substantially all of his or her time on Employer matters, and who is not covered by a written agreement or severance agreement, unless such agreement specifically provides for participation in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “regular employee” also includes: (i) “Hired Employees” as that term is defined in the February 25, 2002 Employee Matters Agreement between Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc., LPI Service Corporation, and Motorola, Inc. (the “Agreement”) (hereinafter referred to as “Former Motorola Employees”); and (ii) Janet Kissel and Timothy McParlane (hereinafter referred to as “Former Procter & Gamble Employees”). The Plan does not apply to the following employees of an Employer:

(a) those who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement;

2

(b) those who are performing services for an Employer pursuant to the terms of an individual agreement (i.e., an employment agreement or as an independent contractor) or a leasing arrangement with another entity (i.e., as a leased employee); and

(c) except in the case of the GEC Participants, those who perform all or most of their services outside the United States.

A regular employee described above who satisfies each of the conditions and limitations of the Plan (including subsection 2.2) will become a participant in the Plan on the date the participant’s employment with an Employer ends due to involuntary termination on account of (i) job elimination; (ii) permanent reduction in work force; or (iii) permanent shut down of a facility, department or subdivision. The Administrator shall have sole and exclusive discretion to determine whether an involuntary termination is on account of any such event. A GEC Participant will also become a participant in the Plan on the date he or she becomes eligible for benefits under subsection 3.4(e). An employee in the job categories of National, Regional or International Director becomes a Modified Participant in the Plan on the date he or she becomes eligible for benefits under subsection 3.4(f).

2.2 Conditions of Ineligibility.

An otherwise eligible employee shall not be eligible for severance pay under the Plan if:

(a) employment with the Employer terminates by reason of discharge for cause including, but not limited to, violations of the Company’s policies or Code of Business Ethics, willful or grossly negligent breach of the participant’s duties as an employee of the Employer, fraud, embezzlement, theft, falsification of documents, use or distribution on premises of illegal drugs, refusal to co-operate with an investigation or any other similar dishonest conduct;

(b) employment with the Employer terminates involuntarily as a result of poor performance, as determined by the Administrator;

(c) employment with the Employer terminates by reason of death of the employee;

(d) employment with the Employer terminates voluntarily for any reason, including retirement, resignation or job abandonment;

(e) at the time of his or her termination, the employee is entitled to any form of disability benefit or workers’ compensation, provided however, that an employee who is certified to return to work and whose disability benefits or workers’ compensation ends and who cannot be placed in employment with an Employer shall then become eligible for severance pay under the Plan;

3

(f) employment with an Employer is involuntarily terminated after the employee refuses a position with an Employer, a subsidiary, an affiliate, a client or a company that takes over a client assignment that an Employer loses, or a company to whom an Employer outsources that position, provided that such position is reasonably comparable in responsibility and salary, and is in the same general location (the Administrator shall have sole discretion to determine whether the position offered constitutes a “reasonably comparable” position for purposes of this subparagraph);

(g) the employee has not remained employed with an Employer until the date of any qualifying job elimination, permanent reduction in work force or permanent shut down of a facility, department or subdivision, regardless of whether an advance announcement was made before such event. If an employee does not remain employed with an Employer until the last work day of an event described in this subparagraph, no benefits under the Plan are payable to the employee;

(h) the Plan is terminated, whether or not the Company provided prior notice concerning the termination of the Plan;

(i) an employee’s employment is terminated in conjunction with the sale or transfer (whether of stock or assets) of all or any part of the business of an Employer;

(j) an employee takes a position with the same or another Employer, a subsidiary, an affiliate of an Employer or a client or company that takes over a client assignment that the Employer loses, or a company to whom an Employer outsources that position;

(k) employment with an Employer terminates involuntarily as a result of the loss of a property or facility management assignment within the Accounts or Markets groups or the Retail business units, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. For purposes of this subparagraph, loss of a property or facility management assignment shall include the resignation or relinquishment by an Employer of a property or facility management assignment;

(l) an employee is terminated after a client of the Employer requests that the employee cease providing services at the client’s premises; and

(m) except as provided in subsection 3.4(e) in the case of a GEC Participant, an employee is entitled to severance benefits under any other plan, program or arrangement maintained by an Employer.

Except as provided in subsection 3.4(e), in no event shall any participant’s severance pay benefit exceed an amount equal to 24 months of the participant’s base pay.

4

SECTION 3

Plan Benefits

3.1 Pay.

“Pay” for purposes of the Plan shall mean:

(a) for salaried employees, the participant’s annualized base salary (excluding any target bonus and/or value added compensation, cost of living adjustment (“COLA”), or any other type or form of compensation); or

(b) for hourly employees, the participant’s annualized base compensation, calculated by multiplying the participant’s regular hourly rate by 2080.

Pay rates will be the rates in effect on a participant’s last date of employment with an Employer. Any performance or merit reviews that are pending or in process shall not affect the amount of any severance pay benefit. In determining the amount of a participant’s weekly pay for purposes of subsection 3.4, the monthly amounts determined above shall be multiplied by twelve, then divided by a factor of 52.

3.2 Full Years of Continuous Service.

A participant’s “full years of continuous service” for purposes of the Plan shall mean the number of completed twelve-consecutive month periods, prior to his or her employment termination date, measured from the participant’s last date of hire by an Employer, determined in accordance with the Employer’s personnel records. No fractional years of service are counted under the Plan. An employee’s service remains “continuous” despite a break in service, provided the employee has incurred only one break in service and it is less than 12 months in duration, and such employee repays any severance benefit paid by the Employer or subsidiary attributable to such service before the break in service. For purposes of the preceding sentence, and disregarding fractional years, an employee’s number of full years of continuous service:

(a) before such a break in service, and

(b) after such a break in service

shall be added together and the sum shall be the employee’s number of full years of continuous service.

3.3 Base Severance.

A participant who is eligible for severance pay under the Plan shall be entitled to receive as base severance pay an amount equal to one-half month of Pay as of the date of his or her termination from the Employer.

5

3.4 Enhanced Severance.

In addition to the base severance pay that an eligible employee is entitled to receive under subsection 3.3 of the Plan, an eligible employee who satisfies all of the conditions of the Plan (specifically including the execution of the Severance Agreement and General Release described in subsection 3.5) will be entitled to enhanced severance pay in an amount determined by multiplying the participant’s number of full years of continuous service, times the applicable multiplier from the table below, times the participant’s weekly Pay (as described in subsection 3.1), and the result so determined shall not be less than the minimum number of months of Pay as set forth in column (c) of the following table, but shall not exceed the maximum number of months of Pay as set forth in column (d) of the following table:

(a) Position Level	(b) Applicable Multiplier (Applicable to Participant’s Weekly Pay x Full Years of Continuous Service)	(c) Minimum Months of Pay (as defined in subsection 3.1)	(d) Maximum Months of Pay (as defined in subsection 3.1)
International & Regional Director	3	6 Months	15 Months
National & Associate Director	2	1 Month	9 Months
Exempt Staff	1	1 Month	6 Months
Non-Exempt Staff	1	1 Month	3 Months

Under the circumstances set forth in subsection 3.4(e) with respect to GEC Participants, enhanced severance pay for a GEC Participant will be separately calculated pursuant to such subsection 3.4(e).

In addition to the amount of severance set forth in subsections 3.3 and 3.4, the following additional benefits are provided:

(a) Benefit Continuation. If the participant elects COBRA, as defined in subsection 3.9, continuation coverage, for each month that such coverage continues the Employer will reimburse a participant for a portion of the cost of medical and dental insurance coverage, subject to subsection 3.9, and further subject to the following limits:

(i) the Employer will cease reimbursing such costs beginning with the same month the participant ceases to be covered by COBRA; and

(ii) in no event will the Employer reimburse such costs for more than the number of weeks for which enhanced severance pay is payable, as determined above or in subsection 3.4(e), regardless of the form in which payment is actually made. The number of weeks for which enhanced severance pay is payable shall be determined without regard to whether such severance pay is paid in a lump sum.

6

(b) Outplacement Counseling Services. The Employer will provide each participant with outplacement counseling services to be provided by a firm of the Employer’s choice. The nature of such services, its duration and all other terms and conditions shall be determined by the Employer.

(c) Timing and Consideration. Each of the enhanced severance arrangements described in this subsection 3.4 will become available to a participant beginning after the seven day revocation period following the execution of the Severance Agreement and General Release as described below. The consideration for this voluntary Severance Agreement and General Release shall be the enhanced severance, Employer-provided benefits and outplacement counseling services, if applicable, to which the participant otherwise would not be entitled. Benefits are payable at the time and in the manner described in subsection 4.2.

(d) Prorated Target Bonus. The provisions in this subsection 3.4(d) shall apply exclusively to Plan participants who: (i) have target bonuses; and (ii) are not GEC Participants as defined in subsection 3.4(e); (a “Target Bonus Participant”).

In the event a Target Bonus Participant has otherwise satisfied all of the conditions of the Plan for enhanced severance under subsection 3.4 (specifically including executing the Severance Agreement and General Release described in subsection 3.5), such Target Bonus Participant may receive a prorated share of his or her target bonus for the year of termination, subject to the Employer’s then existing practice of determining discretionary bonus payments. Payment of bonuses is within the Employer’s sole discretion, and may be made, if at all, subject to year-to-year variations. Factors included in considering individual bonus awards include, without limitation, the employee’s performance against specific objective and subjective standards developed with his or her manager, subjective evaluation by management and the anticipated performance of the Employer, region and business unit. A consideration of these factors may lead to a Target Bonus Participant receiving more than, less than or none of his or her prorated target bonus. Any bonus payment shall be less any required payroll deductions.

Furthermore, except as specifically otherwise provided in this subsection 3.4(d), all of the other provisions and conditions of the Plan shall be applicable to enhanced severance payable to a Target Bonus Participant.

(e) GEC Supplemental Benefit. The provisions in this subsection 3.4(e) shall apply exclusively to each of those individuals who is a member of the Company’s Global Executive Committee (the “GEC”) or any successor global management committee to the GEC as may be designated as such by the Company at the time of his or her termination. As of May 1, 2004, the GEC consists of the Company’s Global Chief Executive Officer, Global Chief Financial Officer and the Chief

7

Executive Officers of each of the Company’s Americas, Europe, Asia-Pacific and LaSalle Investment Management operating units (each a “GEC Participant” and collectively the “GEC Participants”).

In the event that the employment of a GEC Participant with the Employer ends due to an involuntary termination for any reason other than those set forth in subsections 2.1 or 2.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (j), (k) or (m), then such GEC Participant, if he or she has satisfied all of the conditions of the Plan (specifically including executing the Severance Agreement and General Release described in subsection 3.5), will be entitled to enhanced severance pay equal to the sum of: (i) 52 times the GEC Participant’s weekly Pay; plus (ii) an amount equal to the annual target bonus then in effect for such GEC Participant. Such enhanced severance pay shall be payable in a lump sum.

In addition to the foregoing amounts:

(i) if a GEC Participant is terminated under this subsection 3.4(e) between January 1 in a given year and the date thereafter on which the Company pays bonuses in respect of the previous year (the “Bonus Payment Date”), then the GEC Participant shall remain eligible to receive his or her bonus on the Bonus Payment Date subject to the Company’s then existing practice of determining discretionary bonus payments and otherwise subject to the considerations with respect to the payments of bonuses set forth in subsection 3.4(d);

(ii) if a GEC Participant is terminated under this subsection 3.4(e) between the Bonus Payment Date and June 30 of any given year, then the GEC Participant shall not be eligible to receive any further bonus payment beyond any bonus paid in respect of the then previous Bonus Payment Date; and

(iii) if a GEC Participant is terminated under this subsection 3.4(e) between June 30 and December 31 (inclusive) of any given year, then when the Company calculates and pays bonuses in the following year, such GEC Participant may receive a prorated share of his or her target bonus for the year of termination, subject to the Employer’s then existing practice of determining discretionary bonus payments and otherwise subject to the considerations with respect to the payments of bonuses set forth in subsection 3.4(d).

After termination under this subsection 3.4(e), a GEC Participant shall not be eligible to receive any bonus payments except as specifically contemplated in this subsection as set forth above.

8

In the case of subsection 2.2(f), it shall be the Compensation Committee (rather than the Administrator) that has the discretion to determine whether the position offered to a GEC Participant constitutes a “reasonably comparable” position (which in any event may only with the Company or one of its subsidiaries). In the case of subsection 2.2(m), the GEC Participant shall be permitted to elect whether to receive severance payments under this Plan or under such other plan, program or arrangement (including an employment agreement) with respect to which he or she may be entitled to receive severance (or “Garden Leave”) benefits, but shall not be entitled to receive payments under both. Such election must be made on or after the date the GEC Participant is terminated and before the GEC Participant receives severance payments from an Employer under any plan, program or arrangement, including this Plan, for such termination. Payment of severance under this Plan shall not, however, preclude payment of any other benefits (such as, for example, with respect to health care) that may otherwise be provided under any separate plan, program or arrangement (including an employment agreement).

For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of the Plan shall apply according to its terms if the particular circumstances set forth in subsection 2.1 of the Plan cause a GEC Participant’s employment to end. Furthermore, except as specifically otherwise provided in this subsection 3.4(e), all of the other provisions and conditions of the Plan shall be applicable to enhanced severance payable to a GEC Participant.

(f) Modified Participant Benefit. The provisions in this subsection 3.4(f) shall apply exclusively to individuals who (i) are individuals in the job categories of National, Regional or International Director whose employment is involuntarily terminated; (ii) are otherwise not eligible for severance benefits as participants under the Plan; and (iii) are not ineligible for severance benefits under Section 2.2(a), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) or (m) of the Plan. A person meeting all the criteria in the previous sentence shall be deemed to be a “Modified Participant.” In the event of such termination, then such Modified Participant, if he or she satisfies all of the conditions of the Plan (specifically including executing the Severance Agreement and General Release described in subsection 3.5), will be entitled to the following enhanced severance payment, in addition to the base severance under section 3.3:

A. If terminated after Performance Counseling:

i. For National Directors – one-half ( ¹/2 ) month base compensation

ii. For Regional or International Directors – one and one-half (1 ¹/2) months base compensation.

B. If terminated without Performance Counseling – one-half of the enhanced severance benefits to which the Modified Participant would have been eligible had the Modified Participant been an eligible Participant under the Plan.

9

For purposes of this Amendment, “Performance Counseling” shall mean the written memorandum or memoranda explaining a performance deficiency, and/or a 30-day period from the first written memorandum. “Terminated after Performance Counseling” shall mean involuntary termination within six months of Performance Counseling, which shall be six months after the date on which the 30 days from the first written memorandum expires or the date of the last written memorandum, whichever is later. Terminations outside six months after Performance Counseling shall be considered terminations “without Performance Counseling.”

3.5 Conditions to Payment of Enhanced Severance Benefits.

As a condition to receiving the enhanced severance benefits described in subsection 3.4, each participant is required to:

(a) Execute and submit within the allotted time, a Severance Agreement and General Release in the form prescribed. A participant may be required to re-execute the release on his or her date of separation, if necessary. If a participant’s signed release is not returned by the deadline, no enhanced severance benefits are provided. If a participant revokes the Severance Agreement and General Release within the seven day revocation period, no enhanced severance benefits will be provided.

(b) Return all Employer property (including, but not limited to computers, keys, credit cards, documents, records, identification cards and equipment) on or before his or her termination of employment.

(c) Repay all loans or other amounts due to the Employer including, without limitation, any outstanding corporate credit card balances or negative paid-time-off balances. Any loans or other amounts due from the employee shall be set off against and deducted from the severance amount otherwise due the employee under the Plan.

3.6 Repayments and Forfeitures.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any participant who accepts benefits under the Plan shall reimburse the Employer for the full amount of any benefits he or she received under the Plan if the participant subsequently discloses any of the Employer’s trade secrets, violates any written covenants between such participant and the Employer or otherwise engages in conduct that may adversely affect the Employer’s reputation or business relations. In addition, any participant described in the preceding sentence shall forfeit any right to benefits under the Plan which have not yet been paid. If, and to the extent required by the terms of any agreement between the Employer and a third party concerning the sale or transfer of all or any portion of the Employer, any

10

participant whose employment is involuntarily terminated in conjunction with such sale and who becomes a direct competitor of such third party or is employed by a direct competitor of such third party shall forfeit any right to any additional benefits under the Plan which have not yet been paid. In addition, repayments of benefits may be required as provided in subsection 3.2.

3.7 Offset for Other Benefits or Amounts Due.

Except as provided in subsection 3.4(e), the amount of any benefits payable to a participant under the Plan shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by any separation, termination or similar benefits that an Employer, subsidiary or affiliate pays or is required to pay to such participant through insurance or otherwise under any plan, program, agreement or contract of the Employer, subsidiary or affiliate, or under any federal or state law.

3.8 Non-Solicitation of Employees and Clients.

As a condition to receiving enhanced severance benefits, each participant shall execute a release in a form specified by the Employer, containing the participant’s agreement to the following restrictions: during the period severance is payable, or during the period of 12 months after termination, whichever is longer, the participant shall not (i) solicit or induce any other employees of an Employer or subsidiary to leave the employ of the Employer; (ii) solicit or induce any of an Employer’s or subsidiary’s clients to discontinue or reduce the extent of such relationship with the Employer or subsidiary; or (iii) assist, perform services for or have any equity interest in any of an Employer’s or subsidiary’s clients. If a participant fails to comply with such restrictions, any remaining unpaid benefits under the Plan shall not be paid and the Employer may pursue all legal remedies available to it, including recovery of severance already paid. The Employer has the sole discretion to determine whether an entity is a “client” of Employer or a subsidiary.

3.9 Continuation Coverage Benefits.

If a participant elects to continue health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Employer will subsidize a portion of the premium for such continuation coverage until the occurrence of the earlier: (i) the date that the employee becomes covered under another group plan; or (ii) the last day of the employee’s severance pay period. The Employer will subsidize the premium to the extent that the participant would otherwise be required to pay more for such coverage during such period than a similarly situated active employee would be required to pay for comparable coverage. After the end of the severance pay period, the participant will be required to pay the full premium for any remaining COBRA continuation coverage. The payment of benefits under the Plan shall in no way affect a participant’s COBRA coverage, which coverage shall terminate in accordance with the COBRA coverage provisions of the Employer’s medical and dental plans covering the participant.

11

3.10 Benefits for Former Motorola Employees.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if any Former Motorola Employee is terminated other than for Cause within five years of the Transfer Date, such Former Motorola Employee will be entitled to the greater of: (i) the benefits available under this Plan; or (ii) the benefits described in the Motorola Severance Plan then in effect (but not to exceed the benefits levels in effect under the Motorola Severance Plan as of the Transfer Date). For purposes of calculating these benefits, such Former Motorola Employee’s service with Motorola, Inc. shall be credited according to the terms of the Agreement. If a release of claims was required in order to obtain benefits under the Motorola Severance Plan, then the Former Motorola Employee must execute a release of claims against the Employers as described in subsection 3.5 of this Plan in order to be entitled to such benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no employee will be entitled to benefits under both this Plan and the Motorola Severance Plan. The terms “Cause,” “Transfer Date” and “Motorola Severance Plan” for purposes of this subsection have the same meaning as they do in the Agreement.

3.11 Benefits for Former Procter & Gamble Employees.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if a Former Procter & Gamble Employee is terminated other than for Cause prior to September 1, 2005, the Former Procter & Gamble Employee will be entitled to benefits calculated under the Procter & Gamble Severance Plan rather than the benefits normally calculated under this Plan. If a release of claims was required in order to obtain benefits under the Procter & Gamble Severance Plan, then the Former Procter & Gamble Employee must execute a release of claims against the Employers as described in subsection 3.5 of this Plan in order to be entitled to such benefits. Effective September 1, 2005, the Former Procter & Gamble Employee’s benefits under the Plan, if any, will be determined according to the provisions of the Plan other than this subsection 3.11 based on the Former Procter & Gamble Employee’s date of hire with the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Former Procter & Gamble Employee will be simultaneously entitled to benefits under both this Plan and the Procter & Gamble Severance Plan.

3.12 Benefits for Certain Acquired Employees

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections 3.3 and 3.4, the Company may, in its discretion, provide severance pay and benefits that are different than those set forth in such subsections in the event the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement with a third party to provide special severance pay and benefits to certain employees acquired from the third party. Other than with regard to special severance pay and benefits, all of the other terms of the Plan shall apply to such employees.

12

SECTION 4

Payment of Benefits

4.1 Release.

No enhanced severance pay benefits under subsection 3.4 of the Plan shall be payable to any participant until such participant has executed a release (as described in subsection 3.5) of all of such participant’s then existing rights and legal claims against the Employers and their subsidiaries and affiliates.

4.2 Form of Payment.

Subject to the conditions and limitations of any applicable supplement to the Plan and the distribution requirements under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) described in Section 4.3, benefits shall be paid in equal installments according to the Employer’s normal payroll schedule; provided, that all benefit payments to a participant must be completed within 24 months following the date on which the participant’s employment terminates. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay benefits in a lump sum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all severance payments made pursuant to subsection 3.4(e) shall be made in a lump sum. All payments made under the Plan are subject to reduction for withholding. Severance payments made under this Plan are not considered eligible wages for any other Employer-provided benefits, including the 401(k) plan.

4.3 Section 409A Restrictions

Code Section 409A places certain restrictions on when severance pay may be distributed. If a participant who is entitled to severance pay under this Plan is deemed to be a “specified employee” (as defined in the Treasury Department Regulations for Code Section 409A), the first installment of severance pay shall be paid beginning at least six months after the participant’s termination date. However, the six-month delay restriction in the previous sentence will not apply if (A) the severance pay is distributed not later than 2- ¹/2 months following the end of the year in which the participant’s employment terminated, or (B) the severance pay meets the following two requirements:

(a) The entire amount of the severance pay does not exceed the lesser of (1) two times the participant’s annual compensation for the year preceding the termination, or (2) two times the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit for the year of the termination ($440,000 for terminations in 2006, $450,000 for terminations in 2007); and

(b) All amounts are paid by December 31 of the second calendar year following the year in which the termination occurs (e.g., if the participant terminates employment in 2007, all payments must be made by December 31, 2009).

13

4.4 Death Benefits.

In the event of a participant’s death before he or she receives all benefits to which he or she otherwise would be entitled under the Plan, payment of his or her benefits shall be made to his or her beneficiary in installments or a lump sum, as determined by the Company, subject to any distribution requirements under Section 409A of the Code. By signing a form furnished by the Employer (and approved by the Company), each participant may designate any person or persons to whom his or her benefits are to be paid if he or she dies before he or she receives all of his or her benefits. A beneficiary designation form will be effective only when the form is filed with the Employer while the participant is still alive and will cancel all beneficiary designation forms previously filed by the participant with the Employer with respect to this Plan. If a deceased participant has failed to designate a beneficiary as provided above, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the participant, payment of the participant’s benefits shall be made to his or her estate. If a designated beneficiary dies before complete payment of any benefits attributable to a participant, remaining benefits shall be paid to the beneficiary’s estate.

SECTION 5

Financing Plan Benefits

All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid directly by the Employers out of their general assets. The Employers shall not be required to segregate on their books or otherwise any amount to be used for the payment of benefits under this Plan.

SECTION 6

Reemployment

If a participant who is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan is reemployed by an Employer, by any enterprise in which the Employer owns an interest, or by any acquiror of all or a portion of an Employer (whether by stock or assets) before all his or her benefits have been paid, any benefits remaining to be paid will be forfeited.

SECTION 7

Miscellaneous

7.1 Information to be Furnished by Participants.

Each participant must furnish to his or her Employer such documents, evidence, data or other information as the Employer considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. Benefits under the Plan for each participant are provided on the condition that he or she furnish full, true and complete data, evidence or other information, and that he or she will promptly sign any document related to the Plan, requested by his or her Employer.

14

7.2 Employment Rights.

The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment and participation in the Plan will not give a participant the right to be rehired or retained in the employ of an Employer on a full-time, part-time or any other basis or to be retrained by the Employer, nor will participation in the Plan give any participant any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan. Participants remain employees “at-will.” Nothing in the Plan guarantees that a participant will receive his or her target bonus during his or her employment with the Employer.

7.3 Employer’s and Administrator’s Decision Final.

Any interpretation of the Plan and any decision on any matter within the discretion of an Employer or Administrator made by the Employer or Administrator in good faith is binding on all persons. The Administrator will establish and maintain a written procedure under which participants may submit claims for benefits, and may request reviews of denied claims.

7.4 Evidence.

Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person relying thereon considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

7.5 Uniform Rules.

In managing the Plan, the Employers will apply uniform rules to all participants similarly situated. The Administrator may make such other awards of severance benefits to any employee or group of employees as he or she deems desirable, pursuant to conditions and procedures established in writing from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan and as are incorporated in the Plan.

7.6 Gender and Number.

Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

7.7 Action by Employer.

Any action required of or permitted by the Company or an Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its Board of Directors, by a person or persons authorized by resolutions of its Board of Directors or such committee, or by the Administrator. An amendment to the Plan that is approved subsequently by resolution of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may have retroactive effect.

15

7.8 Controlling Laws.

Except to the extent superseded by ERISA, the laws of the State of Illinois shall be controlling in all matters relating to the Plan.

7.9 Interests Not Transferable.

Subject to subsection 3.7, the interests of persons entitled to benefits under the Plan are not subject to their debts or other obligations and, except as may be required by the tax withholding provisions of the Code or any state’s income tax act, or pursuant to an agreement between a participant and the Employer, may not be voluntarily sold, transferred, alienated, assigned or encumbered.

7.10 Mistake of Fact.

Any mistake of fact or misstatement of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known and proper adjustment made by reason thereof.

7.11 Severability.

In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provisions had never been contained in the Plan.

7.12 Withholding.

The Employers reserve the right to withhold from any amounts payable under this Plan all federal, state, city and local taxes as shall be legally required and any applicable insurance or health coverage premiums, as well as any other amounts authorized or required by Employer policy including, but not limited to, withholding for garnishments and judgments or other court orders.

7.13 Effect on Other Plans or Agreements.

Payments or benefits provided to a participant under any Employer stock, deferred compensation, savings, retirement or other employee benefit plan are governed solely by the terms of such plan. Any obligations or duties of a participant pursuant to any non-competition or other agreement with an Employer shall be governed solely by the terms of such agreement and shall not be affected by the terms of this Plan.

7.14 Non-Duplication.

No person will be entitled to benefits under this Plan who is entitled to severance or similar benefits under any other plan or arrangement of an Employer, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Plan.

16

7.15 No Vested Rights.

No person shall acquire any vested rights to any benefits described in the Plan, and the Company reserves the right to discontinue such benefits at any time, as further provided in subsection 8.1.

SECTION 8

Amendment and Termination

8.1 Amendment and Termination.

The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan at any time and to alter, reduce or eliminate any benefit under the Plan (in whole or in part) at any time or to terminate the Plan at any time, as to any class or classes of covered employees (including former or retired employees), with or without notice. Any amendment or termination of the Plan by the Company shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in subsection 7.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of subsection 3.4(e) shall remain effective for each GEC Participant, and may not be amended or terminated, until the date of such GEC Participant’s termination of employment from the Employer or until such time as the GEC Participant’s severance benefits have been superceded by some other severance plan, program or arrangement (including an employment agreement entered into after May 1, 2004) with the Employer.

8.2 Notice of Amendment or Termination.

Participants will be notified of any material amendment or termination of the Plan within a reasonable time.

17

EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

LaSalle Investment Management

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

(As Amended and Restated and Effective as of January 1, 2008)

I. Objectives

The LaSalle Investment Management Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to provide a financial incentive to selected executives and key contributors (the “Participants”) of LaSalle Investment Management (“LIM”) that will:

(a) Align their interests with those of the shareholders of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”),

(b) Provide an incentive to grow both LIM’s core advisory revenues and margins and also its incentive fee revenues and margins, and

(c) Provide a retention vehicle to promote continued employment with LIM by its key contributors.

The Plan represents an amendment and restatement in its entirety of the previous long-term plan for selected LIM employees that was effective through the end of calendar year 2007.

II. General Plan Provisions

Defined Terms:	Capitalized terms used herein without specific definition shall have the respective definitions given to them elsewhere in the Plan.
Eligibility:	The Chief Executive Officer of LIM (the “LIM CEO”) and such other senior LIM employees (the “Participants”) as the LIM CEO and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Company CEO”) may jointly designate as provided herein will be eligible to participate in the Plan. No individual will have an automatic right to participate in the Plan.
Selection Procedures:	Prior to March 31 of each year, the LIM CEO will recommend to the Company CEO a list of those LIM employees for participation in the Plan. Once approved by the Company CEO, the LIM CEO will confirm participation levels to eligible employees in writing. All Participants must be employed by LIM or the Company on the Award Date in order to receive an Award.
Performance Measurement:	Performance for purposes of the Plan will be evaluated using the following three LIM financial performance measures: 1) Modified Cash Flow (“MCF”) This component of the Plan is designed to recognize the value added that the Company receives from LIM’s entire business, including performance/incentive fees. MCF is defined as PGOI less equity earnings. 2) Modified Base Cash Flow (“MBCF”) This component of the Plan is designed to recognize the value that the Company receives from enhancing LIM’s core advisory revenues and the resulting margins. MBCF is defined as MCF less incentive fees net of any related team incentive bonus. 3) Pre-Global Operating Income (“PGOI”) This component of the Plan includes all expenses related to the operation of LIM, including allocations, deferred compensation expenses associated with existing conditional share and Stock Ownership Plan (“SOP”) awards as well as all amortized expenses under the Plan.

1

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

	These performance measures are intended to conform to current Company accounting and financial standards as reflected in its financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles. All direct expenses will be included in the calculation of the above performance measures, including one time charges, integration and acquisition related costs and allocation of a portion of expenses where LIM benefits directly. When appropriate in his discretion, the Company CEO reserves right to make adjustments for income or expense items that are not consistent with the strategic purposes or operation of the Plan (for example, activities related to mergers and acquisitions or a single extraordinary or material transaction).
Award Determination:	Awards will be determined on a calendar year basis. An individual Participant will receive an Award based on the value of the specified point (“Point”) interest assigned for Plan purposes at the beginning of each year. The value of a Point for a given year of the Plan will be determined by: multiplying (a) the amounts in excess of MBCF and MCF hurdles established for each year times (b) the Performance Sharing Rates established as indicated below and then dividing by (c) the total number of Points allocated to Participants for such year.
Minimum Performance Requirements:	In order for an Award to vest under the Plan, the actual LIM PGOI margin must exceed 15% and LIM’s total compensation and benefits expense as a percent of revenue must not exceed 60%. As a result, compensation to be awarded under the LIM LTIP, or any other LIM compensation program, may be adjusted by the LIM CEO (upon consultation and approval by the Company CEO) in order to achieve these minimum performance requirements.
Performance Sharing Rates:	For purposes of determining the value of a Point, the Plan will share in amounts in excess of MBCF and MCF hurdles established for each year according to the “Performance Sharing Rates” as documented in the minutes of the meeting of the Committee held on September 13, 2007 and maintained with the corporate records of the Company.
Point Interest Allocation Methodology:	It is anticipated that a total of 100 Points will be allocated to Participants by no later than March 31 of each calendar year, to the extent recommended by the LIM CEO and approved by the Company CEO.
Initial Point Allocations:	Initial point allocations are made to LIM employees who are not eligible to participate in any other Company long term incentive program or to receive other stock awards that may be made to other employees on a periodic basis (“Senior Participants”). LIM employees that participate in other variable compensation programs may be allocated points at the beginning of the year to motivate performance during the period (“Annual Participants”). The LIM CEO shall ensure that reasonable efforts are taken to identify new Annual Participants for initial point allocations by either promoting participation in the Plan from within LIM or the Company, or as a result of hiring new employees from outside of the Company to maximize the prospects of achieving LIM’s growth opportunities.

2

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

	Once the initial point allocations are approved for Senior Participants and other Annual Participants, the LIM CEO will be assigned a point interest by the Company CEO, as approved by the Committee. The LIM CEO shall receive no more than 15% of the initially unallocated points.
Use of Unallocated or Forfeited Points	Any unallocated points that remain at the end of a given year may be used on a discretionary basis to reward current employees who may have previously been selected to participate in the Plan or to new employees. Forfeited points that were assigned to Senior Participants or Annual Participants during the year may also be reallocated to other employees, as recommended by the LIM CEO and approved by the Company CEO. Any remaining points may be allocated to Senior Participants or Annual Participants at the end of the year based on the LIM CEO’s assessment of each person’s relative contributions and approved by the Company CEO.
Form of Awards:	Awards are anticipated to be made in a combination of cash (“Cash Awards”) and restricted stock units (“RSU Awards”) as of January 1 of the year following the end of the calendar year to which performance relates. The pay mix will generally be 50% Cash Awards and 50% RSU Awards, with the final pay mix to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) each year. The Committee reserves the right to pay less than 50% in RSU Awards provided that not more than 50% will be paid in RSU Awards. RSU Awards will otherwise be subject to the terms of the Company’s Stock Award and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “SAIP”).
Vesting:	Participants must be employed by LIM or the Company to receive an Award, as well as payment for any unvested Cash Awards or RSU Awards, subject to the provisions below and the terms of the SAIP.
Cash Awards:	For Cash Awards, 50% of the Cash Award immediately vests and is paid at the same time that annual bonus payments are made for the prior year. The remaining 50% vests after twelve months and is payable at the same time that annual bonus payments are made. Cash Awards are not credited with interest during the vesting period and are paid in local currency at the exchange rate in effect at the time the Cash Award vests.
RSU Awards:	RSU Awards will be granted as of January 1 of the year following the end of the calendar year to which performance relates. Fifty percent (50%) of the RSU Award will vest twenty four (24) months from the date of grant and the remaining fifty percent (50%) will vest thirty six (36) months from the date of grant.
Dividend Equivalents:	The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant dividend equivalents to employees who were granted RSU Awards. Dividend equivalents are the right to receive cash, common stock, or other property equal in value to the amount of dividends paid with respect to the Company’s common stock. RSU Awards do not otherwise have voting rights or a legal right to receive dividends until vested.
Termination:	Except as set forth below under “Voluntary Termination due to ‘Rule of 65’ Retirement” and “Involuntary Termination due to Death/Disability,” Participants forfeit unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards if they voluntarily terminate employment with LIM or the Company or are terminated by LIM or the Company for Cause. For purposes of the Plan, “Cause” means failure to perform the Participant’s job responsibilities in

3

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

	good faith, documented poor performance, falsification of Company records, theft, failure to cooperate with an investigation, conviction of any crime against the Company, any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of their employees, or a documented violation of the Company’s Code of Business Ethics. Participants do not retain any residual rights to receive new Awards beyond the date of their retirement, death or disability.
Change in Control:	All unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards become 100% vested in the event of a Change in Control as defined in the SAIP and as determined by the Committee.
Voluntary Termination due to “Rule of 65” Retirement:	All unvested Cash Awards and RSU Awards become 100% vested when an employee terminates employment when any of the following conditions have been met: (i) being at least 55 years old and having any combination of age plus years of service to the Company and its affiliates equal to at least 65, or (ii) having reached the statutory retirement age as defined within the country of the employee’s residence or citizenship, as applicable. In addition, as stipulated in the SAIP, the Company may in its discretion impose on a retired employee additional conditions regarding non-competition and non-solicitation of clients and employees in order for the retired employee to realize such benefits.
Involuntary Termination due to Death/Disability:	All unvested cash and RSUs become 100% vested when an employee terminates employment as a result of death or total disability, with distributions in accordance with the payout provisions above.
Reallocation of Forfeited Awards	On or before December 31 each year, the Company establishes the total value of forfeited LIM LTIP awards for all Participants that terminated employment during the current calendar year by (a) multiplying the grant date price of one share of Company common stock by the total number of RSU Awards forfeited during the year, and (b) adding the total value of cash awards forfeited during the year. The value of forfeited awards is added to the total payout that is calculated for the current year, increasing the value of a Point.
Strategic Alignment:	The intent of this long-term incentive program is to ensure there is an appropriate degree of alignment between the Company and LIM relative to the achievement of strategic business initiatives. While the Company recognizes that this Plan is necessary given the highly competitive labor market in which it operates, the Company also appreciates that LIM’s success can materially and favorably effect the overall performance of the Company. LIM’s success, as supported by this Plan, will benefit employees and shareholders alike. In turn, both the Company and LIM understand that LIM must always act in the best interests of its clients, and select service providers that LIM believes are the most qualified to meet the needs of its clients. Companies that provide property management and leasing as well as transactional services are among these service providers. In support of the Company’s overall mission, LIM will endeavor to use affiliated service providers when the qualifications of same are market-leading and conflicts do not exist relative to understandings that may exist with a client. An active dialogue will occur between LIM and the Company to ensure this desired strategic alignment is honored.

4

Confidential Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

Administration and Interpretation:	The Plan will be administered by or under the discretion of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Company’s SAIP, the Company’s CEO in his discretion, shall have the authority to approve eligibility to participate in the Plan and to establish the terms and conditions under which the awards become payable. In addition, the Company shall have the authority to delegate such of its duties and authority under the Plan, including calculation of performance results. As the Plan is a Variable Compensation Plan contemplated by the Company’s SAIP, Awards under the Plan will be administered as performance based awards under the SAIP. The Plan shall be interpreted by the Committee and such interpretations shall be final.
Term of Plan:	Subject to the terms of the Company’s SAIP, the Plan will be effective for the five year performance period starting January 1, 2008 and ending December 31, 2012. It is anticipated (but not guaranteed) that a subsequent long-term incentive plan would be developed following the expiration of this initial performance period, and such a plan would reflect market competitive compensation practices and business forecasts at that time.
Amendments:	The Plan is intended to continue in its initial form and not be amended during its term, provided, however, the Committee reserves the right to amend the Plan in order to maintain its original objectives at any time during its term. In addition, the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant under any Award already then previously granted under the Plan.

5

EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004

(Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2007)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1	Definitions	1
1.1	“Account Balance”	1
1.2	“Annual Account”	1
1.3	“Annual Deferral Amount”	2
1.4	“Annual Installment Method”	2
1.5	“Base Salary”	2
1.6	“Beneficiary”	2
1.7	“Beneficiary Designation Form”.	2
1.8	“Benefit Distribution Date”	3
1.9	“Board”	3
1.10	“Bonus”	3
1.11	“Change in Control”	3
1.12	“Code”	4
1.13	“Commissions”	4
1.14	“Committee”.	4
1.15	“Company”	4
1.16	“Company Contribution Amount”	4
1.17	“Company Restoration Matching Amount”	4
1.18	“Director”	4
1.19	“Director Fees”	4
1.20	“Disability” or “Disabled”	4
1.21	“Election Form”	5
1.22	“Employee”	5
1.23	“Employer(s)”	5
1.24	“ERISA”	5
1.25	“401(k) Plan”	5
1.26	“LTIP Amounts”	6
1.27	“Participant”	6
1.28	“Performance-Based Compensation”	6
1.29	“Plan”	6
1.30	“Plan Agreement”	6
1.31	“Plan Year”	6
1.32	“Restricted Stock”	6
1.33	“Restricted Stock Account”	6
1.34	“Restricted Stock Amount”	7
1.35	“Retirement,” “Retire(s)” or “Retired”	7
1.36	“Separation from Service”	7
1.37	“SOP Account”	8
1.38	“SOP Amount”	8
1.39	“SOP Stock”	9
1.40	“Stock”	9
1.41	“Trust”	9

2

1.42	“Unforeseeable Emergency”	9
1.43	“Years of Service”	9
ARTICLE 2	Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility	9
2.1	Selection by Committee	9
2.2	Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation.	9
ARTICLE 3	Deferral Commitments/Company Contribution Amounts/	10
3.1	Minimum and Maximum Deferrals.	10
3.2	Timing of Deferral Elections; Effect of Election Form.	11
3.3	Withholding and Crediting of Annual Deferral Amounts	12
3.4	Company Contribution Amount.	12
3.5	Company Restoration Matching Amount	13
3.6	SOP Amount	13
3.7	Restricted Stock Amount	14
3.8	Vesting.	14
3.9	Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances	15
3.10	FICA and Other Taxes.	17
ARTICLE 4	Scheduled Distribution; Unforeseeable Emergencies	18
4.1	Scheduled Distributions	18
4.2	Postponing Scheduled Distributions	19
4.3	Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions	19
4.4	Unforeseeable Emergencies.	19
ARTICLE 5	Change in Control Benefit	20
5.1	Change in Control Benefit	20
5.2	Payment of Change in Control Benefit	20
ARTICLE 6	Retirement Benefit	21
6.1	Retirement Benefit	21
ARTICLE 7	Termination Benefit	22
7.1	Termination Benefit	22
7.2	Payment of Termination Benefit	22
ARTICLE 8	Disability Benefit	22
8.1	Disability Benefit	22
8.2	Payment of Disability Benefit	22
ARTICLE 9	Death Benefit	22

3

9.1	Death Benefit	22
9.2	Payment of Death Benefit	23
ARTICLE 10	Beneficiary Designation	23
10.1	Beneficiary	23
10.2	Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent	23
10.3	Acknowledgment	23
10.4	No Beneficiary Designation	23
10.5	Doubt as to Beneficiary	23
10.6	Discharge of Obligations	23
ARTICLE 11	Leave of Absence	24
11.1	Paid Leave of Absence	24
11.2	Unpaid Leave of Absence	24
ARTICLE 12	Termination of Plan, Amendment or Modification	24
12.1	Termination of Plan	24
12.2	Amendment	25
12.3	Plan Agreement	25
12.4	Effect of Payment	25
ARTICLE 13	Administration	25
13.1	Committee Duties	25
13.2	Administration Upon Change In Control	25
13.3	Agents	26
13.4	Binding Effect of Decisions	26
13.5	Indemnity of Committee	26
13.6	Employer Information	26
ARTICLE 14	Other Benefits and Agreements	27
14.1	Coordination with Other Benefits	27
ARTICLE 15	Claims Procedures	27
15.1	Presentation of Claim	27
15.2	Notification of Decision	27
15.3	Review of a Denied Claim	28
15.4	Decision on Review	28
15.5	Legal Action	29
ARTICLE 16	Trust	29
16.1	Establishment of the Trust	29

4

16.2	Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust	29
16.3	Distributions From the Trust	29
ARTICLE 17	Miscellaneous	29
17.1	Status of Plan	29
17.2	Unsecured General Creditor	29
17.3	Employer’s Liability	30
17.4	Nonassignability	30
17.5	Not a Contract of Employment	30
17.6	Furnishing Information	31
17.7	Terms	31
17.8	Captions	31
17.9	Governing Law	31
17.10	Notice	31
17.11	Successors	31
17.12	Spouse’s Interest	32
17.13	Validity	32
17.14	Incompetent	32
17.15	Domestic Relations Orders	32
17.16	Distribution in the Event of Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A	32
17.17	Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments	32
17.18	Distribution in the Event of Taxation.	33
17.19	Insurance	33
17.20	Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control	33
17.21	Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation	34

5

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004

(Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2007)

Purpose

The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to Directors and a select group of management or highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, a Maryland corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that participate in the Plan. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

This Plan is intended to comply with all applicable law, including Code Section 409A and related Treasury guidance and Regulations, and shall be operated and interpreted in accordance with this intention. In order to transition to the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the Committee may make available to Participants certain transition relief provided under Notices 2006-79 and 2007-86, as described more fully in Appendix A of this Plan.

This Plan shall apply to all amounts deferred hereunder on and after January 1, 2004.

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

For the purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

1.1 “Account Balance” shall mean an entry on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of a Participant’s (a) Annual Account balance, (b) SOP Account balance, and (c) Restricted Stock Account balance. The Account Balance shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director and participates in the Plan in each capacity, then separate Account Balances (and separate Annual Accounts, SOP Accounts and Restricted Stock Accounts, if applicable) shall be established for such Participant as a device for the measurement and determination of the (a) amounts deferred under the Plan that are attributable to the Participant’s status as an Employee, and (b) amounts deferred under the Plan that are attributable to the Participant’s status as a Director.

1.2 “Annual Account” shall mean an entry on the records of the Employer equal to (a) the sum of a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount, Company Contribution Amount and Company Restoration Matching Amount for any one Plan Year, plus (b) amounts credited or debited to such amounts pursuant to this Plan, less (c) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Annual Account for such Plan Year. The Annual Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

1.3 “Annual Deferral Amount” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus, Commissions, Director Fees and LTIP Amounts that a Participant defers in accordance with Article 3 for any one Plan Year, without regard to whether such amounts are withheld and credited during such Plan Year.

1.4 “Annual Installment Method” shall mean the method used to determine the amount of each payment due to a Participant who has elected to receive a benefit over a period of years in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan. The amount of each annual payment due to the Participant shall be calculated by multiplying the balance of the Participant’s benefit by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due to the Participant. The amount of the first annual payment shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date, and the amount of each subsequent annual payment shall be calculated on or around each anniversary of such Benefit Distribution Date. Shares of Stock that shall be distributable from the SOP Account and the Restricted Stock Account shall be distributable in shares of actual Stock in the same manner previously described. For purposes of this Plan, the right to receive a benefit payment in annual installments shall be treated as the entitlement to a single payment.

1.5 “Base Salary” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, excluding distributions from nonqualified deferred compensation plans, bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, director fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Participant’s gross income). Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or nonqualified plans of any Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts shall be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Participant.

1.6 “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities designated in accordance with Article 10 that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the Participant’s death.

1.7 “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

2

1.8 “Benefit Distribution Date” shall mean the date upon which all or an objectively determinable portion of a Participant’s vested benefits shall become eligible for distribution. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date shall be determined based on the earliest to occur of an event or scheduled date set forth in Articles 4 through 9, as applicable.

1.9 “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

1.10 “Bonus” shall mean any cash compensation, in addition to Base Salary, Commissions and LTIP Amounts, earned by a Participant during a Plan Year under an Employer’s annual bonus and cash incentive plans.

1.11 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of a corporation, as determined in accordance with this Section.

In order for an event described below to constitute a Change in Control with respect to a Participant, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section, the applicable event shall relate to the corporation for which the Participant is providing services, the corporation that is liable for payment of the Participant’s Account Balance (or all corporations liable for payment if more than one), as identified by the Committee in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii)(A)(2), or such other corporation identified by the Committee in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii)(A)(3).

(a) A “change in the effective control” of the applicable corporation shall occur on either of the following dates:

(i) The date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of such corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi). If a person or group is considered to possess 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of a corporation, and such person or group acquires additional stock of such corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by such person or group shall not be considered to cause a “change in the effective control” of such corporation; or

(ii) The date on which a majority of the members of the applicable corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of such corporation’s board of directors before the date of the appointment or election, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi). In determining whether the event described

3

in the preceding sentence has occurred, the applicable corporation to which the event must relate shall only include a corporation identified in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii) for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.

(b) A “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the applicable corporation shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the corporation that have a total gross fair market value more than 60% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). A transfer of assets shall not be treated as a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” when such transfer is made to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferor corporation, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B).

1.12 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.13 “Commissions” shall mean the cash commissions earned by a Participant during a Plan Year, as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations.

1.14 “Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 13.

1.15 “Company” shall mean Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, a Maryland corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.

1.16 “Company Contribution Amount” shall mean, for any one Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.4.

1.17 “Company Restoration Matching Amount” shall mean, for any one Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.5.

1.18 “Director” shall mean any member of the board of directors of any Employer.

1.19 “Director Fees” shall mean the annual fees earned by a Director from any Employer, including retainer fees and meetings fees, as compensation for serving on the board of directors.

1.20 “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean that a Participant is either (a) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering

4

employees of the Participant’s Employer. For purposes of this Plan, a Participant shall be deemed Disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. A Participant shall also be deemed Disabled if determined to be disabled in accordance with the applicable disability insurance program of such Participant’s Employer, provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of this Section.

1.21 “Election Form” shall mean the form, which may be in electronic format, established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to make an election under the Plan.

1.22 “Employee” shall mean a person who is an employee of an Employer.

1.23 “Employer(s)” shall be defined as follows:

(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, the term “Employer” shall mean the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan.

(b) For the purpose of determining whether a Participant has experienced a Separation from Service, the term “Employer” shall mean:

(i) The entity for which the Participant performs services and with respect to which the legally binding right to compensation deferred or contributed under this Plan arises; and

(ii) All other entities with which the entity described above would be aggregated and treated as a single employer under Code Section 414(b) (controlled group of corporations) and Code Section 414(c) (a group of trades or businesses, whether or not incorporated, under common control), as applicable. In order to identify the group of entities described in the preceding sentence, the Committee shall use an ownership threshold of at least 50% as a substitute for the 80% minimum ownership threshold that appears in, and otherwise shall be used when applying, the applicable provisions of (A) Code Section 1563 for determining a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b), and (B) Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for determining the trades or businesses that are under common control under Code Section 414(c).

1.24 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.25 “401(k) Plan” shall mean the Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan, originally adopted by the Company effective July 1, 1977, as it may be amended from time to time.

5

1.26 “LTIP Amounts” shall mean any portion of the compensation attributable to a Plan Year that is earned by a Participant under an Employer’s long-term incentive plan or any other long-term incentive arrangement designated by the Committee.

1.27 “Participant” shall mean any Employee or Director (a) who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan, (b) who elects to participate in the Plan, (c) whose executed Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form are accepted by the Committee, and (d) whose Plan Agreement has not terminated. A Participant’s spouse or former spouse shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an Account Balance under the Plan, even if he or she has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan as a result of applicable law or property settlements resulting from legal separation or divorce.

1.28 “Performance-Based Compensation” shall mean compensation the entitlement to or amount of which is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(e).

1.29 “Plan” shall mean the Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, which shall be evidenced by this instrument, as it may be amended from time to time, and by any other documents that together with this instrument define a Participant’s rights to amounts credited to his or her Account Balance.

1.30 “Plan Agreement” shall mean a written agreement in the form prescribed by or acceptable to the Committee that evidences a Participant’s agreement to the terms of the Plan and which may establish additional terms or conditions of Plan participation for a Participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the most recent Plan Agreement accepted with respect to a Participant shall supersede any prior Plan Agreements for such Participant. Plan Agreements may vary among Participants and may provide additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits otherwise provided under the Plan.

1.31 “Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

1.32 “Restricted Stock” shall mean rights to receive unvested shares of restricted stock selected by the Committee in its sole discretion and awarded to a Participant under any Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated stock incentive plan.

1.33 “Restricted Stock Account” shall mean the aggregate value, measured on any given date, of (a) the number of shares of Restricted Stock deferred by a Participant as a result of all Restricted Stock Amounts, plus (b) the number of additional shares credited to a Participant’s Restricted Stock Account as a result of the deemed reinvestment of dividends in accordance with this Plan, less (c) the number of shares of Restricted Stock previously distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan, subject in each case to any adjustments to the number of such shares determined by the Committee with

6

respect to the Jones Lang LaSalle Stock Unit Fund pursuant to Section 3.9. This portion of the Participant’s Account Balance shall only be distributable in actual shares of Stock.

1.34 “Restricted Stock Amount” shall mean, with respect to a Participant for any one Plan Year, the amount of Restricted Stock deferred in accordance with Section 3.7, calculated using the closing price of Stock at the end of the business day closest to the date such Restricted Stock would otherwise vest, but for the election to defer. In the event of a Participant’s Retirement, Disability, death or a Separation from Service prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Restricted Stock Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.

1.35 “Retirement,” “Retire(s)” or “Retired” shall mean, with respect to a Participant who is an Employee, a Separation from Service on or after the attainment of (a) age 55 with at least 10 Years of Service, or (b) age 55 and having any combination of age plus Years of Service equal to at least 65. “Retirement,” “Retire(s)” or “Retired” with respect to a Participant who is a Director shall mean Separation from Service on or after the attainment of age 70. If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director and participates in the Plan in each capacity, (a) the determination of whether the Participant qualifies for Retirement as an Employee shall be made when the Participant experiences a Separation from Service as an Employee and such determination shall only apply to the applicable Account Balance established in accordance with Section 1.1 for amounts deferred under the Plan as an Employee, and (b) the determination of whether the Participant qualifies for Retirement as a Director shall be made at the time the Participant experiences a Separation from Service as a Director and such determination shall only apply to the applicable Account Balance established in accordance with Section 1.1 for amounts deferred under the Plan as a Director.

1.36 “Separation from Service” shall mean a termination of services provided by a Participant to his or her Employer, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by reason of death or Disability, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). In determining whether a Participant has experienced a Separation from Service, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) For a Participant who provides services to an Employer as an Employee, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this Section, a Separation from Service shall occur when such Participant has experienced a termination of employment with such Employer. A Participant shall be considered to have experienced a termination of employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Participant and his or her Employer reasonably anticipate that either (i) no further services will be performed for the Employer after a certain date, or (ii) that the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for an Employer after such date (whether as an Employee or as a Director) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed by such Participant (whether as an Employee or a Director) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Employer less than 36 months).

7

If a Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, the employment relationship between the Participant and the Employer shall be treated as continuing intact, provided that the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Employer under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of a military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence exceeds six months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be considered to be terminated for purposes of this Plan as of the first day immediately following the end of such six-month period. In applying the provisions of this paragraph, a leave of absence shall be considered a bona fide leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Employer.

(b) For a Participant who provides services to an Employer as a Director, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this Section, a Separation from Service shall occur upon the expiration of the contract (or in the case of more than one contract, all contracts) under which services are performed for such Employer, provided that the expiration of such contract(s) is determined by the Committee to constitute a good-faith and complete termination of the contractual relationship between the Participant and such Employer.

(c) If a Participant provides services for an Employer as both an Employee and as a Director, to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(5), the services provided by such Participant as a Director shall not be taken into account in determining whether the Participant has experienced a Separation from Service as an Employee, and the services provided by such Participant as an Employee shall not be taken into account in determining whether the Participant has experienced a Separation from Service as a Director.

1.37 “SOP Account” shall mean the aggregate value, measured on any given date, of (a) the number of shares of SOP Stock deferred by a Participant as a result of all SOP Amounts, plus (b) the number of additional shares credited to a Participant’s SOP Account as a result of the deemed reinvestment of dividends in accordance with this Plan, less (c) the number of shares of SOP Stock previously distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan, subject in each case to any adjustments to the number of such shares determined by the Committee with respect to the Jones Lang LaSalle Stock Unit Fund pursuant to Section 3.9. This portion of the Participant’s Account Balance shall only be distributable in actual shares of Stock.

1.38 “SOP Amount” shall mean, with respect to a Participant for any one Plan Year, the amount of SOP Stock deferred in accordance with Section 3.6 of this Plan, calculated using the closing price of Stock at the end of the business day closest to the date such SOP Stock would otherwise vest, but for the election to defer. In the event of a Participant’s Retirement, Disability, death or Separation from Service prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s SOP Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.

8

1.39 “SOP Stock” shall mean rights to receive unvested shares of Stock selected by the Committee in its sole discretion and awarded to the Participant under the Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.40 “Stock” shall mean Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated common stock, $.01 par value, or any other equity securities of the Company designated by the Committee.

1.41 “Trust” shall mean one or more trusts established by the Company in accordance with Article 16.

1.42 “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (a) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(b) thereof), (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (c) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined by the Committee based on the relevant facts and circumstances.

1.43 “Years of Service” shall mean the total number of full years in which a Participant has been employed by (a) the Company, (b) any member of the Company’s controlled group under Code Section 414, and (c) any other entity designated by the Board of Directors. For purposes of this definition, a year of employment shall be a 365 day period (or 366 day period in the case of a leap year) that, for the first year of employment, commences on the Participant’s hiring date and that, for any subsequent year, commences on an anniversary of that hiring date. The Committee shall make a determination as to whether any partial years of employment shall be counted as a Year of Service.

ARTICLE 2

Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

2.1 Selection by Committee. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Directors and, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, a select group of management or highly compensated Employees. From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, those individuals who may actually participate in this Plan.

2.2 Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation.

(a) As a condition to participation, each Director or selected Employee shall complete, execute and return to the Committee a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form by the deadline(s) established by the Committee in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Plan. In addition, the Committee shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary.

(b) Provided an Employee or Director selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee within the specified

9

time period, that Employee or Director shall commence participation in the Plan on the first day of the month following the month in which the Employee or Director completes all enrollment requirements.

(c) If a Director or an Employee fails to meet all requirements established by the Committee within the period required, that Director or Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Plan Year.

ARTICLE 3

Deferral Commitments/Company Contribution Amounts/

Company Restoration Matching Amounts/ Vesting/Crediting/Taxes

3.1 Minimum and Maximum Deferrals.

(a) Annual Deferral, Restricted Stock and SOP Amounts. For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer Base Salary, Bonus, Commissions, LTIP Amounts, Director Fees, Restricted Stock Amounts and/or SOP Stock Amounts in the following minimum and maximum amounts for each deferral elected.

Deferral	Minimum Amount or Percentage			Maximum Amount or Percentage
Base Salary	$	5,000 aggregate		75	%
Bonus	$	5,000 aggregate		100	%
Commissions	$	5,000 aggregate		100	%
LTIP Amounts	$	5,000 aggregate		100	%
Director Fees	$	0		100	%
SOP Stock		0	%	100	%
Restricted Stock		0	%	100	%

If an election is made for less than the stated minimum amounts, or if no election is made, the amounts deferred shall be zero.

Participants shall not be permitted to defer LTIP Amounts unless the Committee authorizes such deferrals, in its discretion.

(b) Short Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee or Director first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, then to the extent required by Section 3.2 and Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the minimum Annual Deferral Amount, Restricted Stock Amount and/or SOP Stock Amount shall be an amount equal to the minimum set forth above, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete months remaining in the Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12. The maximum Annual Deferral Amount, Restricted Stock Amount and/or SOP Stock Amount shall be determined by applying the percentages set forth above to the portion of such compensation attributable to services performed after the date that the Participant’s deferral election is made.

10

3.2 Timing of Deferral Elections; Effect of Election Form.

(a) General Timing Rule for Deferral Elections. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2, in order for a Participant to make a valid election to defer Base Salary, Bonus, Commissions, Director Fees, LTIP Amounts, Restricted Stock Amounts and/or SOP Stock Amounts, the Participant shall submit an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than the December 31^st preceding the Plan Year in which such compensation will be earned.

Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(a) shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Committee permits or requires Participants to make a deferral election by the deadline described above for an amount that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may permit a Participant to subsequently change his or her deferral election for such compensation by submitting a new Election Form in accordance with Section 3.2(c) below.

(b) Timing of Deferral Elections for Newly Eligible Plan Participants. A Director or selected Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on or after the beginning of a Plan Year, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(a)(7)(ii) and the “plan aggregation” rules provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c)(2), may be permitted to make an election to defer the portion of Base Salary, Bonus, Commissions, Director Fees, LTIP Amounts, Restricted Stock Amounts and/or SOP Stock Amounts attributable to services to be performed after such election, provided that the Participant submits an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than 30 days after the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

If a deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(b) relates to compensation earned based upon a specified performance period, the amount eligible for deferral shall be equal to (i) the total amount of compensation for the performance period, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in the service period after the Participant’s deferral election is made, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the performance period.

Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(b) shall become irrevocable no later than the 30^th day after the date the Director or selected Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

(c) Timing of Deferral Elections for Performance-Based Compensation. Subject to the limitations described below, the Committee may determine that an irrevocable deferral election for an amount that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation may be made by submitting an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than six months before the end of the performance period.

11

In order for a Participant to be eligible to make a deferral election for Performance-Based Compensation in accordance with the deadline established pursuant to this Section 3.2(c), the Participant must have performed services continuously from the later of (i) the beginning of the performance period for such compensation, or (ii) the date upon which the performance criteria for such compensation are established, through the date upon which the Participant makes the deferral election for such compensation. In no event shall a deferral election submitted under this Section 3.2(c) be permitted to apply to any amount of Performance-Based Compensation that has become readily ascertainable.

(d) Timing Rule for Deferral of Compensation Subject to Risk of Forfeiture. With respect to compensation (i) to which a Participant has a legally binding right to payment in a subsequent year, and (ii) that is subject to a forfeiture condition requiring the Participant’s continued services for a period of at least 12 months from the date the Participant obtains the legally binding right, the Committee may determine that an irrevocable deferral election for such compensation may be made by timely delivering an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with its rules and procedures, no later than the 30^th day after the Participant obtains the legally binding right to the compensation, provided that the election is made at least 12 months in advance of the earliest date at which the forfeiture condition could lapse, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(a)(5).

Any deferral election(s) made in accordance with this Section 3.2(d) shall become irrevocable no later than the 30^th day after the Participant obtains the legally binding right to the compensation subject to such deferral election(s).

3.3 Withholding and Crediting of Annual Deferral Amounts. For each Plan Year, the Base Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Salary. The Bonus, Commissions, LTIP Amounts and/or Director Fees portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Bonus, Commissions, LTIP Amounts and/or Director Fees are or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself. Annual Deferral Amounts shall be credited to the Participant’s Annual Account for such Plan Year at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. Participants shall not be permitted to defer LTIP Amounts unless such deferrals are authorized by the Committee, in its discretion.

3.4 Company Contribution Amount.

(a) For each Plan Year, an Employer may be required to credit amounts to a Participant’s Annual Account in accordance with employment or other agreements entered into between the Participant and the Employer, which amounts shall be

12

part of the Participant’s Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. Such amounts shall be credited to the Participant’s Annual Account for the applicable Plan Year on the date or dates prescribed by such agreements.

(b) For each Plan Year, an Employer, in its sole discretion, may, but is not required to, credit any amount it desires to any Participant’s Annual Account under this Plan, which amount shall be part of the Participant’s Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other Participants receive a Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. The Company Contribution Amount described in this Section 3.4(b), if any, shall be credited to the Participant’s Annual Account for the applicable Plan Year on a date or dates to be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(c) If not otherwise specified in the Participant’s employment or other agreement entered into between the Participant and the Employer, the amount (or the method or formula for determining the amount) of a Participant’s Company Contribution Amount shall be set forth in writing in one or more documents, which shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Plan in accordance with Section 1.29, no later than the date on which such Company Contribution Amount is credited to the applicable Annual Account of the Participant.

3.5 Company Restoration Matching Amount. A Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amount for any Plan Year shall be equal to (a) the “match” provided under the 401(k) Plan that the Employer would have credited to the Participant on the amount of Base Salary and Bonus deferred into this Plan for such Plan Year had such Base Salary and Bonus deferral been contributed to the 401(k) Plan, to the extent allowable under the limitations applicable to the 401(k) Plan, reduced by (b) the amount of the “match” the Employer makes to the Participant during such Plan Year under the 401(k) Plan. The amount so credited to a Participant under this Plan for any Plan Year (i) may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and (ii) may differ from the amount credited to such Participant in the preceding Plan Year. The Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amount, if any, shall be credited to the Participant’s Annual Account for the applicable Plan Year on a date or dates to be determined by the Committee. The amount (or the method or formula for determining the amount) of a Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amount shall be set forth in writing in one or more documents, which shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Plan in accordance with Section 1.29, no later than the date on which such Company Restoration Matching Amount is credited to the applicable Annual Account of a Participant.

3.6 SOP Amount. Subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Committee, Participants may elect to defer, under this Plan, SOP Stock, which amount shall be for that Participant the SOP Amount for that Plan Year. The portion of any SOP Stock deferred shall, at the time the SOP Stock would otherwise vest under the terms of the Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan, but for the election to defer, be reflected on the books of the Employer as an unfunded, unsecured promise to deliver to the Participant a specific number of actual shares of Stock in the future. The Employer shall, however, transfer Stock in the amount of the SOP Amount for that Plan Year to the grantor trust as described in Section 17.2.

13

3.7 Restricted Stock Amount. Subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Committee, Participants may elect to defer, under the Plan, Restricted Stock, which amount shall be for that Participant the Restricted Stock Amount for that Plan Year. The portion of any Restricted Stock deferred shall, at the time the Restricted Stock would otherwise vest under the terms of the Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated stock incentive plan, but for the election to defer, be reflected on the books of the Employer as an unfunded, unsecured promise to deliver to the Participant a specific number of actual shares of Stock in the future. The Employer shall, however, transfer Stock in the amount of the Restricted Stock Amount for that Plan Year to the grantor trust as described in Section 17.2.

3.8 Vesting.

(a) A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in the portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to Annual Deferral Amounts, Restricted Stock Amounts and SOP Stock Amounts, plus amounts credited or debited on such amounts pursuant to Section 3.9.

(b) A Participant shall be vested in the portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to any Company Contribution Amounts, plus amounts credited or debited on such amounts pursuant to Section 3.9, in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) set forth in his or her Plan Agreement, employment agreement or any other agreement entered into between the Participant and his or her Employer. If not addressed in such agreements, a Participant shall vest in the portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to any Company Contribution Amounts, plus amounts credited or debited on such amounts pursuant to Section 3.9, in accordance with the schedule declared by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(c) A Participant shall be vested in the portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to any Company Restoration Matching Amounts, plus amounts credited or debited on such amounts pursuant to Section 3.9, only to the extent that the Participant would be vested in such amounts under the provisions of the 401(k) Plan, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.8, in the event of a Change in Control, or upon a Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death prior to Separation from Service, any amounts that are not vested in accordance with Sections 3.8(b) or 3.8(c) above, shall immediately become 100% vested.

(e) Notwithstanding subsection 3.8(d) above, the vesting schedules described in Sections 3.8(b) or 3.8(c) above shall not be accelerated upon a Change in Control to the extent that the Committee determines that such acceleration would cause

14

the deduction limitations of Code Section 280G to become effective. In the event of such a determination, the Participant may request independent verification of the Committee’s calculations with respect to the application of Code Section 280G. In such case, the Committee shall provide to the Participant within 90 days of such a request an opinion from a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Participant (the “Accounting Firm”). The opinion shall state the Accounting Firm’s opinion that any limitation in the vested percentage hereunder is necessary to avoid the limits of Code Section 280G and contain supporting calculations. The cost of such opinion shall be paid for by the Employer.

(f) Section 3.8(e) shall not prevent the acceleration of the vesting schedules described in Sections 3.8(b) and 3.8(c) if such Participant is entitled to a “gross-up” payment, to eliminate the effect of the Code Section 4999 excise tax, pursuant to his or her employment agreement or other agreement entered into between such Participant and the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an employment agreement or other agreement entered into between the Participant and the Employer does not specify the time and form of payment of the gross-up payment, such gross-up payment shall be paid in a lump sum by the end of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Participant remits the related taxes.

3.9 Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances. In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance in accordance with the following rules:

(a) Measurement Funds. Subject to the restrictions found in Section 3.9(c) below, the Participant may elect one or more of the measurement funds selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion, which are based on certain mutual funds (the “Measurement Funds”), for the purpose of crediting or debiting additional amounts to his or her Account Balance. As necessary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Fund.

(b) Election of Measurement Funds. Subject to the restrictions found in Section 3.9(c) below, a Participant, in connection with his or her initial deferral election in accordance with Section 3.2 above, shall elect, on the Election Form, one or more Measurement Fund(s) (as described in Section 3.9(a) above) to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to his or her Account Balance. If a Participant does not elect any of the Measurement Funds as described in the previous sentence, the Participant’s Account Balance shall automatically be allocated into the lowest-risk Measurement Fund, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. Subject to the restrictions found in Section 3.9(c) below, the Participant may (but is not required to) elect, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee that is accepted by the Committee, to add or delete one or more Measurement Fund(s) to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to his or her Account Balance, or to change the portion of his or her Account Balance allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Fund. If an election is made in accordance with the previous sentence, it shall

15

apply as of the first business day deemed reasonably practicable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and shall continue thereafter for each subsequent day in which the Participant participates in the Plan, unless changed in accordance with the previous sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose limitations on the frequency with which one or more of the Measurement Funds elected in accordance with this Section 3.9(b) may be added or deleted by such Participant; furthermore, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose limitations on the frequency with which the Participant may change the portion of his or her Account Balance allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Fund.

(c) Jones Lang LaSalle Corporation Stock Unit Fund.

(i) A Participant’s SOP Account and Restricted Stock Account shall be automatically and irrevocably allocated to the Jones Lang LaSalle Corporation Stock Unit Fund Measurement Fund. Participants may not select any other Measurement Fund to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to their SOP Account or Restricted Stock Account. Furthermore, no other portion of the Participant’s Account Balance can be either initially allocated or re-allocated to the Jones Lang LaSalle Corporation Stock Unit Fund. Amounts allocated to the Jones Lang LaSalle Corporation Stock Unit Fund shall only be distributable in actual shares of Stock.

(ii) Any stock dividends, cash dividends or other non-cash dividends that would have been payable on the Stock credited to a Participant’s Account Balance shall be credited to the Participant’s Account Balance in the form of additional shares of Stock and shall automatically and irrevocably be deemed to be re-invested in the Jones Lang LaSalle Corporation Stock Unit Fund until such amounts are distributed to the Participant. The number of shares credited to the Participant for a particular stock dividend shall be equal to (A) the number of shares of Stock credited to the Participant’s Account Balance as of the payment date for such dividend in respect of each share of Stock, multiplied by (B) the number of additional or fractional shares of Stock actually paid as a dividend in respect of each share of Stock. The number of shares credited to the Participant for a particular cash dividend or other non-cash dividend shall be equal to (A) the number of shares of Stock credited to the Participant’s Account Balance as of the payment date for such dividend in respect of each share of Stock, multiplied by (B) the fair market value of the dividend, divided by (C) the “fair market value” of the Stock on the payment date for such dividend.

(iii) The number of shares of Stock credited to the Participant’s Account Balance may be adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights with respect to the portion of his

16

or her Account Balance allocated to the Jones Lang LaSalle Corporation Stock Unit Fund in the event of any reorganization, reclassification, stock split or other unusual corporate transaction or event which affects the value of the Stock, provided that any such adjustment shall be made taking into account any crediting of shares of Stock to the Participant under this Section 3.9.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 3.9(c), the fair market value of the Stock shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(d) Proportionate Allocation. In making any election described in Section 3.9(b) above, the Participant shall specify on the Election Form, in increments of 1%, the percentage of his or her Account Balance or Measurement Fund, as applicable, to be allocated/reallocated to a Measurement Fund (as if the Participant was making an investment in that Measurement Fund with that portion of his or her Account Balance).

(e) Crediting or Debiting Method. The performance of each Measurement Fund (either positive or negative) shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on a daily basis based on the manner in which such Participant’s Account Balance has been hypothetically allocated among the Measurement Funds by the Participant.

(f) No Actual Investment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any such Measurement Fund, the allocation of his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in any such Measurement Fund. In the event that the Employer or the Trustee (as that term is defined in the Trust), in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investments on which the Measurement Funds are based, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Employer or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Employer.

3.10 FICA and Other Taxes.

(a) Annual Deferral Amounts. For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus, Commissions and/or LTIP Amounts that are not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.10.

17

(b) Company Restoration Matching Amounts and Company Contribution Amounts. When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to any Company Restoration Matching Amounts and/or Company Contribution Amounts, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus, Commissions and/or LTIP Amounts that are not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such amounts. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the vested portion of the Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amount or Company Contribution Amount, as applicable, in order to comply with this Section 3.10.

(c) SOP Amounts and Restricted Stock Amounts. For each Plan Year in which a SOP Amount or Restricted Stock Amount is being first withheld from a Participant, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus, LTIP Amounts, SOP Amounts and/or Restricted Stock Amounts that are not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such SOP Amount or Restricted Stock Amount. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the SOP Amount or the Restricted Stock Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.10.

(d) Distributions. The Participant’s Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer(s) and the trustee of the Trust. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the SOP Amount or the Restricted Stock Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.10.

ARTICLE 4

Scheduled Distribution; Unforeseeable Emergencies

4.1 Scheduled Distributions. In connection with each election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount (excluding Restricted Stock Amounts and SOP Stock Amounts), a Participant may elect to receive all or a portion of the (a) Annual Deferral Amount, (b) Company Contribution Amount, and (c) Company Restoration Matching Amount, plus amounts credited or debited on that amount pursuant to Section 3.9, in the form of a lump sum payment, calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date designated by the Participant in accordance with this Section (a “Scheduled Distribution”). The Benefit Distribution Date for the amount subject to a Scheduled Distribution election shall be the first day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant, which may be no sooner than three Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year to which the Participant’s deferral election relates, unless otherwise provided on an Election Form approved by the Committee.

18

Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Scheduled Distribution elected shall be paid out during a 60-day period commencing immediately after the Benefit Distribution Date. By way of example, if a Scheduled Distribution is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that are earned in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2008, the earliest Benefit Distribution Date that may be designated by a Participant would be January 1, 2012, and the Scheduled Distribution would be paid out during the 60-day period commencing immediately after such Benefit Distribution Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, adjust the amount distributable as a Scheduled Distribution if any portion of the Company Contribution Amount or Company Restoration Matching Amount is unvested on the date of the Scheduled Distribution.

4.2 Postponing Scheduled Distributions. A Participant may elect to postpone a Scheduled Distribution described in Section 4.1 above, and have such amount paid out during a 60-day period commencing immediately after an allowable alternative Benefit Distribution Date designated in accordance with this Section 4.2. In order to make such an election, the Participant shall submit an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:

(a) The election of the new Benefit Distribution Date shall have no effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made;

(b) The new Benefit Distribution Date selected by the Participant for such Scheduled Distribution shall be the first day of a Plan Year that is no sooner than five years after the previously designated Benefit Distribution Date; and

(c) The election shall be made at least 12 months prior to the Participant’s previously designated Benefit Distribution Date for such Scheduled Distribution.

For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 4.2, a Participant’s election to postpone a Scheduled Distribution shall not be considered to be made until the date on which the election becomes irrevocable. Such an election shall become irrevocable no later than the date that is 12 months prior to the Participant’s previously designated Benefit Distribution Date for such Scheduled Distribution.

4.3 Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions. Should an event occur prior to any Benefit Distribution Date designated for a Scheduled Distribution that would trigger a benefit under Articles 5 through 9, as applicable, all amounts subject to a Scheduled Distribution election shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan and not in accordance with this Article 4.

4.4 Unforeseeable Emergencies.

(a) If a Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency prior to the occurrence of a distribution event described in Articles 5 through 9, as applicable, the Participant may petition the Committee to receive a partial or full payout from the Plan. The payout, if any, from the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Participant’s vested Account Balance, excluding the portion of the Account Balance attributable to the SOP Account or Restricted Stock Account, calculated

19

as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date for such payout, as determined by the Committee in accordance with provisions set forth below, or (ii) the amount necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay Federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. A Participant shall not be eligible to receive a payout from the Plan to the extent that the Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved (A) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (B) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (C) by cessation of deferrals under this Plan.

If the Committee, in its sole discretion, approves a Participant’s petition for a payout from the Plan, the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date for such payout shall be the date on which such Committee approval occurs and such payout shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum no later than 60 days after such Benefit Distribution Date. In addition, in the event of such approval, the Participant’s outstanding deferral elections under the Plan shall be cancelled.

(b) A Participant’s deferral elections under this Plan shall also be cancelled to the extent the Committee determines that such action is required for the Participant to obtain a hardship distribution from an Employer’s 401(k) Plan pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3).

ARTICLE 5

Change in Control Benefit

5.1 Change in Control Benefit. A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall have an opportunity to irrevocably elect to receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment in the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to the Participant’s Retirement, Separation from Service, Disability or death (the “Change in Control Benefit”). The Benefit Distribution Date for the Change in Control Benefit, if any, shall be the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

If a Participant elects not to receive a Change in Control Benefit, or fails to make an election in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant’s Account Balance shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan.

5.2 Payment of Change in Control Benefit. The Change in Control Benefit, if any, shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date, as determined by the Committee, and paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

20

ARTICLE 6

Retirement Benefit

6.1 Retirement Benefit. If a Participant experiences a Separation from Service that qualifies as a Retirement, the Participant shall be eligible to receive his or her vested Account Balance in either a lump sum or annual installment payments, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.2 (the “Retirement Benefit”). A Participant’s Retirement Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the applicable Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be the first day after the end of the six-month period immediately following the date on which the Participant experiences such Separation from Service; provided, however, if a Participant changes the form of distribution for one or more Annual Accounts in accordance with Section 6.2(b), the Benefit Distribution Date for the Annual Account(s) subject to such change shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.2(b).

6.2 Payment of Retirement Benefit.

(a) In connection with a Participant’s election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, including Restricted Stock Amounts and SOP Stock Amounts, the Participant shall elect the form in which his or her Annual Account for such Plan Year will be paid. The Participant may elect to receive each Annual Account in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method up to 15 years. If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of an Annual Account, then the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive such Annual Account as a lump sum.

(b) A Participant may change the form of payment for an Annual Account by submitting an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:

(i) The election shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made;

(ii) The new Benefit Distribution Date for such Annual Account shall be five years after the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable to such Annual Account; and

(iii) The election shall be made at least 12 months prior to the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable to such Annual Account.

For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 6.2(b), a Participant’s election to change the form of payment for an Annual Account shall not be considered to be made until the date on which the election becomes irrevocable. Such an election shall become irrevocable no later than the date that is 12 months prior to the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable to such Annual Account. Subject to the requirements of this Section 6.2(b), the Election Form most recently accepted by the Committee that has become effective for an Annual Account shall govern the form of payout of such Annual Account.

21

(c) The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the Benefit Distribution Date. Remaining installments, if any, shall continue in accordance with the Participant’s election for each Annual Account and shall be paid no later than 60 days after each anniversary of the Benefit Distribution Date.

ARTICLE 7

Termination Benefit

7.1 Termination Benefit. If a Participant experiences a Separation from Service that does not qualify as a Retirement, the Participant shall receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment (the “Termination Benefit”). A Participant’s Termination Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be the first day after the end of the six-month period immediately following the date on which the Participant experiences such Separation from Service.

7.2 Payment of Termination Benefit. The Termination Benefit shall be paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

ARTICLE 8

Disability Benefit

8.1 Disability Benefit. If a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the occurrence of a distribution event described in Articles 4 through 7, as applicable, the Participant shall receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment (the “Disability Benefit”). The Disability Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled.

8.2 Payment of Disability Benefit. The Disability Benefit shall be paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

ARTICLE 9

Death Benefit

9.1 Death Benefit. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the complete distribution of his or her vested Account Balance, the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) shall receive the Participant’s unpaid vested Account Balance in a lump sum payment (the “Death Benefit”). The Death Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be the date on which the Committee is provided with proof that is satisfactory to the Committee of the Participant’s death.

22

9.2 Payment of Death Benefit. The Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

ARTICLE 10

Beneficiary Designation

10.1 Beneficiary. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.

10.2 Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent. A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Committee, executed by such Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.

10.3 Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent.

10.4 No Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

10.5 Doubt as to Beneficiary. If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Participant’s Employer to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.

10.6 Discharge of Obligations. The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.

23

ARTICLE 11

Leave of Absence

11.1 Paid Leave of Absence. If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, and such leave of absence does not constitute a Separation from Service, (a) the Participant shall continue to be considered eligible for the benefits provided under the Plan, and (b) the Annual Deferral Amount and any previously elected deferrals of SOP Stock and Restricted Stock shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.2.

11.2 Unpaid Leave of Absence. If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer for any reason, and such leave of absence does not constitute a Separation from Service, such Participant shall continue to be eligible for the benefits provided under the Plan and any previously elected deferrals of SOP Stock and Restricted Stock shall continue to be withheld during such unpaid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.2. During the unpaid leave of absence, the Participant shall not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections. However, if the Participant returns to employment, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, SOP Amount or Restricted Stock Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment and for every Plan Year thereafter while a Participant in the Plan, provided such deferral elections are otherwise allowed and an Election Form is delivered to and accepted by the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section 3.2 above.

ARTICLE 12

Termination of Plan, Amendment or Modification

12.1 Termination of Plan. Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to discontinue sponsorship of the Plan and/or terminate the Plan with respect to all of its Participants by action of the Board. In the event of a Plan termination, no new deferral elections shall be permitted for the affected Participants and such Participants shall no longer be eligible to receive new Company Contributions. However, after the Plan termination, the Account Balances of such Participants shall continue to be credited with Annual Deferral Amounts attributable to a deferral election that was in effect prior to the Plan termination to the extent deemed necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, and additional amounts shall continue to credited or debited to such Participants’ Account Balances pursuant to Section 3.9. The Measurement Funds available to Participants following the termination of the Plan shall be comparable in number and type to those Measurement Funds available to Participants in the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Plan termination is effective. In addition, following a Plan termination, Participant Account Balances shall remain in the Plan and shall not be distributed until such amounts become eligible for distribution in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A- 3(j)(4)(ix), the Employer may provide that upon termination of the

24

Plan, all Account Balances of the Participants shall be distributed, subject to and in accordance with any rules established by such Employer deemed necessary to comply with the applicable requirements and limitations of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

12.2 Amendment. The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part by action of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value of a Participant’s vested Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, and (b) no amendment or modification of this Section 12.2 or Section 13.2 of the Plan shall be effective.

12.3 Plan Agreement. Despite the provisions of Sections 12.1 or 12.2 above, if a Participant’s Plan Agreement contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may only amend or terminate such provisions with the written consent of the Participant.

12.4 Effect of Payment. The full payment of the Participant’s vested Account Balance in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan, and the Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate.

ARTICLE 13

Administration

13.1 Committee Duties. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 13, this Plan shall be administered by a Committee, which shall consist of the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such committee as the Compensation Committee shall appoint. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan. The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan, and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including benefit entitlement determinations and interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or an Employer.

13.2 Administration Upon Change In Control. For purposes of this Plan, the Committee shall be the “Administrator” at all times prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control. Within 120 days following a Change in Control, an independent third party “Administrator” may be selected by the individual who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or, if not so identified, the Company’s highest ranking officer (the “Ex-CEO”), and approved by the Trustee. The Committee, as constituted prior to the Change in Control, shall continue to be the Administrator until the earlier of (a) the date on which such independent third party is selected and approved, or (b) the expiration of the 120-day period following the Change in Control. If an independent third party is not selected within 120 days of such Change in Control, the Committee, as

25

described in Section 13.1 above, shall be the Administrator. The Administrator shall have all of the powers of the Committee, including the discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan and Trust including, but not limited to benefit entitlement determinations, as well as the power to direct the investment of Plan or Trust assets or select any investment manager or custodial firm for the Plan or Trust. Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Employer shall: (i) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator, (ii) indemnify the Administrator against any costs, expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the Administrator hereunder, except with respect to matters resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its employees or agents, and (iii) supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Separation from Service of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a replacement appointed) by the Trustee only with the approval of the Ex-CEO. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may not be terminated by the Employer.

13.3 Agents. In the administration of this Plan, the Committee or the Administrator, as applicable, may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel.

13.4 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee or Administrator, as applicable, with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

13.5 Indemnity of Committee. All Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated and the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members, any such Employee or the Administrator.

13.6 Employer Information. To enable the Committee and/or Administrator to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee and/or Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Separation from Service, Disability or death of its Participants and such other pertinent information as the Committee or Administrator may reasonably require.

26

ARTICLE 14

Other Benefits and Agreements

14.1 Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Participant’s Employer. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

ARTICLE 15

Claims Procedures

15.1 Presentation of Claim. Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim shall be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims shall be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim shall state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

15.2 Notification of Decision. The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, but no later than 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination. The Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing:

(a) that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

(b) that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(i) the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

(ii) specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

27

(iv) an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 15.3 below; and

(v) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

15.3 Review of a Denied Claim. On or before 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

(a) may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claim for benefits;

(b) may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

(c) may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

15.4 Decision on Review. The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and no later than 60 days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60 day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination. In rendering its decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

(a) specific reasons for the decision;

(b) specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based;

(c) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(d) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

28

15.5 Legal Action. A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 15 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.

ARTICLE 16

Trust

16.1 Establishment of the Trust. In order to provide assets from which to fulfill its obligations to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, the Company may establish a trust by a trust agreement with a third party, the trustee, to which each Employer may, in its discretion, contribute cash or other property, including securities issued by the Company, to provide for the benefit payments under the Plan (the “Trust”).

16.2 Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust. The provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and the creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust. Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.

16.3 Distributions From the Trust. Each Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.

ARTICLE 17

Miscellaneous

17.1 Status of Plan. The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted (a) to the extent possible in a manner consistent with the intent described in the preceding sentence, and (b) in accordance with Code Section 409A and related Treasury guidance and Regulations.

17.2 Unsecured General Creditor. The Company shall establish the Trust, which shall be a grantor trust, and to which the Company may, in its discretion, make contributions as a means to finance liabilities that accrue under the Plan. Except as provided below in the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall not be required to make contributions to the Trust. As soon as practicable after a Change in Control, the Company shall determine the amount that would be needed to pay Participants and their Beneficiaries the benefits which they have accrued pursuant to the terms of a Plan as of the date of the Change in Control. This amount is referred to herein as the “Trust Funding Requirement.” In the event that the fair market value of the Trust assets is less than the Trust Funding Requirement on such date, the Company shall make an additional contribution to the Trust in an amount sufficient to bring the fair market value of the assets in the Trust up to at least 100% of the Trust Funding Requirement. The Company shall establish the Trust Funding Requirement on a monthly basis thereafter and

29

make additional contributions as necessary to bring the value of the assets in the Trust Fund up to the Trust Funding Requirement as of the valuation date. Contributions under this Section 17.2, if any, shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable after the Trust Funding Requirement is established for a valuation date. When computing the Trust Funding Requirement, the Company may exclude the benefits attributable to any Participant if contributions to the Trust on behalf of the Participant could cause the Participant to incur income tax liability on account of the contribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall remain unsecured general creditors and shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer. An Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

17.3 Employer’s Liability. An Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Plan Agreement, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant. An Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.

17.4 Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

17.5 Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant. Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer, either as an Employee or a Director, or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

30

17.6 Furnishing Information. A Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

17.7 Terms. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

17.8 Captions. The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

17.9 Governing Law. Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

17.10 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to both the Chief Human Resources Officer and the Global General Counsel at the address below:

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

Attn: Chief Human Resources

Officer and Global General Counsel

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

17.11 Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.

31

17.12 Spouse’s Interest. The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

17.13 Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

17.14 Incompetent. If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

17.15 Domestic Relations Orders. If necessary to comply with a domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B), pursuant to which a court has determined that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan, the Committee shall have the right to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to such spouse or former spouse.

17.16 Distribution in the Event of Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A. If any portion of a Participant’s Account Balance under this Plan is required to be included in income by the Participant prior to receipt due to a failure of this Plan to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the Committee may determine that such Participant shall receive a distribution from the Plan in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the portion of his or her Account Balance required to be included in income as a result of the failure of the Plan to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, or (b) the unpaid vested Account Balance.

17.17 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments. If an Employer reasonably anticipates that the Employer’s deduction with respect to any distribution from this Plan would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i), payment shall be delayed as deemed necessary to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Plan is deductible. Any amounts for which distribution is delayed pursuant to this Section shall continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.9. The delayed amounts (and any amounts credited thereon) shall be distributed to the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest date the Employer reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m). In the event that such date is determined to be after a

32

Participant’s Separation from Service, the delayed payment shall not be made before the end of the six-month period following such Participant’s Separation from Service.

17.18 Distribution in the Event of Taxation.

(a) In General. If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable. Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, shall be granted), the Company shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in a lump sum amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall not exceed a Participant’s unpaid vested Account Balance under the Plan). If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted. Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.

(b) Trust. If the Trust terminates in accordance with its terms and benefits are distributed from the Trust to a Participant in accordance therewith, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.

17.19 Insurance. The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose. The Employers or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Employers shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employers have applied for insurance.

17.20 Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control The Company and each Employer is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board or the board of directors of a Participant’s Employer (which might then be composed of new members) or a shareholder of the Company or the Participant’s Employer, or of any successor corporation might then cause or attempt to cause the Company, the Participant’s Employer or such successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under the Plan and might cause or attempt to cause the Company or the Participant’s Employer to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to deny Participants the benefits intended under the Plan. In these circumstances, the purpose of the Plan could be frustrated. Accordingly, if, following a Change in Control, it should appear to any Participant that the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any successor corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement thereunder or, if the Company, such Employer or any other person takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from any Participant

33

the benefits intended to be provided, then the Company and the Participant’s Employer irrevocably authorize such Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the Company and the Participant’s Employer (who shall be jointly and severally liable) to represent such Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any director, officer, shareholder or other person affiliated with the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any successor thereto in any jurisdiction.

17.21 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Employer may, in its sole discretion, impose on a Participant any additional conditions regarding non-competition and non-solicitation of clients and employees in order for the Participant to receive benefits under the Plan.

*    *    *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of December 6, 2007.

JONES LANG LASALLE INCORPORATED
By:	/s/ Nazneen Razi
	Nazneen Razi
	Chief Human Resources Officer

34

APPENDIX A

LIMITED TRANSITION RELIEF FOR DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS MADE

AVAILABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NOTICES 2006-79 AND 2007-86

The capitalized terms below shall have the same meaning as provided in Article 1 of the Plan.

Opportunity to Make New (or Revise Existing) Distribution Elections. Notwithstanding the required deadline for the submission of an initial distribution election under Articles 4, 5 and 6 of the Plan, the Committee may, to the extent permitted by Notices 2006-79 and 2007-86, provide a limited period in which Participants may make new distribution elections, or revise existing distribution elections, with respect to amounts subject to the terms of the Plan, by submitting an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than December 31, 2008. Any distribution election(s) made by a Participant, and accepted by the Committee, in accordance with this Appendix A shall not be treated as a change in either the form or timing of a Participant’s benefit payment for purposes of Code Section 409A or the Plan. With respect to an election to change the time and form of payment made on or after January 1, 2007 and on or before December 31, 2007, the election shall apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007. With respect to an election to change a time and form of payment made on or after January 1, 2008 and on or before December 31, 2008, the election shall apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated

Non-Executive Director Compensation Plan

Summary of Terms and Conditions

Amended and Restated as of September 12, 2007

I. Introduction:

The Non-Executive Director Compensation Plan (as amended and restated, the “Plan”) of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) is designed to attract and retain highly qualified individuals to serve as non-executive members of the Company’s Board of Directors and to align the interests of the non-executive directors (the “Directors”) with those of the Company’s shareholders. Members of the Board of Directors who are also employees and/or officers of the Company do not qualify for compensation under the Plan. The terms of the Plan as set forth below are effective for service on the Board of Directors on and after September 12, 2007.

II. Compensation:

The Plan provides each of the Company’s Directors the following compensation for service on the Company’s Board of Directors:

A. One-Time Grant of Restricted Stock Upon Initial Election to the Board of Directors

Upon his or her initial election to the Board of Directors, each Director shall receive a one-time grant of restricted shares of

Common Stock in the aggregate amount of $75,000. The number of restricted shares shall be calculated based on the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant. The restricted shares shall vest five years from the

date of the grant.

B. Cash

Each Director shall receive the following compensation in cash, subject to certain elections that each Director may otherwise make as described below.

a. Annual Retainer – $60,000 in cash, payable in equal quarterly installments in advance, promptly after the beginning of each calendar quarter.

b. Board Meeting Attendance Fees – $3,000 for attendance at each meeting ($1,000 for each telephonic meeting), payable promptly after each meeting.

c. Committee Meeting Attendance Fees – $1,500 for attendance at each meeting ($1,000 for each telephonic meeting), payable promptly after each meeting.

d. Audit Committee Chair Additional Retainer – The Chair of the Audit Committee shall be paid an annual retainer of $20,000, to be paid in full and in advance following the appointment of the Chair after each Annual Meeting of Shareholders, such payment to be made promptly after the end of the second calendar quarter each year.

e. Compensation Committee Chair Additional Retainer – The Chair of the Compensation Committee shall be paid an annual retainer of $10,000, to be paid in full and in advance following the appointment of the Chair after each Annual Meeting of Shareholders, such payment to be made promptly after the end of the second calendar quarter each year.

f. Nominating and Governance Committee Chair Additional Retainer – The Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee shall be paid an annual retainer of $5,000, to be paid in full and in advance following the appointment of the Chair after each Annual Meeting of Shareholders, such payment to be made promptly after the end of the second calendar quarter each year.

g. Audit Committee Member Additional Retainer – Each member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairman of the Audit Committee) shall be paid an annual retainer of $5,000, to be paid in full and in advance following the appointment of such member after each Annual Meeting of Shareholders, such payment to be made promptly after the end of the second calendar quarter each year.

For administrative convenience, the Company in its discretion may delay payments for individual telephonic meetings until such time as other payments for in-person Board meetings are being made.

C. Annual Grants of Restricted Stock

At the time of each Annual Meeting of Shareholders, each Director shall receive an annual grant of restricted shares of Common Stock in the aggregate amount of $75,000. The number of restricted shares shall be calculated based on the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant. The restricted shares shall vest five years from the date of the grant.

D. Common Stock Alternative with Respect to Annual Retainer

i. Percentage Election – Directors may elect to receive any or all of their Annual Retainer(s) and/or Meeting Attendance Fees in shares of the Company’s Common Stock (rather than in cash) in increments of 5% (i.e., 5%, 10%, 15%, etc.)

ii. Receipt/Deferral – Directors may elect to take receipt of their shares of Company’s Common Stock according to either paragraphs 1 or 2 below:

1. During the year in which the Annual Retainer(s) and/or Meeting Attendance Fees are earned. In the case of the Annual Retainer(s), the number of shares shall be determined quarterly and shall be equal to the percentage of the Annual Retainer elected, divided by four, divided by the price per share of Company

2

Stock on the last day of each quarter. In the case of Meeting Attendance Fees, the number of shares shall be determined quarterly based on the actual Meeting Attendance Fees payable during that quarter and shall be equal to the to the percentage of the Meeting Attendance Fees elected divided by the price per share of Company Stock on the last day of each quarter. For administrative purposes, shares may not actually be distributed until after the end of the year in which the Annual Retainer was earned.

Or

2. On a deferred basis:

a. when they retire from the Board of Directors;

b. specified number of years (not to exceed 10) after the date on which they retire from the Board of Directors; or

c. for a specified number of years (not less than 1 or more than 10) after the election is made.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the distribution of shares be accelerated at a time earlier than which they otherwise would have been distributed, whether by amendment of the Plan, exercise of the Company’s discretion or otherwise, except in the event of a Director’s death or long-term disability.

iii. Deferral Election – Any election to defer shares shall be made prior to the year in which the Annual Retainer and/or the Meeting Attendance Fees subject to deferral shall be earned. Any newly elected Director shall have five (5) days from the date of his or her election to the Board to elect to defer any percentage hereunder. The initial deferral election shall clearly specify the time of payment. All deferral elections shall be irrevocable.

iv. Dividends/Stock Splits – Dividends, if any, on deferred shares of Common Stock shall be paid in additional shares having a fair market value equal to the amount of the dividends paid on the date of payment. However, any fractional shares shall be paid in cash. Deferred Stock shall be subject to any stock splits, reverse stock splits, or stock dividends.

v. Code Section 409A – The Plan is subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code enacted under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, and any regulations issued thereunder. The Plan shall be interpreted and administered consistent with this intent and shall apply to all amounts deferred on or after January 1, 2005. The Company reserves the right to amend or modify this Section D in order to comply with regulations promulgated by the Department of Treasury under Code Section 409A.

3

E. Deferral Opportunities Under U.S. Deferred Compensation Plan

Those Directors who are subject to the payment of United States federal income taxes are eligible to participate in the Company’s U.S. Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to any or all of the cash amounts payable under this Plan. Participation in the Deferred Compensation Plan is subject to the separate documentation, agreements and elections that will be provided to any Director upon request.

F. General

a. Administration – This plan will be administered by the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors.

b. Non-Committee Member Attendance. A Director who voluntarily attends the meeting of a Committee of which he is not a voting member shall not be compensated for attendance at such meeting.

c. Source of Stock – All shares of the Company’s Common Stock granted under this Plan shall be issued out of the Company’s Amended and Restated Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as in effect from time to time (the “SAIP”) and shall otherwise be subject to the terms of the SAIP and any applicable award agreement that shall be presented to the Director by the Company.

d. Amendment – The Plan may only be amended by the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors.

e. Itemized Statements – The Company shall provide periodic itemized statements accounting for the payments that have been made to the respective Directors under the Plan.

4

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

JONES LANG LASALLE
STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
(Effective January 1, 2008)

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) sponsors a series of compensation and benefit programs that can help Directors manage risk and assist them in meeting their personal financial goals. In an effort to help increase awareness and understanding of these programs, the Company has created this summary of its Stock Ownership Program (“SOP”) and encourages your questions and feedback.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

The SOP establishes desirable ownership guidelines for National, Regional and International Directors in order to:

• Align a portion of the compensation of those employees who are most responsible for the results of the Company with the interests of shareholders.

• Reward people who make long-term contributions to the Company and encourage retention through long-term wealth building incentives.

• Reinforce the “one firm” mindset by encouraging employee ownership across business units and regions.

The following desirable minimum stock ownership guidelines have been established:

Table 1: Stock Ownership Guidelines

Director Level	Beneficial Ownership Guideline
International Director	Four times annual base salary
Regional Director	Three times annual base salary
National Director	Two times annual base salary

The Company evaluates Directors’ positions relative to these guidelines as of the first trading day in January following the year to which the Total Award (as defined below) relates, using the annualized base salary on that day, the stock price on that day and the Director’s holdings of Company stock.

Directors may satisfy their ownership guideline through shares owned directly, shares owned by a spouse or a trust, the potential gain from outstanding stock options, and unvested or deferred restricted stock units. Although there is no specific period of time in which covered employees should achieve the ownership guidelines, Directors are expected to make continuous progress toward the target and to ideally maintain the applicable level once it has been achieved.

PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS

To help Directors reach these ownership objectives, National, Regional and International Directors are separately paid a portion of their incentive compensation (“Total Award”) as a discretionary Stock Bonus (rather than as a discretionary Cash Bonus), awarded in the form of restricted stock units (“SOP Shares”) under the Company’s Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). In addition, effective for the 2007 performance period (for Total Awards payable in 2008) the Company increases the value of SOP Shares by 20% when granted. Members of the Global Executive Committee are not eligible for this Company “uplift”. The number of SOP Shares to be granted as a Stock Bonus is based upon the following criteria and the schedule provided in Table 2:

(a) The employee’s Director level status as of January 1 for the year to which the Total Award relates (or date of hire if hired during the year). Employees who may be promoted to National Director during the year do not participate in the SOP for the remaining portion of the year they were promoted. Similarly, Regional Directors promoted to International Director continue to participate at the Regional Director level for the remaining portion of the year they were promoted and begin new participation at the International Director level for the following year.

(b) The closing price per share of Company common stock as of the first trading day in January of the year following the year in which the Total Award relates. For example, the number of SOP Shares granted in January, 2008 as part of the 2007 Stock Bonus was determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as of January 2, 2008, or $71.38, while discretionary Cash Bonuses for 2007 were paid in 2008 (at a time when the closing price per share was between $70 and $80). With the 20% “uplift” described above, the $71.38 closing price would have resulted in a share price of approximately $59.50 when recalculating the number of shares granted in lieu of the Cash Bonus.

(c) The currency exchange rate in effect as of the last trading day in December of the year to which the Total Award relates, as determined by the Company.

Table 2: Cash Bonus and Stock Bonus Levels

Director Level	Percentage of Total Award Paid as Cash Bonus		Percentage of Total Award Separately Paid as SOP Shares
International Director	80	%	20	%
Regional Director	85	%	15	%
National Director	90	%	10	%

For example, if a Regional Director received a Total Award of $60,000, the Director would receive a Cash Bonus of $51,000 (85% of $60,000) and a Stock Bonus of $9,000 (15% of $60,000). The number of SOP Shares to be granted, assuming a closing price of $71.38 per share and an exchange rate of €1.00 to $1.50, is shown below in each of the two examples:

Example 1: Total Award paid in U.S. dollars:

SOP Shares	=	Stock Bonus ($9,000) plus 20% Company contribution (uplift is $1,800)
	=	$ 10,800 divided by $71.38 (closing price)
	=	151 shares

Example 2: Total Award paid in Euros:

SOP Shares	=	Stock Bonus (€ 6,000) plus 20% Company contribution (€1,200)
	=	€ 7,200 times $1.50 (exchange rate) divided by $71.38 (closing price)
	=	151 shares

Minimum Participation Levels

Participation in the SOP requires that the minimum value of Stock Bonus to be paid as SOP Shares be no less than US $2,000. For example, a National Director would need to be eligible to receive a US $20,000 Total Award to qualify for SOP Shares. For those that do not have Total Awards that meet the minimum Stock Bonus threshold, no SOP Shares are granted and the employee receives his/her Total Award paid in cash, with no 20% premium.

Maximum Participation Levels

The maximum amount of Stock Bonus to be paid as SOP Shares will be US $150,000. For example, an International Director receiving a Total Award greater than US $750,000 would have no more than US $150,000 paid as a Stock Bonus. Any Total Award not paid as SOP Shares under this provision would be paid as a Cash Bonus.

Voluntary Election to Not Participate

Employees may (but are not required to) opt out of receiving SOP Shares if they hold shares in the Company whose value exceeds the minimum stock ownership guidelines described in the first page of this booklet. If such an election is made, these individuals receive their Total Award in cash at the same time all other annual bonuses are paid, with no 20% premium.

Individuals must inform the Company of their election not to receive SOP Shares (or SOP Units) by no later than December 31 each year. This notification must be communicated in writing to the Regional HR Director and have supporting documentation showing that the minimum required level of individual stock ownership has been achieved. This election is not available in certain countries where the availability of the election would result in immediate taxation of SOP Shares.

Voluntary Election to Reduce SOP Shares

In order to balance the amount of stock and cash an employee may receive for their Total Award, Directors can voluntarily reduce, by five (5) percentage points, the amount of the Total Award he or she would receive as SOP Shares. If this election results in a Stock Bonus of less than US$2,000, the Total Award is paid in cash. If no notice to reduce SOP is received within the required deadlines, the amount of SOP Shares to be awarded defaults to the standard SOP schedule shown in Table 2 above.

VESTING OF SOP SHARES

Any SOP Shares that a Director receives will be granted as of the immediately preceding January 1^stand will vest according to the following schedule, subject to the Director continuing to be employed by the Company as of each Vesting Date, and the terms of the specific agreement which memorializes the terms of the award:

• 50% of SOP Shares vest on the 1^st July that is 18 months after the grant date; and

• 50% of SOP Shares vest on the 1^st July that is 30 months after the grant date.

For example, SOP Shares were granted on January 1, 2008 as part of the Total Award for 2007 that were awarded in February 2008. Half of those SOP Shares will vest on July 1, 2009 and the other half will vest on July 1, 2010.

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS; NO VOTING RIGHTS

Since a cash dividend was first announced in August 2005, employees who were granted SOP Shares received an additional benefit in the form of a semi-annual dividend equivalent payment. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion from time to time, continue to grant dividend equivalents to employees who were granted SOP Shares. Dividend equivalents are the rights to receive cash, common stock, or other property equal in value to the amount of dividends paid with respect to the Company’s common stock. SOP Shares do not otherwise have a legal right to receive dividends until vested. SOP Shares do not have voting rights until they have vested.

FORFEITURE

All SOP Shares are subject to the terms and conditions outlined in a grant agreement and to the terms and conditions contained in the Plan. By receiving and accepting a discretionary award of SOP Shares, all Directors accept all terms and conditions. For example, these conditions apply for terminated employees:

• Voluntary Resignation or Termination for Cause – results in the immediate forfeiture of SOP Shares that are not yet vested.

• Termination by Reason of Retirement – outstanding grants will continue to vest according to their standard vesting schedule and shares of stock shall be issued in accordance with the standard vesting schedule. For purposes of SOP Shares, Retirement means age 65 or where any combination of age and years of service equals 65, as long as the employee is at least 55 years old. If a specific local legal requirement requires this employee stock program to comply with a different definition, the local laws would prevail. In either case, the retired employee will be required to sign a non-solicitation and non-compete agreement at the time of retirement;

• Termination by Reason of Death, Total and Permanent Disability, – the grant will continue to vest according to the standard vesting schedule;

• SOP Shares will not be forfeited, and will continue to vest on their original schedules in the event an employee is involuntarily terminated due to a position elimination.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

All Cash Bonuses are subject to normal taxes and social charges, as required by local tax laws. The tax consequences associated with the grant and payment of a Stock Bonus as SOP Shares, as well as any anticipated dividend equivalent payments and eventual sale of stock, are always subject to individual income tax circumstances at the time of grant, vesting and sale. In general, the Company anticipates that there will be no income tax obligations for an employee at the time SOP Shares are granted. Subject to the tax laws in the countries that apply to different employees, the vesting of SOP Shares will create a tax reporting event based on the number of shares vesting and the closing price of the stock the day before the vesting date. Individuals should seek advice of their personal tax advisor to obtain specific information concerning the tax consequences associated with participation in SOP.

HISTORIC PERFORMANCE

SOP Shares have provided a consistent means of acquiring stock ownership in the Company, as well as the potential for increased financial returns for those who have participated in the program since its inception. The schedule below represents the percentage increase in value of each dollar contributed to the SOP and the market value of Company common stock on February 12, 2008. Please keep in mind that past performance is not an indicator, guarantee or assurance of future performance.

Table 3: Historic Values of SOP Shares

Total Award for Year	Share Price on Grant Date		Adjusted Share Price (1)		Current Value (2)		Potential Return
2003	$	20.89	$	16.71	$	73.37	339.0	%
2004	$	37.35	$	29.88	$	73.37	145.6	%
2005	$	52.75	$	42.20	$	73.37	73.9	%
2006	$	92.00	$	73.60	$	73.37	-0.3	%
2007	$	71.38	$	59.48	$	73.37	23.4	%

Note (1) Includes the impact of the previous 25% uplift thru 2006. For 2007, the uplift was changed to 20%.

Note (2) Current value based on closing price as of 2/12/08.

RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

The holder of an award will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the award except as expressly contained or provided for in the award agreement or the Plan until the vesting of the award.

Disclaimer

This summary of our Stock Ownership Program is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and each underlying grant agreement issued thereunder. In the event of a conflict, the terms of the Plan or the underlying grant agreement shall prevail. Any terms not otherwise defined in this summary shall have the meaning provided for in the Plan or the grant agreement issued thereunder.

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

	Year Ended December 31,
	2007	2006	2005	2004	2003
Earnings:
Net income	257,832	176,401	103,672	64,242	36,065
Taxes	87,595	63,825	36,236	21,873	8,260
Fixed charges	47,103	40,104	24,318	29,737	38,667
Total Earnings	392,530	280,330	164,226	115,852	82,992
Fixed Charges:
Interest expense	17,783	16,374	4,358	9,907	19,826
Applicable portion of rent expense (1)	29,320	23,730	19,960	19,830	18,841
Total Fixed Charges	47,103	40,104	24,318	29,737	38,667
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	8.33	6.99	6.75	3.90	2.15

1. Represents one-third of rent expense, which we believe approximates the portion of rent expense that relates to interest.

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY	STATE OR OTHER JURISDITION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION
7-13 Boulevard Paul Emile Victor S.Ã .r.l	France
Abacus Park General Partner Ltd	England
Abacus Park Nominee Ltd	England
Adham One SÃ rl	Luxembourg
Albourne General Partner Ltd.	England
AMAS Limited	England
Arco SRL	Italy
Area Zero Consulting Arquitectura e Interiorismo SL	Spain
Aviva Fund Services SA	Luxembourg
Azygos Sarl	France
Barwood LaSalle Land General Partner, Ltd.	England
Barwood LaSalle Land Trustee Ltd.	England
Beijing Jones Lang LaSalle Property Management Services Co., Ltd.	Beijing
Belproperty .be.SA	Belgium
Benbridge Pty Limited	Australia
Boulevard de Sebastopol 31/39 Holding SA	Luxembourg
Chicago Medical Office, L.L.C.	Delaware
CIN LaSalle Corporation	Illinois
CIN LaSalle Property Services (London) Ltd.	England
CM Komplementar 07-851 GmbH & Co KG	Germany
Commercial Project Holdings S.Ã .r.l	Luxembourg
DICO SRL	Italy
Diverse Real Estate Holdings Limited Partnership	Delaware
Easter Develoment Partnership General Partner Ltd.	England
EC Corporation	Delaware
Eleven Eleven Construction Corporation	Illinois
Environmentl Governance ltd.	England
Ermerald Property TMK	Japan
Euro Industrial (GP) Ltd	England
Foram Due Italia S.p.a.	Italy
French Core + One SAS	France
French Core + Two S.Ã .r.l	France
Gambetta Romans SAS	France
GCT Venture, Inc.	Illinois
German Offices Partnership General Partner Ltd	England
GM Test Entity 1	United Kingdom
GPS Real Estate Services Pty Limited	Australia
Guangzhou Jones Lang LaSalle Property Services Company Limited	Guangzhou

HORUS SRL	Italy
I & G Opportunity Fund, LLC	Delaware
ID Conseil SAS	France
Imfra SAS	United Arab Emirates
Immobilière Olive France XXIII	France
Immobiliare Italiana SRL	Italy
Imobiliaria Jones Lang LaSalle Ltda.	Chile
ING Real Estate Development CC Hotel GmbH and Co KG	Germany
ING Real Estate Development CC Leisure GmbH and Co KG	Germany
ING Real Estate Development CC Retail GmbH and Co KG	Germany
J.L.W. Nominees Limited	England
J.L.W. Second Nominees Limited	England
JLL 2002	England
JLL 2003 Limited	England
JLL Financial Services Ltd.	Ireland
JLL Limited	Ireland
JLL Scottish II G.P., L.L.C.	Delaware
JLLCF DP Ltd	England
JLLINT, Inc.	Delaware
Jone Lang LaSalle Holdings KG	Germany
Jones Lang LaSalle Services Srl	Italy
Jones Lang LaSalle Conseil SAS	France
Jones Lang LaSalle	Portugal
JONES LANG LASALLE - CIEC CO., LTD.	Beijing
Jones Lang LaSalle (ACT) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle (China) Limited	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle (NSW) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle (Philippines), Inc.	Philippines
Jones Lang LaSalle (Puerto Rico), Inc.	Puerto Rico
Jones Lang LaSalle (QLD) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle (SA) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle (Scotland) Limited	Scotland
Jones Lang LaSalle (Scotland) Service Company	Scotland
Jones Lang LaSalle (TAS) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle (Thailand) Limited	Thailand
Jones Lang LaSalle (VIC) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle (Vietnam) Limited	Viet Nam
Jones Lang LaSalle (WA) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle AB	Sweden
Jones Lang LaSalle Acquisition Corp.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Administration Gmbh	Germany
Jones Lang LaSalle Advisory Corporate Property Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Advisory Limited	Thailand
Jones Lang LaSalle Advisory Services Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L.P.	Illinois
Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc.	Maryland
Jones Lang LaSalle Asia Holdings Ltd.	Cook Islands

Jones Lang LaSalle Asset Finance Gmbh	Germany
Jones Lang LaSalle Asset Management Gmbh	Germany
Jones Lang LaSalle Atlanta, L.L.C.	Maryland
Jones Lang LaSalle Australia Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Beihai Holdings, L.L.C.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Belgium Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Benefit Holdings, L.L.C.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle BV	Netherlands
Jones Lang LaSalle Capital Investments Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Charities	Illinois
Jones Lang LaSalle Co-Investment Inc.	Maryland
Jones Lang LaSalle Construction Company, Inc.	Massachusetts
Jones Lang LaSalle Construction, Limited Partnership	Massachusetts
Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Finance Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Property (VIC) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Property Services Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle de Venezuela, S.R.L.	Venezuela
Jones Lang LaSalle ecs	Luxembourg
Jones Lang LaSalle Electronic Commerce Holdings Inc.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Electronique Sarl	Luxembourg
Jones Lang LaSalle Espana, S.A.	Spain
Jones Lang LaSalle Europe Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle European Holdings Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle European Services Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Facilities K.K.	Japan
Jones Lang LaSalle Facility Management Services Ltd.	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle Finance BV	Netherlands
Jones Lang LaSalle Finance KFT	Hungary
Jones Lang LaSalle Finance Ltd.	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Finance Sarl	Luxembourg
Jones Lang LaSalle Finance Snc	Luxembourg
Jones Lang LaSalle Finland Oy	Finland
Jones Lang LaSalle French Co-Investments, Inc.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Germany GMBH	Germany
Jones Lang LaSalle GIG Co-Investment, Inc.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Global Finance Luxembourg Sarl	Netherlands
Jones Lang LaSalle Global Finance UK Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Global Finance US, LLC	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Group Holdings BV	Netherlands
Jones Lang LaSalle Group Finance Luxembourg Sarl	Luxembourg
Jones Lang LaSalle Group Holdings SNC	France
Jones Lang LaSalle Group Services Spzoo	Poland
Jones Lang LaSalle Guatemala Sociedad Anonima	Guatemala
Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings AB	Sweden
Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings BV	Netherlands
Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings Cyprus Ltd.	Cyprus
Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings Limited	New Zealand
Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings SAS	France
Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings Spzoo	Poland

Jones Lang LaSalle Holdings Y.K.	Japan
Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels (NSW) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels (QLD) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels (VIC) Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels Limited	New Zealand
Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels Ltd	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle Insurance Services Ltd	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Insurance Services Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle International AB	Sweden
Jones Lang LaSalle International, Inc.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Investments, LLC	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle IP, Inc.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Israel	Israel
Jones Lang LaSalle K.K.	Japan
Jones Lang LaSalle KFT	Hungary
Jones Lang LaSalle Limitada	Costa Rica
Jones Lang LaSalle Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Limited	Korea, Republic of
Jones Lang LaSalle Limited	New Zealand
Jones Lang LaSalle LLC	Russia
Jones Lang LaSalle LLP	Kazakstan
Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd.	Ireland
Jones Lang LaSalle Ltda.	Colombia
Jones Lang LaSalle Ltda.	Bolivia
Jones Lang LaSalle Luxembourg Star Sarl	Luxembourg
Jones Lang LaSalle Management Limited	Thailand
Jones Lang LaSalle Management Services Ltd.	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle Management Services Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Management Services Taiwan Limited	Taiwan Province of China
Jones Lang LaSalle New England, L.L.C.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Operations, L.L.C.	Illinois
Jones Lang LaSalle Pension Trustees	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Principal, L.L.C.	Illinois
Jones Lang LaSalle Procurement Funding Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Procurement Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Consultants (India) Private Ltd	India
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Consultants Pte Ltd	Singapore
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Fund	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Fund Advisors Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Management Pte Ltd	Singapore
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Management Services LLC	Turkey
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Management Services Sarl	France
Jones Lang LaSalle Property Services (India) Private Ltd	India
Jones Lang LaSalle Real Estate Appraiser Firm	Taiwan Province of China
Jones Lang LaSalle Real Estate Services Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Real Estate Services, Inc.	Ontario

Jones Lang LaSalle Receivables Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Regent	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Regional Services Limited	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle Resources Limited	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Retail Investments, L.L.C.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle S.A.	Brazil
Jones Lang LaSalle S.R.L.	Paraguay
Jones Lang LaSalle S.R.L.	Uruguay
Jones Lang LaSalle S.R.L.	Argentina
Jones Lang LaSalle Sarl	Switzerland
Jones Lang LaSalle SAS	France
Jones Lang Lasalle SEA Ltd.	Hong Kong
Jones Lang LaSalle Securities, L.L.C.	Illinois
Jones Lang LaSalle Services	Ukraine
Jones Lang LaSalle Services AB	Sweden
Jones Lang LaSalle Services Gmbh	Austria
Jones Lang LaSalle Services Ltd	England
Jones Lang LaSalle Services SA	Belgium
Jones Lang LaSalle Services SAS	France
Jones Lang LaSalle Services Srl	Romania
Jones Lang LaSalle Services, Inc.	Illinois
Jones Lang LaSalle Sociedad Comercial de Responsabilidad Limitada	Peru
Jones Lang LaSalle Sociedad de Responsibilidad Limitada	Argentina
Jones Lang LaSalle South Africa (Proprietary) Ltd.	South Africa
Jones Lang LaSalle Spa	Italy
Jones Lang LaSalle Sprl	Belgium
Jones Lang LaSalle Spzoo	Poland
Jones Lang LaSalle Srl	Romania
Jones Lang LaSalle Stockholder, Inc.	Delaware
Jones Lang LaSalle Strata Management Pty Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Structured Investment Management Limited	Australia
Jones Lang LaSalle Superannuation Pty Limited	Australia
JONES LANG LASALLE SURVEYORS (SHANGHAI) COMPANY LIMITED	Shanghai
Jones Lang LaSalle Taiwan Limited	Taiwan Province of China
Jones Lang LaSalle UK FC	England
Jones Lang LaSalle UK Hanover	England
Jones Lang LaSalle, S. de R.L.	Panama
Jones Lang LaSalle, Sociedad Anonima de Capital Variable	El Salvador
Jones Lang LaSalleSarl	France
Jones Lang Wootton Ltd	England
Jones Lang Wootton Property Management Services	Ireland
KHK Group Ltd.	England
La Salle Partners International	England
Land Building Management K.K.	Japan
LASALLE FUND MANAGEMENT BV	Netherlands
LASALLE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT BV	Netherlands
LaSalle UK Commercial Management Sarl	Luxembourg
LaSalle Asia Opportunity II GP LLC	Delaware

LaSalle Asia Opportunity II Investors G.P. LLC	Delaware
LaSalle Asia Opportunity III (General Partner) Limited	Cayman Islands
LaSalle Asia Opportunity Investors III (General Partner) Limited	Cayman Islands
LaSalle Asia Recovery, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle Beheer BV	Netherlands
LaSalle Blooms General Partner Ltd.	England
LaSalle Blooms Nominee Ltd.	England
LaSalle Caleast Tennessee, Inc.	Tennessee
LaSalle Canada Advisors, Inc.	Delaware
LaSalle Co-Investment Limited Partnership	Delaware
LaSalle Co-Investment Management (General Partner) Ltd.	England
LaSalle Co-Investment Managment (General Partner) Limited	England
LaSalle Co-Investment, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle D’Andrea Ranch, Inc.	Illinois
LaSalle D’Andrea Ranch, L.P.	Illinois
LaSalle Direct General Partner Ltd.	England
LaSalle Direct Nominee Limited	England
LaSalle Dutch Hotel, L.P.	Illinois
LaSalle Dutch Hotel, L.P. II	Delaware
LaSalle Euro Growth II Finance S.Ã .r.l.	Luxembourg
LaSalle Euro Growth II Sarl	Luxembourg
LaSalle Euro Growth Zwei Beteiligungs	Luxembourg
LaSalle Euro Growth Zwei Beteilungs Gmbh	Germany
LaSalle European Advisors, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle European Investments, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle France, L.L.C.	France
LaSalle French Fund II Co-investment Gmbh	Germany
LaSalle French Fund II G.P., L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle Fund management BV	Netherlands
LaSalle German Income and Growth G.P., L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle German Retail Venture GP, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle GIG Investments, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle GmbH	Germany
LaSalle GRV Investments, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle HEBV Limited Partnership	Delaware
LaSalle HEBV Limited Partnership II	Delaware
LaSalle HEBV, Inc.	Illinois
Lasalle Investment (Luxembourg) SARL	Luxembourg
LaSalle Investment Limited Partnership II	Delaware
LaSalle Investment Limited Partnership II-A	Delaware
LaSalle Investment Luxembourg Sarl	Luxembourg
LaSalle Investment Management	England
LaSalle Investment Management SAS	France
LaSalle Investment Management (Canada)	Ontario
LaSalle Investment Management (Canada), Inc.	Ontario
Lasalle Investment Management (Luxembourg) SARL	Luxembourg
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities), Inc.	Maryland
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities), L.P.	Maryland

LaSalle Investment Management Asia Pte Ltd	Singapore
LaSalle Investment Management BV	Netherlands
LaSalle Investment Management Development Fund (General Partner) Limited	England
LaSalle Investment Management Espana, SL	Spain
LaSalle Investment Management K.K.	Japan
LaSalle Investment Management Korea Limited	Korea, Republic of
LaSalle Investment Management Luxembourg S.Ã .r.l.	Luxembourg
LaSalle Investment Management Luxembourg Sarl	Luxembourg
LaSalle Investment Management SAS	France
LaSalle Investment Management Securities BV	Netherlands
LaSalle Investment Management Securities BV	Netherlands
Lasalle Investment Management Securities Hong Kong Ltd	Hong Kong
LaSalle Investment Management, Inc.	Maryland
LaSalle Investment Managemetn Development Fund (General Partner) Ltd.	England
LaSalle Japan Logistics II Pte Ltd	Singapore
LaSalle Kingwood, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle LIF (General Partner) Limited	England
LaSalle Logistics GP LLC	Delaware
LaSalle Mexico Advisors, Inc.	Delaware
LaSalle Mexico Fund I Investors A G.P., LLC	Delaware
LaSalle Mexico Holdings, L.P./Gestion LaSalle Mexico S.E.C.	Quebec
LaSalle Mexico I (General Partner), LLC	Delaware
LaSalle Orlando Southwest, Inc.	Illinois
LaSalle Orlando Southwest, L.P.	Illinois
LaSalle Paris Office Venture General Partner, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle Partners (Mauritius) Pvt Ltd	Mauritius
LaSalle Partners International	England
LaSalle Partners Services, S. de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico
LaSalle Partners, S. de R. L. de C. V.	Mexico
LaSalle Student Housing, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle Sun Investors, Inc.	Illinois
LaSalle Sun Investors, L.P.	Illinois
LaSalle U.S. Holdings, Inc.	Illinois
LaSalle U.S. Holdings, LLC	Delaware
LaSalle UK Commercial Management Company Sarl	Luxembourg
LaSalle UK Ventures (General Partner) Ltd.	England
LaSalle Wildwood, L.L.C.	Delaware
LaSalle/Galleria Corporation	Illinois
LaSalle/Galleria Limited Partnership (2004 Formation)	Illinois
LaSalogistique Sarl	France
LEG II SARL	Luxembourg
LIC II (General Partner) Limited	England
Light Industrial Holding	Luxembourg
LIH France SARL	France
LIM Advisory Services	Luxembourg
LIM Advisory Services Sarl	Luxembourg
LIM Associates, L.L.C.	Delaware

LIM Espana SL	Spain
LMF Investments, LLC	Delaware
Lotus One SARL	Luxembourg
Lotus Two SARL	Luxembourg
LPI Holdings (Australia) Pty Limited	Australia
Lugo Retail Gallery, S.A.U.(ex Fuente de Manoteras, S.A.U.)	Spain
LUKV Carry Jersey Ltd.	England
Madeleine I SA (ex Madeleine I SARL)	Luxembourg
Magna Park JV Units - Germany SARL	Luxembourg
Midi de la Plaine 3 EURL	France
Midi de la Plaine EURL	France
MT BERNINA SAS	France
MT MUZTAG SAS	France
Octane Ventures, LLC	Delaware
Orchid Insurance Limited	Guernsey
Precision Engineering Services Limited	Hong Kong
Premier Cleaning Services Ltd	Hong Kong
Privilege Services Limited	Hong Kong
PT Jones Lang LaSalle	Indonesia
QUARTZ Portugal II BV	Netherlands
QUARTZ Portugal II BV Sucursal em Portugal	Portugal
Red River GP, L.L.C.	Delaware
Red River Limited Partnership	Delaware
Residential Management Services Ltd	Hong Kong
Richard Main and Company	England
RIGF Limited Partnership	Delaware
RIGF, Inc.	Delaware
Rogers Chapman UK Ltd	England
Rosny Beauséjour SCI	France
S & S Equities, Inc.	Illinois
S&S PR One LLC	Delaware
S&S PR Two LLC	Delaware
SAS 3 rue de la Boétie	France
SCI Baulieu 59	France
SCI Espace Commerce Europe	France
SIFOP SAS	France
Space Business Centre Investment General Partner Ltd.	England
Spaulding and Slye Federal Services LLC	Delaware
Stichting Adham Two BV	Netherlands
Terrace Hill Development Partnership General Partner Ltd.	England
Tetris SAS	France
Thompson Calhoun Fair, LLC	Georgia
TrizecHahn DGM Management, Inc.	Delaware
Utrillo Ltd.	Ireland
West Dublin/Pleasanton Station Venture, Inc.	California
Wonderment BV	Netherlands
Yokohama Motomachi Property TMK	Japan

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements of Form S-8 (Nos. 333-110366, 333-117024, 333-42193 and 333-73860) and Form S-3 (No. 333-70969) of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated of our reports dated February 29, 2008, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, which reports appear in the December 31, 2007 annual report on Form 10-K of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated.

Our report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements refers to the Company’s change in method of accounting for stock-based compensation pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” and for defined benefit pension plans pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.”

/s/ KPMG

Chicago, Illinois

February 29, 2008

EX-31.1

PART IV

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Colin Dyer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2008

/s/ Colin Dyer                                                         

Colin Dyer

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

PART IV

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Lauralee E. Martin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2008

/s/ Lauralee E. Martin                                                 

Lauralee E. Martin

Executive Vice President and

Chief Operating and Financial Officer

EX-32.1

PART IV

EXHIBIT 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Colin Dyer, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: February 29, 2008

/s/ Colin Dyer                                                         

Colin Dyer

President and Chief Executive Officer

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Lauralee E. Martin, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: February 29, 2008

/s/ Lauralee E. Martin                                                         

Lauralee E. Martin

Executive Vice President and

Chief Operating and Financial Officer